From 5af8cfa8799b54f7549f6d730d498ecb42964032 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Green Sky Date: Wed, 17 Jan 2024 20:29:18 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] Squashed 'external/imgui/imgui/' changes from d4ddc46e77..d6cb3c923d d6cb3c923d Version 1.90.1 6470e2279e Debug Tools: DebugRenderKeyboardPreview() scales better. fdf8d02be1 Debug Tools: Added io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent and Debug Break buttons. (#2673) 788bb58b6b Metrics: Tweak, reorganize tools menu. a5dec42866 Debug Tools: Debug Log: Clicking any filter with SHIFT held enables it for 2 frames only. (#5855) a3eea8a75a Backends: OpenGL3: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" and variants, fixing regression on distros missing a symlink. (#6983) 69bf3291df Internals, Inputs: Fix for ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilXXX logic when #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set. af00b182e3 Examples: SDL3: Minor fixes following changes to API (SDL_WindowFlags -> Uint32). fc2e532f99 Shortcut: do not return true on mods changes. Internals: added ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange, ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone, ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress. (#456, #2637) 8323a06e6d Inputs: passing ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatXXX options automatically adds ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat. 58261dbe9a Internals: alter ImGuiInputFlags values to leave room + indent. f1ae47c4b9 Docs: update links to Proggy Fonts. (#7211) 7f9533b840 ColorPicker: Fixed saturation/value cursor radius not scaling properly. 27e83c2953 Add comment about how ImGuiKey values are named after US keyboard keys. (#7205) 278cf1a7bc Readme: updated binaries. (#7193) edeb8ee3ab More compact issue_template.yml c6716f5e9f Fixed typo (#7197) a1b06823fe Windows: BeginChild(): Resize borders rendered even when ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground is specified. (#1710, #7194) 0461ade24b Reworked issue template (amends) (#5927, #5915) c528b688cf Reworked issue template. (#5927, #5915) 26eef4df87 Update issue_template.md 7938550d52 Comments and some extra line-wrapping in demo (#3193) 4758f74676 imgui_freetype: fix nullptr to ImTextureID cast (#7192) 6f10cef2a1 Backends: Vulkan: moved structure declarations. 33d18c580b Misc: During shutdown, check that io.BackendPlatformUserData and io.BackendRendererUserData are NULL. (#7175) 0ea99132c8 Backends: Vulkan: Stop creating command pools with VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT as we don't reset them. 4778560e66 Backends: Vulkan: Added MinAllocationSize field in ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo to workaround zealous validation layer. (#7189, #4238) e8dd47effa Backends: WebGPU: Fixing an issue when opening a popup in the wgpu backend (#7191) 718fa0eec6 Happy new year! 240ab5890b Backends: GLFW, Input: Use Unicode version of WndProc for get correct input for text in utf-8 code page. (#7174) 4a2426449a Drags, Sliders, Inputs: removed all attempts to filter non-numerical characters during text editing. (#6810, #7096) f039e69b9c Settings: Fixed an issue marking settings as dirty when merely clicking on a border or resize grip without moving it. 8340a30d27 Debug: move debug assertion in post-clip code to reduce overhead. (#4796 and more). 1e1013085b Debug Tools: Debug Log: Hide its own clipper log to reduce noise in the output. 036a6c875e ColorEdit4: Further tweaks for very small sizes. (#7120, #7121) 0bd6489721 DragScalarN, SliderScalarN, InputScalarN, PushMultiItemsWidths: fixed multi-components width in tight space (#7120, #7121) 0000739c08 Internals: Fixed function name typo. 33d426842d Backends: Vulkan: ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() calls vkQueueWaitIdle() instead of vkDeviceWaitIdle(). (#7148, #6943, #6715, #6327, #3743, #4618) 3cb805489b Backends: GLFW, Emscripten: fixes for canvas resizing, amends. (#6751) 22a7d241ff Backends: GLFW, Emscripten: fixes for canvas resizing. (#6751) b4c5a83cfe Commented out obsolete ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter redirection to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter. (#2625, #7143) 70f2aaff43 Nav: tabbing happen within FocusScope. ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened make window inherit focus scope from parent. 55073aa7a3 Examples; SDL: added missing return values checks from SDL_CreateWindow() calls. (#7147) 8764a1b7c4 Backends: Vulkan: free FontCommandBuffer explicitely (not actually required in normal code path, unless ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyDeviceObjects is declared directly). (#7104) 089ed30323 Replace usages of ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter with ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter. (#7143) e265610a0c Fixes for MSVC code analyzer. f59b54c6f4 Nav: Activation can also be performed with Keypad Enter. (#5606) 0d582dabf3 Fixed warning (amend 54c1bde) 6cfe3ddf52 InputTextMultiline: Tabbing through a multi-line text editor using ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput doesn't activate it. (#3092, #5759, #787) 54c1bdeceb Internals: removed unused ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing. (#4449) 4afffa36e9 InputTextMultiline: Fixed Tab character input not repeating f6836ff37f Misc: Rework debug display of texture id in Metrics window (amend) (#7090) 07dbd46ddd Misc: Rework debug display of texture id in Metrics window to avoid compile-error when ImTextureID is defined to be larger than 64-bits. (#7090) 34646627aa ColorEdit4: improve components width computation to better distribute the error (#7120) (#7123) 86512eac06 DragScalarN, SliderScalarN, InputScalarN, PushMultiItemsWidths: improve multi-components width computation to better distribute the error. (#7120, #7121) 03298fe875 Windows: Fixed some auto-resizing path using style.WindowMinSize.x (instead of x/y). (#7106) 69f524ba95 DragScalarN, SliderScalarN, InputScalarN, PushMultiItemsWidths: Added when component <= 0. (#7095) 9d8de45313 Image(): comment and minor refactor to resurface the fact that a border size may be added. (#2118) 5366bd09bf Scrolling: internal scrolling value is rounded instead of truncated. (#6677) c58d2c89c3 Tabs: Added ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure to enable app to react on closure attempt. (#7084) 1fade35159 DragScalarN, SliderScalarN, InputScalarN, PushMultiItemsWidths: Fixed incorrect pushes into ItemWidth stack when number of components is 1. [#7095] 58ca5f6424 Shortcut(): clearer early out in SetShortcutRouting() -> CalcRoutingScore() path. d72e1563d4 Removed CalcListClipping() marked obsolete in 1.86. (#3841) + comments 9a2985611c Backend: Android: Remove Redundant Check (#7093) 0b77980cab Moved Tables API related declarations to their own section in imgui.h aaf157cfdd Commented out ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas() obsoleted in 1.81. Commented out legacy ImGuiColumnsFlags_XXX symbols redirecting to ImGuiOldColumnsFlags_XXX, obsoleted in 1.80. 1fd5ff7152 Avoid C++26 removed deprecated arithmetic conversion on enumerations. (#7088, #7089. #2983, #3040) 52886872f1 Misc: Added IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME to change the path included when using IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H. (#7039) 5768de79e2 InputText, ColorEdit, ColorPicker: better support for undocumented ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly flag. (#7079, #211) b112d73edb Menus: amend to clarify/fix static analyzer warning. (#6671, #6926) 2ee40d3cf9 Menus: Tweaked hover slack logic, adding a timer to avoid situations where a slow vertical movements toward another parent BeginMenu() can keep the wrong child menu open. (#6671, #6926) b4b864e40a Backends: Vulkan: Fixed mismatching allocator passed to vkCreateCommandPool() vs vkDestroyCommandPool(). (#7075) d2b0167610 Fixed link error when using IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS 7965494ff3 Debug Tools: Added DebugFlashStyleColor() to identify a style color. Added to Style Editor. c1a3c7f445 Fixed Clang zealous warnings c6ec69c7c1 Using nullptr in remaining examples/backends locations. (#6313, #7071, #4537) 888834c636 Backends: Android: Fixed build breaking typo. (#7060) 077e4db772 Misc: Added extra courtesy ==/!= operators when IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS is defined. 6f171a066d Nav, IO: SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(false) calls are not overrided back to true when navigation is enabled. (#6997) 1f3090a48d Backends: SDL3: Fix indent (#7062) 86891b0986 Backends: Android: ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent() takes a const AInputEvent* (#7060) f37f6f67f6 Windows: BeginChild(): Fixed auto-resizing erroneously limiting size to host viewport minus padding. (#7063) bce4db00bc Drag and Drop: Fixed drop target highlight on items temporarily pushing a widened clip rect. (#7049, #4281, #3272) 65a10410e3 Docs: Add suggestion to turn of char8_t behavior for C++20 (#7025) 61b8197942 Misc: Renamed some defines in imstb_textedit.h to avoid conflicts when using unity/jumbo builds. 3733b5064e Backends: SDL3: Fixed unused variable warning on master on some targets. (#7000) c5c1c4134b Backends: OpenGL3: imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h: change #define ARRAY_SIZE to GL3W_ARRAY_SIZE to avoid external conflicts (#7017, #7018) 7bb0a525c3 Fixed text functions fast-path for handling "%s" and "%.*s" to handle null pointers gracefully. (#7016, #3466, #6846) 3d083dbe1a Version 1.90.1 WIP b81bd7ed98 Version 1.90.0 623bff23ce Windows: WindowMinSize not applied on AlwaysAutoResize window. (amend e2035a5) f298491a8a Docs: amend/tweak details about using io.WantCaptureMouse. (#7012) 5de1312e1c SplitterBehavior: tweak to not assert due to floating point precision. afadf74a53 BeginChild: undo child name simplification as it reveal an issue with handling of ### in child names. 46843b683b Fonts: minor/shallow amends (#6925) ade4d0e08a Fonts: added support for RasterizerDensity to FreeType based atlas generator. (#6925) ed29ff08ba Fonts: added support for RasterizerDensity in built-in atlas generator. (#6925) abfb9269b5 Fonts: added RasterizerDensity to ImFontConfig. (#6925) add915bdc4 Backends: SDL3: Updates for recent API changes. (#7000) 4ad5817aac Update backends/language lists 75c46a3930 Demo: Partly fix resizing constraint demo. (#6210, #5627) fe6544622b SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() clarified parameters, fixed comments. (#1139, #3186, #3270) 454f36d2af Removed 'bool border' legacy versions of BeginChild() as they seemingly have no value other than confusing user and IDE. 44dbad64d7 Backends: Vulkan: Fixes for VK_NO_PROTOTYPES. 79a9e2fdfb Backends: Vulkan: (Breaking) full font upload is performed by ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(), no need for user code to create or provide a command-buffer. Removed ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects(). (#6943, #6715, #6327, #3743, #4618) 6e7b43b6c7 Backends: Vulkan: Added ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontsTexture(), made ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() destroy previous one. (#6943, #6715, #6327, #3743, #4618) d0da79c572 Defining IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS now automaticaly define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. (#4921) ab522dd18c Removed IM_OFFSETOF() macro in favor of using offsetof() available in C++11. Kept redirection define. (#4537) 0f50b52da4 Backends: OpenGL3: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" instead of "libGL.so.1". (#6983) 5170a9d6dc Tables: Internals: renamed TableDrawContextMenu() to TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() for clarify. fea52e29aa Tables: added flags to TableDrawContextMenu() in order to display selected sections + added internal table->DisableDefaultContextMenu = true way to submit your own contents. 0d3b468cb3 BeginChild(): added ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX, ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize + support for SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). (#1666, #1395, #1496, #1710) + Demo 44345c2108 Better documented the difference between BeginListBox() and BeginChild() w/ ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle. fa4c49b4a7 BeginChild(): resizing is only clamped on axis where there's no scrollbar. Added an extra ResizeX in Demo->Simple Layout. cdbc21a191 BeginChild(): Added ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle as a replacement for BeginChildFrame(). (#1666, #1496, #1395, #1710, #462, #503, #263) ab47efd9a0 Bits / comments 561af15d67 Internal: Added owner aware variant of IsMouseDoubleClicked() for consistency. 376035fd01 Nav: fixed programmatic nav calls (e.g. SetKeyboardFocusHere() from storing io.KeyMods) cfc71ab7c5 Made ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState special value -8 instead of -1 so it is pointer aligned (#6969) 1ab63d925f Undid some of the changes done by c95fbb4 because they are not compatible with docking code. c0bc43ccff Offset values for ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument. f1d1a8d32b Windows: use relative mouse movement for border resize when the border geometry has moved. (#1710) 9235352400 BeginChild: Added ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX and ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY. (#1710) 34a0bc456e BeginChild: Added ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding, obsoleted ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding. (#462, (toward #1666, #1496, #1395, #1710) 7713c29258 BeginChild: Upgraded 'bool border = true' parameter to use a ImGuiChildFlags type and the ImGuiChildFlags_Border value. (toward #1666, #1496, #1395, #1710) 88fec09715 ColorPicker4(): Fixed ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip when ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview is also set. (#6957) 313676d200 Settings: omit outputing Collapsed=0 in .ini file. Changelog + docs tweaks 8ee85137d8 BeginChild(): Internal name used by child windows now omits the hash/id if the child window is submitted in root of id stack of parent window. 4e4042bc33 Windows: tidying up skipitems logic at end of Begin(), normally should be no meaningful side-effect. bc3c6e74e6 Windows: fixed double-clicked border from showing highlighted at the new position. e2035a514c Windows: shared code for CalcWindowMinSize(). c95fbb4464 Windows: Double-clicking bottom or right window border auto-resize on a singles axis. ade2acfd1d Inputs: Added IsKeyChordPressed() public helper function. 1b9cb52d7b BeginChild(): rename parameters to reduce diff of upcoming patches. f8dc03d702 Windows: Can also auto-resize by double-clicking lower-left resize grip (not only lower-right one). 56f7e853be Demo: expose more Combo flags + misc tidying up. 9a5da23553 Changelog formatting d6d00b4fcf Moved BeginChild() above BeginChildEx() as it is more readable. 99913b5051 Internals: added IsKeyChordPressed() for consistency. a8bdbfddf9 Tables: Fixed top-most and left-most outer border overlapping inner clip-rect when scrolling. (#6765) 8db02ef8df Tables: Fixed an issue with ScrollX enabled where an extraneous draw command would be created. 947255c3da Tooltips: made it possible to use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip + a ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayXXXX override. (#1485) 0b8c6b9bce Internals: removed seemingly unused AutoFitChildAxises. 12a3c77c2f Demo: Minor tweak to angled headers demo. f96c5443b1 Tables: fixed angled headers with frozen columns. 32228d8add Tables: added Angled headers support. Added ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader, ImGui::TableHeadersAngledRow(), style.TableAngledHeadersAngle. (#2957) 9f851ebfe4 Tables: added ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn. be1311cfc1 Tables: fixed double-clicking on a column from clearing HoveredColumnBorder for a frame. 08606714a3 Fixed incorrect assert in FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne() preventing child+popup from being used. (#6915, #718) 5053d79a24 Tables: Internal: rework so stacked headers height may be used. b9ebb8e06f Tables: fixed right-clicking right-most section (past right-most column) from highlighting right-most column. feddcf3030 Combo: amends for ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview. (#6881) 112d8fc41d Combo: added ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview. (#6881) 001f102f38 IO, Backends: added ImGuiKey_AppBack, ImGuiKey_AppForward. (#6891, #4921) 7bbd758681 Backends: Win32: revert oops chunk. b0758c86d8 Backends: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys. (#6891, #4921) 73346e4341 IO: Add extra keys to ImGuiKey enumerator: ImGuiKey_F13 to ImGuiKey_F24. (#6891, #4921) 0312a29e4c ImageButton(): clarify purpose of size. (#6901, #5533, #4471, #2464, #1390). 1107bffe84 Popups: clarified meaning of 'p_open != NULL' in BeginPopupModal() + set back user value to false when popup is closed in ways other than clicking the close button. (#6900) 2c07d581de TreeNode: Added ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns for use in tables. (#3151, #3565, #2451, #2438) 085ed7bfbe Drag and Drop: Rework drop target highlight. (#4281, #3272) 0dd756bceb Moved GetCursorScreenPos/SetCursorScreenPos on top of its section. a63e2f0a33 Drag and Drop: Fixed submitting a tooltip from drop target location. Added demo. 64b1aeebf5 Backends: OpenGL3: rename gl3w's loader symbols to allow LTO compilation with another copy of gl3w. (#6875, #6668, #4445) 28b237f94d Separator(): Altered end-points to use more standard boundaries. (#205, #4787, #1643, #759) 330d763477 Separator: clarified setting the ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns flag. (#759) a61438740d Debug Tools: Metrics: Added "Show groups rectangles" in tools. 701a047ac0 Fonts: Fix clang compiling warning & error with freetype + lunasvg (#6873, #6842, #6591) 03e2a7f584 Debug Tools: Rename ShowIdStackToolWindow() -> ShowIDStackToolWindow(). (#4631) c21278eeae Debug Tools: Rename ShowIdStackToolWindow() -> ShowIDStackToolWindow(). (#4631) 2f431a948c IO: removed io.MetricsActiveAllocations introduced in 1.63. Same as 'g.DebugMemAllocCount - g.DebugMemFreeCount' (still displayed in Metrics. f1519efb16 BeginGroup(): fix/amend 9ece0bd. 456aa3bc0a Menus: Fixed a bug where activating an item in a child-menu and dragging mouse over the parent-menu would erroneously close the child-menu. (#6869) 9ece0bdc02 BeginGroup(): Fixed a bug pushing line lower extent too far down when called after a call to SameLine() followed by manual cursor manipulation. 8175a47881 Debug Tools: Renamed ShowStackToolWindow() ("Stack Tool") to ShowIdStackToolWindow() ("ID Stack Tool"). (#4631) 204ae8a407 Internals: added ImRect::ContainsWithPad() 94da5842ef Renamed ImFloor() to ImTrunc(). Renamed ImFloorSigned() to ImFloor(). (#6861) e5ca5351d5 TabBar: Fixed position of unsaved document marker (ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) which was accidentally offset in 1.89.9. (#6862) 72ae6f5200 Fixed MousePosPrev with has never been valid outside of NewFrame(). 12ee2dd789 Backends: Win32: Synthesize key-down event on key-up for VK_SNAPSHOT / ImGuiKey_PrintScreen as Windows doesn't emit it. (#6859) d4869207e3 Misc: Most text functions also treat "%.*s" (along with "%s") specially to avoid formatting. (#3466, #6846) f4790f6f66 BeginItemTooltip: Rename flag in comment (#6853) daf49e9d82 Made ImFileOpen reuse a memory buffer so .ini saving doesn't allocate once every time. Added commented out MemAlloc/MemFree debug log. d6360c1ba9 Fonts, imgui_freetype: Fixed a warning and leak in IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG support. (#6842, #6591) 6c022f9bf1 IO, Inputs: rename SetMousePos() to TeleportMousePos(). (#6837, #228) ff36fe365e IO, Inputs: setting io.WantSetMousePos ignores incoming MousePos events. (#6837, #228) ef8ff1b5d8 TabBar, Style: added style.TabBarBorderSize and associated ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize. (#6820, #4859, #5022, #5239) 6addf28c4b Fonts: Ensure calling AddFontXXX function doesn't invalidates ImFont's ConfigData pointers prior to building again. (#6825) b101cf46b6 ListBox, Combo: Changed signature of "name getter" callback in old one-liner ListBox()/Combo() apis. 8a2cd81091 TypingSelect: always enable nav highlight. 223b19f116 Fixed warning when builidng with IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS. 779568bb38 TypingSelect: tidy up some more + split ino functions to make reuse simpler. 661a70fc79 TypingSelect: fast switch between characters in + debug, internal renames. 32171a8b0c Fonts: Better assert during load when passing truncated font data or wrong data size. (#6822) c32db3c72b Tables: Fixed an edge-case when no columns are visible + table scrollbar is visible + user code is always testing return value of TableSetColumnIndex() to coarse clip. c86ce70968 Internal: Nav,MultiSelect: import ImGuiSelectionUserData, SetNextItemSelectionUserData() from MultiSelect. Track NavLastValidSelectionUserData as a convenience. f336e639e9 TypingSelect: rework GetTypingSelectRequest(), provide TypingSelectFindResult(). 9714594c35 Tooltips: made using SetItemTooltip()/IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) defaults to activate tooltips on disabled items.. (#1485) 6eb2681c09 Internals: InitOrLoadWindowSettings() clear Size again for better data nuking in tests. Debug Log: added ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine flag. bed492da70 Tables: amend support for auto-resize. (#6807) 556a1397a9 Tables: Remove comment referencing removed field SortSign (#6807) 3aceb61059 Tables: Request user to submit contents when outer host-window is requesting auto-resize. (#6510) da21b74313 Tables: Fixed subtle drawing overlap between borders in some situations. (#2957, #6765) 5a483c2ffb Tables: Fixed top-most outer border being drawn with both TableBorderLight and TableBorderStrong in some situations, causing the earlier to be visible underneath when alpha is not 1.0f. a34071876f Tables: Fixed bottom-most and right-most outer border offset by one. (#6765, #3752) 357f752bed Docs: add more links to the top of every examples and backends files. b9ab6e2019 Nav: Tabbing always enable nav highlight when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard is set. (#6802, #3092, #5759, #787) 0e1ce76ea8 InputTextMultiline: Fixed Tabbing cycle leading to a situation where Enter key wouldn't be accepted by the widget when navigation highlight is visible. (#6802, #3092, #5759, #787) bd63a9f056 Fonts: 'float size_pixels' passed to AddFontXXX() functions is now rounded to lowest integer. (#3164, #3309, #6800) 0962c9fb72 TypingSelect: Added first version of GetTypingSelectRequest() API. 7812039402 ImVector: Added find_index() helper. 44a6b493ee Commented out obsolete ImDrawCornerFlags_XXX. Commented out runtime support for hardcoded ~0 or 0x01..0x0F rounding flags values for AddRect()/AddRectFilled()/PathRect()/AddImageRounded() becd75676f Commented out obsolete redirecting function: GetWindowContentRegionWidth(). 727c462069 Internals: Added ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint() helper + comments. c9d3c29aa3 Backend: Win32: support keyboard codepage conversion for when compiling in MBCS mode and creating a non-Unicode window. (#6785, #6782, #5725) e3d9b875c9 ImDrawList: added PathEllipticalArcTo(), AddEllipse(), AddEllipseFilled(). (#2743) fa2e5710ac MenuBar: Fixed an issue where layouting an item in the menu-bar would erroneously egister contents size. (#6789) 56a7b8b724 Backends: GLFW: Clear emscripten's MouseWheel callback before shutdown. (#6790, #6096, #4019) d8ef864b02 InputTextMultiline: Fixed a crash pressing Down on last empty line of a multiline buffer. (#6783, #6000) cf1c4a0cb1 BeginListBox(): fixed not consuming SetNextWindowXXX data when returning false. fb9b006865 Version 1.90 WIP f24387fa2b Version 1.89.9 (fixed changelog header) c4dc8fd101 Docs: Update FONTS.md (#6781, #6632, #6339, #5763, #5330, #2234, #2042, #1259, #951, #220) c6e0284ac5 Fixed minor warning. fef3389157 Version 1.89.9 7b5fb33296 Tables: Internals: renamed CellPaddingY to RowCellPaddingY. bdc4dfebf5 Tables: Amend support for cross-cell SameLine() for first column. Amend 9a93fb5 + 8f5ce73. 9a93fb5716 Tables: Fixed support for cross-cell SameLine() by preserving Line Y1 position. Amend 8f5ce73. e8a5c9e1b8 Tables: Made it possible to change style.CellPadding.y between rows. Added demo. 3816d478df ImDrawList: small debug-mode optimization when calling AddRect() without rounding + Selectable: small debug-mode optimization. 8c497793f9 Demo: Tweak table sorting demo code. 303dc091b4 Revert "IO: ImGuiMod_Shortcut (Ctrl/Cmd depending on platform) is reflected in io.KeyMods. (#5923, #456)" b8f93a8fe0 IO: ImGuiMod_Shortcut (Ctrl/Cmd depending on platform) is reflected in io.KeyMods. (#5923, #456) a066074054 Clipper: Fixed a bug if attempt to force-include a range which matches an already included range. (#3841) bdd9b96fa3 Demo: Reorganized "Examples" menu. Tweak Property Editor. 08b3a1a34a ImDrawList: Automatically calling ChannelsMerge() if not done after a split. f93d0befaf Slider: fixed support for ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly/ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly although it is technically unused/undocumented. (#6758) d6e9fad60e Tables: Fix typo in TableGetSortSpecs comment + amend comment. (#6755) 82d177ccbd Using range-based for where it makes sense. (#4537) 33ea1e8b78 ColorEdit, ColorPicker: Manipulating options popup don't mark item as edited. (#6722) f617fe7890 Clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices()/ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() to IncludeItemsByIndex(). (#6424, #3841) 200053771a Clipper: Added IncludeIndex() helper to include a single item. (#6424, #3841) 4a7810e992 Update README.md 981abb4612 Examples: Emscripten+webgpu: Fixed WGPUInstance creation process + use preferred framebuffer format. (#6640, #6748) 4a81424492 CloseButton, CollapseButton: don't include FramePadding into size. Use ItemInnerSpacing.x between title bar buttons. (#6749) b41811a68c CollapseButton: handle clipping better + align circle like in docking branch. 040e818d72 Fix typo in SameLine comment (#6745) 162f8e01aa Backends: SDL3: fixed typo in 1e17d59 (#6735) ba1fa904a9 IO: Exposed io.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint to configure decimal point ('.' or ','). (#6719, #2278) a1a7a1bc03 InputFloat, SliderFloat, DragFloat: always turn both '.' and ',' into the current decimal point character. (#6719, #2278) a6857ede03 IO: fix writing to incorrect union section for MouseSource in AddMousePosEvent and AddMouseButtonEvent. (#6727, #2702) c06c796242 TreeNode: added note about ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet. 1e17d59965 Backends: SDL2,SDL3: added ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOther() / ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOther(). 983b95bc87 Demo: tweak explanation about static keyword. (#6718) d2c7cbcbf9 Misc: Made multiple calls to Render() during the same frame early out faster. ac64b65634 Render: draw dimmed background earlier to match docking code. (#6716) 8f5ce73140 Tables: Made it possible to use SameLine(0,0) after TableNextColumn() or TableSetColumnIndex() in order to reuse line height from previous cell. 1362fc0c56 Debug, Internals: Added DebugDrawCursorPos(), DebugDrawLineExtents() helpers. bc3c0ce772 Nav, TreeNode: Pressing Left with ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere now goes through proper navigation logic: honor scrolling and selection. (#1079, #1131) edebb90a9a Demo: amend/fix for MinGW 4d6fbaff11 Demo: define standard PRI names we use (if missing) instead of defininig IM_PRId64, IM_PRIu64. 226923fa7e Metrics: Fixed "Drawlists" section and per-viewport equivalent appearing empty (regression from c649aca). 2b1fc6f765 Demo: Demonstrate out-of-order rendering using ImDrawListSplitter. cf3726bcbc Internals: rename bg/fg drawlist holders in structs to reduce confusion. 52587c28d6 ImDrawList: Fixed OOB access in _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount when passing excessively large radius to AddCircle(). (#6657, #5317) f8c768760b Typo fix: _NoHostExtenY -> _NoHostExtendY (#6687) c00e68102c Docs: update CONTRIBUTING.md b7a7d673b9 Fixed an integer overflow and div-by-zero in SliderInt() when v_max is INT_MAX (#6675, #6679) d6d94d90bf Version 1.89.9 WIP f7eea63872 Version v1.89.8 ab490dc7b8 Fonts: Amends for support for OpenType SVG fonts using lunasvg (#6591, #6607) 2ad8c60abc Fonts: Added support for OpenType SVG fonts using lunasvg (#6591, #6607) 19ae142bdd Mark alternative ImColor constructors as constexpr, second attempt (#6656) dc2b0a2823 Disable -Wreserved-identifier warning on Clang (applying to member fields seems excessively weird). 88a330ebef Revert "Mark alternative ImColor constructors as constexpr (#6656)" fa2f1bfbb0 Examples: Vulkan: Fixed Vulkan descriptor pools. (#6642) 7c5b0e8292 Mark alternative ImColor constructors as constexpr (#6656) eefc9035f0 Fonts: ImFontConfig::OversampleH now defaults to 2 instead of 3. c87b9fdb15 Docs update. Improved Fonts troubleshooting section. 556ce9f543 imgui_stdlib: Fix warning (#6658) 79d6f4e211 Misc: Avoid stb_textedit.h reincluding string.h while in a namespace. (#6653, #4791) f1781c20a3 Added IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION config macro to disable stb_sprintf implementation (#6626) 1109de3827 Tooltips: fixed ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip conflicting with ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride since 10c7709f. (#6622, #1485) db66e33e9e Tables: fixed GetContentRegionAvail().y report not taking account of lower cell padding or of using ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY. (#6619) 2bc5d17ac3 Tables: fixed calculation of multi-instance shared decoration/scrollbar width of scrolling tables. (#5920, #6619) e5977f05d8 Backends: GLFW: revert support for GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED, let user use ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse. (#5625, #6609) d342ec10cc Overlap, IsItemHovered: clarification on using IsItemHovered() on a non-reactive item after a reactive overlappable one. (#6610) 52125a54a5 Tables: added TableGetHoveredRow() in imgui_internal.h. (#6250, #6347, #6588, #3740) 77eba4d0d1 CI: resume using latest Emscripten 3dc3aef8a4 Backends: WebGPU: fix webgpu changes for Dawn. (#6602, #6188) 0e8eb8c48e Removed _MSC_VER <= 1500 checks for Visual Studio 2008 or earlier. 863ac31f01 Doc: various tweaks + tweak imconfig comments. 33e13c85e1 Backends: Made all backends sources files support global IMGUI_DISABLE. (#6601) 6888e6cdff ImDrawData: call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() later. as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch). (#6406, #4879, #1878) dbeeeae593 ImDrawData: Slight refactor so internal logic uses same logic as AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878) 1a9ddd2396 ImDrawData: added AddDrawList() helper function. (#6406, #4879, #1878) c649aca20a ImDrawData: changed CmdLists from raw array to ImVector<> owned by ImDrawData itself. Faclitate user-manipulation of the array (#6406, #4879, #1878) + deep swap. (#6597, #6475, #6167, #5776, #5109, #4763, #3515, #1860) cc4c37dbac Nav: PageUp/PageDown always set NavJustMovedTo even when landing on same spot (which can trigger a selection). b7cdb5a31e Scrollbar: layout needs to take account of window border size, so a border size will slightly reduce scrollbar size. (#2522) 5ce636b0ba Tweak to accomodate for build* directories anywhere. 140726d23f Fixed CTRL+Tab dimming background assert when target window has a callback in the last ImDrawCmd. (#4857, #5937) b32ef809c3 InputText: Fixed a case where deactivation frame would write to underlying buffer or call CallbackResize although unnecessary, in a frame where the return value was false. 3349296370 InputText: Tweak ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll handling so decision is taken on input buffer + Showcase a few more InputText() flags. (#5688, #2620) 6aa408c6af IO: Added io.ClearEventsQueue(). Obsoleted io.ClearInputCharacters(). (#4921) 9a15730c2a Demo: better showcase use of SetNextItemAllowOverlap(). (#6574, #6512, #3909, #517) 3fe4319314 Version 1.89.8 WIP git-subtree-dir: external/imgui/imgui git-subtree-split: d6cb3c923d28dcebb2d8d9605ccc7229ccef19eb --- .github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/config.yml | 1 + .github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/issue_template.yml | 90 + .github/issue_template.md | 46 - .github/workflows/build.yml | 4 +- .gitignore | 3 +- LICENSE.txt | 2 +- backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp | 22 +- backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h | 10 +- backends/imgui_impl_android.cpp | 34 +- backends/imgui_impl_android.h | 13 +- backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp | 18 +- backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h | 12 +- backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp | 18 +- backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h | 12 +- backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp | 18 +- backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h | 10 +- backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp | 12 +- backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h | 12 +- backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp | 88 +- backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h | 15 +- backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp | 12 +- backends/imgui_impl_glut.h | 12 +- backends/imgui_impl_metal.h | 14 +- backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm | 18 +- backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp | 22 +- backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h | 12 +- backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp | 25 +- backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h | 10 +- backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h | 19 +- backends/imgui_impl_osx.h | 10 +- backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm | 41 +- backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp | 32 +- backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h | 11 +- backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp | 82 +- backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h | 11 +- backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp | 25 +- backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h | 11 + backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp | 25 +- backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h | 11 + backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp | 296 ++- backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h | 20 +- backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp | 33 +- backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h | 11 +- backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp | 52 +- backends/imgui_impl_win32.h | 10 +- docs/BACKENDS.md | 2 +- docs/CHANGELOG.txt | 472 +++- docs/CONTRIBUTING.md | 23 +- docs/EXAMPLES.md | 4 +- docs/FAQ.md | 57 +- docs/FONTS.md | 286 ++- docs/README.md | 36 +- docs/TODO.txt | 3 +- examples/example_allegro5/main.cpp | 8 +- examples/example_android_opengl3/main.cpp | 7 +- examples/example_apple_metal/main.mm | 8 +- examples/example_apple_opengl2/main.mm | 8 +- examples/example_emscripten_wgpu/main.cpp | 32 +- examples/example_glfw_metal/main.mm | 8 +- examples/example_glfw_opengl2/main.cpp | 8 +- .../example_glfw_opengl3/Makefile.emscripten | 2 +- examples/example_glfw_opengl3/main.cpp | 11 +- examples/example_glfw_vulkan/main.cpp | 54 +- examples/example_glut_opengl2/main.cpp | 8 +- examples/example_sdl2_directx11/main.cpp | 14 +- examples/example_sdl2_metal/main.mm | 8 +- examples/example_sdl2_opengl2/main.cpp | 14 +- examples/example_sdl2_opengl3/main.cpp | 14 +- examples/example_sdl2_sdlrenderer2/main.cpp | 13 +- examples/example_sdl2_vulkan/main.cpp | 59 +- examples/example_sdl3_opengl3/main.cpp | 10 +- examples/example_sdl3_sdlrenderer3/main.cpp | 14 +- examples/example_win32_directx10/main.cpp | 8 +- examples/example_win32_directx11/main.cpp | 8 +- examples/example_win32_directx12/main.cpp | 8 +- examples/example_win32_directx9/main.cpp | 8 +- examples/example_win32_opengl3/main.cpp | 24 +- imconfig.h | 31 +- imgui.cpp | 2124 +++++++++++------ imgui.h | 755 +++--- imgui_demo.cpp | 910 +++++-- imgui_draw.cpp | 284 ++- imgui_internal.h | 462 ++-- imgui_tables.cpp | 451 +++- imgui_widgets.cpp | 780 ++++-- imstb_textedit.h | 148 +- misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.cpp | 10 + misc/freetype/README.md | 9 +- misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp | 183 +- misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h | 7 +- 90 files changed, 5893 insertions(+), 2765 deletions(-) create mode 100644 .github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/config.yml create mode 100644 .github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/issue_template.yml delete mode 100644 .github/issue_template.md diff --git a/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/config.yml b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/config.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ba13e0c --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/config.yml @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +blank_issues_enabled: false diff --git a/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/issue_template.yml b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/issue_template.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..792d8f63 --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/issue_template.yml @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +name: "Ask a question, report a bug, request a feature, etc." +description: "Ask any question, discuss best practices, report a bug, request a feature." +body: + - type: markdown + attributes: + value: | + FOR FIRST-TIME USERS ISSUES COMPILING/LINKING/RUNNING or LOADING FONTS, please use [GitHub Discussions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions) + For anything else: we are happy to use 'GitHub Issues' for many types of open-ended questions. We are encouraging 'Issues' becoming a large, centralized and cross-referenced database of Dear ImGui contents. + + Be mindful that messages are being sent to the e-mail box of "Watching" users. Try to proof-read your messages before sending them. Edits are not seen by those users. + - type: markdown + attributes: + value: | + **Prerequisites:** + - I have read [Frequently Asked Questions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md). + - I have read [Contributing Guidelines -> General Advices](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md#getting-started--general-advice). + - I have read [Contributing Guidelines -> How to open an Issue](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md#how-to-open-an-issue). + - I have searched [Github Issues and PR](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues?q=) for discussion of similar topics. + + ---- + - type: input + id: specs_version + attributes: + label: "Version/Branch of Dear ImGui:" + description: "(please specify if you have made substantial modifications to your copy)" + value: "Version 1.XX, Branch: XXX (master/docking/etc.)" + placeholder: "Version 1.XX, Branch: XXX (master/docking/etc.)" + validations: + required: true + - type: input + id: specs_backend + attributes: + label: "Back-ends:" + description: (or specify when using custom engine/back-ends) + value: "imgui_impl_XXX.cpp + imgui_impl_XXX.cpp" + placeholder: "imgui_impl_XXX.cpp + imgui_impl_XXX.cpp or n/a" + validations: + required: true + - type: input + id: specs_compiler_os + attributes: + label: "Compiler, OS:" + placeholder: "e.g. Windows 11 + MSVC 2022, macOS + Clang 12, Linux + GCC etc." + validations: + required: true + - type: textarea + id: specs_full + attributes: + label: "Full config/build information:" + placeholder: | + (If you can run, you may go to 'Demo->Tools->About Dear ImGui->Config/Build Info' to obtain detailed information that you can paste here) + validations: + required: false + - type: textarea + id: issue_description + attributes: + label: "Details:" + description: "Try to be explicit with your goals, your expectations and what you have tried. Be mindful of [The XY Problem](https://xyproblem.info). What you have in mind or in your code is not obvious to other people. People frequently discuss problems and suggest incorrect solutions without first clarifying their goals. When requesting a new feature, please describe the usage context (how you intend to use it, why you need it, etc.). If you tried something and it failed, show us what you tried. If you are reporting a bug, explain what's the bug, how does it occur, etc. If you are reporting a crash, please include a debugger callstack." + value: | + **My Issue/Question:** + + XXX _(please provide as much context as possible)_ + validations: + required: true + - type: textarea + id: screenshots + attributes: + label: "Screenshots/Video:" + description: "Attach screenshots or gif/videos to clarify the context. They often convey useful information that is omitted by the description." + placeholder: "(You can drag files here)" + validations: + required: false + - type: textarea + id: repro_code + attributes: + label: "Minimal, Complete and Verifiable Example code:" + description: "Provide an [MCVE](https://stackoverflow.com/help/mcve) to demonstrate your problem. An ideal submission includes a small piece of code that anyone can paste into one of the examples applications (examples/*/main.cpp) or the demo (imgui_demo.cpp) to understand and reproduce it. Narrowing your problem to its shortest and purest form is the easiest way to understand it, explain it and fix it. Please test your shortened code to ensure it exhibits the problem. Often while creating the MCVE you will solve the problem! Many questions that are missing a standalone verifiable example are missing the actual cause of their issue in the description, which ends up wasting everyone's time." + value: | + ```cpp + // Here's some code anyone can copy and paste to reproduce your issue + ImGui::Begin("Example Bug"); + MoreCodeToExplainMyIssue(); + ImGui::End(); + ``` + validations: + required: false + - type: markdown + attributes: + value: | + Thank you for taking the time to read prerequisites, filling this template and double-checking your message and your code! diff --git a/.github/issue_template.md b/.github/issue_template.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5d2f1eab..00000000 --- a/.github/issue_template.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -(Click "Preview" above ^ to turn URL into clickable links) - -1. FOR FIRST-TIME USERS ISSUES COMPILING/LINKING/RUNNING or LOADING FONTS, please use [GitHub Discussions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions). - -2. PLEASE CAREFULLY READ: [FAQ](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md) - -3. PLEASE CAREFULLY READ: [Contributing Guidelines](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md) - -4. PLEASE MAKE SURE that you have: read the FAQ; explored the contents of `ShowDemoWindow()` including the Examples menu; searched among Issues; used your IDE to search for keywords in all sources and text files; and read the links above. - -5. Be mindful that messages are being sent to the e-mail box of "Watching" users. Try to proof-read your messages before sending them. Edits are not seen by those users. - -6. Delete points 1-6 and PLEASE FILL THE TEMPLATE BELOW before submitting your issue. - -Thank you! - ----- - -_(you may also go to Demo>About Window, and click "Config/Build Information" to obtain a bunch of detailed information that you can paste here)_ - -**Version/Branch of Dear ImGui:** - -Version: XXX -Branch: XXX _(master/viewport/docking/etc.)_ - -**Back-end/Renderer/Compiler/OS** - -Back-ends: imgui_impl_XXX.cpp + imgui_impl_XXX.cpp _(or specify if using a custom engine/back-end)_ -Compiler: XXX _(if the question is related to building or platform specific features)_ -Operating System: XXX - -**My Issue/Question:** - -XXX _(please provide as much context as possible)_ - -**Screenshots/Video** - -XXX _(you can drag files here)_ - -**Standalone, minimal, complete and verifiable example:** _(see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/2261)_ -``` -// Here's some code anyone can copy and paste to reproduce your issue -ImGui::Begin("Example Bug"); -MoreCodeToExplainMyIssue(); -ImGui::End(); -``` diff --git a/.github/workflows/build.yml b/.github/workflows/build.yml index 57562ac4..45688c47 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/build.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/build.yml @@ -479,8 +479,8 @@ jobs: wget -q https://github.com/emscripten-core/emsdk/archive/master.tar.gz tar -xvf master.tar.gz emsdk-master/emsdk update - emsdk-master/emsdk install 3.1.37 - emsdk-master/emsdk activate 3.1.37 + emsdk-master/emsdk install latest + emsdk-master/emsdk activate latest - name: Build example_sdl2_opengl3 with Emscripten run: | diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index dc716466..211d21dd 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ imgui.ini *.o *.obj *.exe -examples/build/* examples/*/Debug/* examples/*/Release/* examples/*/x64/* @@ -30,7 +29,7 @@ ipch JSON/ ## Commonly used CMake directories -/build*/ +build*/ ## Xcode artifacts project.xcworkspace diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt index fb715bdc..3282f5b5 100644 --- a/LICENSE.txt +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ The MIT License (MIT) -Copyright (c) 2014-2023 Omar Cornut +Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp index ae91443c..abb6b9ad 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp @@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) @@ -47,10 +50,11 @@ // 2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves. // 2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space. +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +#include "imgui_impl_allegro5.h" #include // uint64_t #include // memcpy -#include "imgui.h" -#include "imgui_impl_allegro5.h" // Allegro #include @@ -434,9 +438,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplAllegro5_Init(ALLEGRO_DISPLAY* display) // We still use a custom declaration to use 'ALLEGRO_PRIM_TEX_COORD' instead of 'ALLEGRO_PRIM_TEX_COORD_PIXEL' else we can't do a reliable conversion. ALLEGRO_VERTEX_ELEMENT elems[] = { - { ALLEGRO_PRIM_POSITION, ALLEGRO_PRIM_FLOAT_2, IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVertAllegro, pos) }, - { ALLEGRO_PRIM_TEX_COORD, ALLEGRO_PRIM_FLOAT_2, IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVertAllegro, uv) }, - { ALLEGRO_PRIM_COLOR_ATTR, 0, IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVertAllegro, col) }, + { ALLEGRO_PRIM_POSITION, ALLEGRO_PRIM_FLOAT_2, offsetof(ImDrawVertAllegro, pos) }, + { ALLEGRO_PRIM_TEX_COORD, ALLEGRO_PRIM_FLOAT_2, offsetof(ImDrawVertAllegro, uv) }, + { ALLEGRO_PRIM_COLOR_ATTR, 0, offsetof(ImDrawVertAllegro, col) }, { 0, 0, 0 } }; bd->VertexDecl = al_create_vertex_decl(elems, sizeof(ImDrawVertAllegro)); @@ -603,3 +607,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplAllegro5_NewFrame() // Setup mouse cursor shape ImGui_ImplAllegro5_UpdateMouseCursor(); } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h b/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h index 7e97969e..5b63654e 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h @@ -12,11 +12,15 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct ALLEGRO_DISPLAY; union ALLEGRO_EVENT; @@ -30,3 +34,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplAllegro5_ProcessEvent(ALLEGRO_EVENT* event); // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplAllegro5_CreateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplAllegro5_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_android.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_android.cpp index 48828ec2..7dd2afc2 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_android.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_android.cpp @@ -15,8 +15,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) @@ -27,6 +30,7 @@ // 2021-03-04: Initial version. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_android.h" #include #include @@ -152,7 +156,7 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplAndroid_KeyCodeToImGuiKey(int32_t key_code) } } -int32_t ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent(AInputEvent* input_event) +int32_t ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent(const AInputEvent* input_event) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); int32_t event_type = AInputEvent_getType(input_event); @@ -179,7 +183,7 @@ int32_t ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent(AInputEvent* input_event) case AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_UP: { ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplAndroid_KeyCodeToImGuiKey(event_key_code); - if (key != ImGuiKey_None && (event_action == AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN || event_action == AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_UP)) + if (key != ImGuiKey_None) { io.AddKeyEvent(key, event_action == AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN); io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event_key_code, event_scan_code); @@ -217,25 +221,27 @@ int32_t ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent(AInputEvent* input_event) { case AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN: case AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_UP: + { // Physical mouse buttons (and probably other physical devices) also invoke the actions AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN/_UP, // but we have to process them separately to identify the actual button pressed. This is done below via // AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_BUTTON_PRESS/_RELEASE. Here, we only process "FINGER" input (and "UNKNOWN", as a fallback). - if((AMotionEvent_getToolType(input_event, event_pointer_index) == AMOTION_EVENT_TOOL_TYPE_FINGER) - || (AMotionEvent_getToolType(input_event, event_pointer_index) == AMOTION_EVENT_TOOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN)) + int tool_type = AMotionEvent_getToolType(input_event, event_pointer_index); + if (tool_type == AMOTION_EVENT_TOOL_TYPE_FINGER || tool_type == AMOTION_EVENT_TOOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN) { io.AddMousePosEvent(AMotionEvent_getX(input_event, event_pointer_index), AMotionEvent_getY(input_event, event_pointer_index)); io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, event_action == AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN); } break; + } case AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_BUTTON_PRESS: case AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_BUTTON_RELEASE: - { - int32_t button_state = AMotionEvent_getButtonState(input_event); - io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, (button_state & AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_PRIMARY) != 0); - io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, (button_state & AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_SECONDARY) != 0); - io.AddMouseButtonEvent(2, (button_state & AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_TERTIARY) != 0); - } + { + int32_t button_state = AMotionEvent_getButtonState(input_event); + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, (button_state & AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_PRIMARY) != 0); + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, (button_state & AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_SECONDARY) != 0); + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(2, (button_state & AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_TERTIARY) != 0); break; + } case AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_HOVER_MOVE: // Hovering: Tool moves while NOT pressed (such as a physical mouse) case AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_MOVE: // Touch pointer moves while DOWN io.AddMousePosEvent(AMotionEvent_getX(input_event, event_pointer_index), AMotionEvent_getY(input_event, event_pointer_index)); @@ -294,3 +300,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplAndroid_NewFrame() io.DeltaTime = g_Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - g_Time) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); g_Time = current_time; } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_android.h b/backends/imgui_impl_android.h index eb97c4c8..557bf0e0 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_android.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_android.h @@ -15,15 +15,22 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once +#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct ANativeWindow; struct AInputEvent; IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplAndroid_Init(ANativeWindow* window); -IMGUI_IMPL_API int32_t ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent(AInputEvent* input_event); +IMGUI_IMPL_API int32_t ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent(const AInputEvent* input_event); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplAndroid_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplAndroid_NewFrame(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp index 06edb0e0..96e27471 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp @@ -7,8 +7,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) @@ -30,6 +33,7 @@ // 2016-05-07: DirectX10: Disabling depth-write. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_dx10.h" // DirectX @@ -410,9 +414,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX10_CreateDeviceObjects() // Create the input layout D3D10_INPUT_ELEMENT_DESC local_layout[] = { - { "POSITION", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos), D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, - { "TEXCOORD", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv), D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, - { "COLOR", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM, 0, (UINT)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col), D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, + { "POSITION", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos), D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, + { "TEXCOORD", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv), D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, + { "COLOR", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM, 0, (UINT)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col), D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, }; if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreateInputLayout(local_layout, 3, vertexShaderBlob->GetBufferPointer(), vertexShaderBlob->GetBufferSize(), &bd->pInputLayout) != S_OK) { @@ -579,3 +583,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX10_NewFrame() if (!bd->pFontSampler) ImGui_ImplDX10_CreateDeviceObjects(); } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h b/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h index fde520c9..e7e798aa 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h @@ -5,13 +5,17 @@ // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'ID3D10ShaderResourceView*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct ID3D10Device; @@ -23,3 +27,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX10_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data); // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX10_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX10_CreateDeviceObjects(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp index eaf4cf6d..bbc26a75 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp @@ -7,8 +7,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) @@ -31,6 +34,7 @@ // 2016-05-07: DirectX11: Disabling depth-write. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_dx11.h" // DirectX @@ -422,9 +426,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects() // Create the input layout D3D11_INPUT_ELEMENT_DESC local_layout[] = { - { "POSITION", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos), D3D11_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, - { "TEXCOORD", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv), D3D11_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, - { "COLOR", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM, 0, (UINT)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col), D3D11_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, + { "POSITION", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos), D3D11_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, + { "TEXCOORD", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv), D3D11_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, + { "COLOR", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM, 0, (UINT)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col), D3D11_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, }; if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreateInputLayout(local_layout, 3, vertexShaderBlob->GetBufferPointer(), vertexShaderBlob->GetBufferSize(), &bd->pInputLayout) != S_OK) { @@ -595,3 +599,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame() if (!bd->pFontSampler) ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects(); } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h b/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h index f12d7186..20887f37 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h @@ -5,13 +5,17 @@ // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct ID3D11Device; struct ID3D11DeviceContext; @@ -24,3 +28,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data); // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX11_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp index 8712fce7..15aadc05 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp @@ -15,8 +15,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) @@ -39,6 +42,7 @@ // 2018-02-22: Merged into master with all Win32 code synchronized to other examples. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_dx12.h" // DirectX @@ -588,9 +592,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX12_CreateDeviceObjects() // Create the input layout static D3D12_INPUT_ELEMENT_DESC local_layout[] = { - { "POSITION", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos), D3D12_INPUT_CLASSIFICATION_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, - { "TEXCOORD", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv), D3D12_INPUT_CLASSIFICATION_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, - { "COLOR", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM, 0, (UINT)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col), D3D12_INPUT_CLASSIFICATION_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, + { "POSITION", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos), D3D12_INPUT_CLASSIFICATION_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, + { "TEXCOORD", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0, (UINT)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv), D3D12_INPUT_CLASSIFICATION_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, + { "COLOR", 0, DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM, 0, (UINT)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col), D3D12_INPUT_CLASSIFICATION_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0 }, }; psoDesc.InputLayout = { local_layout, 3 }; } @@ -751,3 +755,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX12_NewFrame() if (!bd->pPipelineState) ImGui_ImplDX12_CreateDeviceObjects(); } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h b/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h index ea6d33b9..8710910b 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h @@ -10,11 +10,15 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include // DXGI_FORMAT struct ID3D12Device; @@ -36,3 +40,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX12_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3 // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX12_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX12_CreateDeviceObjects(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp index 28afa44e..48fee4bd 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp @@ -7,8 +7,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) @@ -32,6 +35,7 @@ // 2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_dx9.h" // DirectX @@ -378,3 +382,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_NewFrame() if (!bd->FontTexture) ImGui_ImplDX9_CreateDeviceObjects(); } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h b/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h index 32e89ec9..3965583b 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h @@ -5,13 +5,17 @@ // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'LPDIRECT3DTEXTURE9' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct IDirect3DDevice9; @@ -23,3 +27,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data); // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX9_CreateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX9_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp index 0858cddb..b49c99bb 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp @@ -12,11 +12,17 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2023-12-19: Emscripten: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback() to register canvas selector and auto-resize GLFW window. +// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys. +// 2023-07-18: Inputs: Revert ignoring mouse data on GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED as it can be used differently. User may set ImGuiConfigFLags_NoMouse if desired. (#5625, #6609) // 2023-06-12: Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. This seems to happens on some Windows setup when peripherals disconnect, and is likely to also happen on browser + Emscripten. (#6491) // 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen on Windows ONLY, using a custom WndProc hook. (#2702) // 2023-03-16: Inputs: Fixed key modifiers handling on secondary viewports (docking branch). Broken on 2023/01/04. (#6248, #6034) @@ -27,7 +33,7 @@ // 2022-10-18: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing mouse cursors errors. Using GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED directly. (#5785) // 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. // 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). -// 2022-09-01: Inputs: Honor GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED by not setting mouse position. +// 2022-09-01: Inputs: Honor GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED by not setting mouse position *EDIT* Reverted 2023-07-18. // 2022-04-30: Inputs: Fixed ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey() for lower case letters on OSX. // 2022-03-23: Inputs: Fixed a regression in 1.87 which resulted in keyboard modifiers events being reported incorrectly on Linux/X11. // 2022-02-07: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks()/ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks() helpers to facilitate user installing callbacks after initializing backend. @@ -64,6 +70,7 @@ // 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h" // Clang warnings with -Weverything @@ -120,6 +127,9 @@ struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data ImVec2 LastValidMousePos; bool InstalledCallbacks; bool CallbacksChainForAllWindows; +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + const char* CanvasSelector; +#endif // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. GLFWwindowfocusfun PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus; @@ -269,6 +279,18 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(int key) case GLFW_KEY_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; case GLFW_KEY_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; case GLFW_KEY_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + case GLFW_KEY_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13; + case GLFW_KEY_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14; + case GLFW_KEY_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15; + case GLFW_KEY_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16; + case GLFW_KEY_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17; + case GLFW_KEY_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18; + case GLFW_KEY_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19; + case GLFW_KEY_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20; + case GLFW_KEY_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21; + case GLFW_KEY_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22; + case GLFW_KEY_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23; + case GLFW_KEY_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; default: return ImGuiKey_None; } } @@ -385,8 +407,6 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y) ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos(window, x, y); - if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) - return; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); io.AddMousePosEvent((float)x, (float)y); @@ -400,8 +420,6 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered) ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter(window, entered); - if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) - return; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (entered) @@ -475,7 +493,7 @@ static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wPara ImGui::GetIO().AddMouseSourceEvent(GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo()); break; } - return ::CallWindowProc(bd->GlfwWndProc, hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); + return ::CallWindowProcW(bd->GlfwWndProc, hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); } #endif @@ -599,9 +617,9 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, Glfw // Windows: register a WndProc hook so we can intercept some messages. #ifdef _WIN32 - bd->GlfwWndProc = (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtr((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC); + bd->GlfwWndProc = (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC); IM_ASSERT(bd->GlfwWndProc != nullptr); - ::SetWindowLongPtr((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc); + ::SetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc); #endif bd->ClientApi = client_api; @@ -631,6 +649,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() if (bd->InstalledCallbacks) ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(bd->Window); +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + emscripten_set_wheel_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, nullptr, false, nullptr); +#endif for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) glfwDestroyCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]); @@ -638,7 +659,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() // Windows: register a WndProc hook so we can intercept some messages. #ifdef _WIN32 ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); - ::SetWindowLongPtr((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)bd->GlfwWndProc); + ::SetWindowLongPtrW((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)bd->GlfwWndProc); bd->GlfwWndProc = nullptr; #endif @@ -653,11 +674,6 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData() ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if (glfwGetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) - { - io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - return; - } // (those braces are here to reduce diff with multi-viewports support in 'docking' branch) { @@ -795,6 +811,46 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads(); } +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange(int event_type, const EmscriptenUiEvent* event, void* user_data) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)user_data; + double canvas_width, canvas_height; + emscripten_get_element_css_size(bd->CanvasSelector, &canvas_width, &canvas_height); + glfwSetWindowSize(bd->Window, (int)canvas_width, (int)canvas_height); + return true; +} + +static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplEmscripten_FullscreenChangeCallback(int event_type, const EmscriptenFullscreenChangeEvent* event, void* user_data) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)user_data; + double canvas_width, canvas_height; + emscripten_get_element_css_size(bd->CanvasSelector, &canvas_width, &canvas_height); + glfwSetWindowSize(bd->Window, (int)canvas_width, (int)canvas_height); + return true; +} + +// 'canvas_selector' is a CSS selector. The event listener is applied to the first element that matches the query. +// STRING MUST PERSIST FOR THE APPLICATION DURATION. PLEASE USE A STRING LITERAL OR ENSURE POINTER WILL STAY VALID. +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_selector) +{ + IM_ASSERT(canvas_selector != nullptr); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?"); + + bd->CanvasSelector = canvas_selector; + emscripten_set_resize_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_WINDOW, bd, false, ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange); + emscripten_set_fullscreenchange_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, bd, false, ImGui_ImplEmscripten_FullscreenChangeCallback); + + // Change the size of the GLFW window according to the size of the canvas + ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_RESIZE, {}, bd); +} +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h index 698b0d4b..6a9acd05 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h @@ -11,11 +11,15 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct GLFWwindow; struct GLFWmonitor; @@ -26,6 +30,11 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool ins IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(); +// Emscripten related initialization phase methods +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_selector); +#endif + // GLFW callbacks install // - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=true': ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks() is called. GLFW callbacks will be installed for you. They will chain-call user's previously installed callbacks, if any. // - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=false': GLFW callbacks won't be installed. You will need to call individual function yourself from your own GLFW callbacks. @@ -45,3 +54,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor* monitor, int event); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp index 3f911a13..5dada303 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp @@ -16,8 +16,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) @@ -32,6 +35,7 @@ // 2018-03-22: Added GLUT Platform binding. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_glut.h" #define GL_SILENCE_DEPRECATION #ifdef __APPLE__ @@ -298,3 +302,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGLUT_MotionFunc(int x, int y) ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); io.AddMousePosEvent((float)x, (float)y); } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h b/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h index 545cd8dd..062110ed 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h @@ -16,10 +16,14 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGLUT_Init(); @@ -29,7 +33,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_NewFrame(); // You can call ImGui_ImplGLUT_InstallFuncs() to get all those functions installed automatically, // or call them yourself from your own GLUT handlers. We are using the same weird names as GLUT for consistency.. -//---------------------------------------- GLUT name --------------------------------------------- Decent Name --------- +//------------------------------------ GLUT name ---------------------------------------------- Decent Name --------- IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_ReshapeFunc(int w, int h); // ~ ResizeFunc IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_MotionFunc(int x, int y); // ~ MouseMoveFunc IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_MouseFunc(int button, int state, int x, int y); // ~ MouseButtonFunc @@ -38,3 +42,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_KeyboardFunc(unsigned char c, int x, int IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_KeyboardUpFunc(unsigned char c, int x, int y); // ~ CharReleasedFunc IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_SpecialFunc(int key, int x, int y); // ~ KeyPressedFunc IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_SpecialUpFunc(int key, int x, int y); // ~ KeyReleasedFunc + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h b/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h index da9e9ef9..53706d1f 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h @@ -5,12 +5,16 @@ // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'MTLTexture' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ObjC API @@ -62,3 +66,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyDeviceObjects(); #endif #endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm b/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm index dbf7a87f..fd5686be 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm @@ -7,8 +7,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) @@ -30,6 +33,7 @@ // 2018-07-05: Metal: Added new Metal backend implementation. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_metal.h" #import #import @@ -543,13 +547,13 @@ void ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyDeviceObjects() } MTLVertexDescriptor* vertexDescriptor = [MTLVertexDescriptor vertexDescriptor]; - vertexDescriptor.attributes[0].offset = IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos); + vertexDescriptor.attributes[0].offset = offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos); vertexDescriptor.attributes[0].format = MTLVertexFormatFloat2; // position vertexDescriptor.attributes[0].bufferIndex = 0; - vertexDescriptor.attributes[1].offset = IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv); + vertexDescriptor.attributes[1].offset = offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv); vertexDescriptor.attributes[1].format = MTLVertexFormatFloat2; // texCoords vertexDescriptor.attributes[1].bufferIndex = 0; - vertexDescriptor.attributes[2].offset = IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col); + vertexDescriptor.attributes[2].offset = offsetof(ImDrawVert, col); vertexDescriptor.attributes[2].format = MTLVertexFormatUChar4; // color vertexDescriptor.attributes[2].bufferIndex = 0; vertexDescriptor.layouts[0].stepRate = 1; @@ -580,3 +584,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyDeviceObjects() } @end + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp index e833cf38..0d703769 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp @@ -6,8 +6,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // **DO NOT USE THIS CODE IF YOUR CODE/ENGINE IS USING MODERN OPENGL (SHADERS, VBO, VAO, etc.)** // **Prefer using the code in imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp** @@ -37,12 +40,9 @@ // 2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_opengl2.h" -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) @@ -191,9 +191,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; - glVertexPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos))); - glTexCoordPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv))); - glColorPointer(4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col))); + glVertexPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos))); + glTexCoordPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv))); + glColorPointer(4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + offsetof(ImDrawVert, col))); for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) { @@ -293,6 +293,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects() ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h index d00d27f1..9c756c71 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h @@ -4,10 +4,13 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // **DO NOT USE THIS CODE IF YOUR CODE/ENGINE IS USING MODERN OPENGL (SHADERS, VBO, VAO, etc.)** // **Prefer using the code in imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp** @@ -19,6 +22,7 @@ #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown(); @@ -30,3 +34,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateFontsTexture(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp index f3184e75..a36a7ac2 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp @@ -14,11 +14,17 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2024-01-09: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" and variants, fixing regression on distros missing a symlink. +// 2023-11-08: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" instead of "libGL.so.1", accommodating for NetBSD systems having only "libGL.so.3" available. (#6983) +// 2023-10-05: OpenGL: Rename symbols in our internal loader so that LTO compilation with another copy of gl3w is possible. (#6875, #6668, #4445) // 2023-06-20: OpenGL: Fixed erroneous use glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK) on contexts lower than 3.2. (#6539, #6333) // 2023-05-09: OpenGL: Support for glBindSampler() backup/restore on ES3. (#6375) // 2023-04-18: OpenGL: Restore front and back polygon mode separately when supported by context. (#6333) @@ -104,13 +110,10 @@ #endif #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h" #include -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif #if defined(__APPLE__) #include #endif @@ -460,9 +463,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos)); GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV)); GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor)); - GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos))); - GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv))); - GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col))); + GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos))); + GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv))); + GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col))); } // OpenGL3 Render function. @@ -933,9 +936,13 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects() ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h index 77d11801..23eb9247 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h @@ -14,8 +14,11 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // About GLSL version: // The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be nullptr (default) or a "#version XXX" string. @@ -24,6 +27,7 @@ #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE // Backend API IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr); @@ -58,3 +62,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); #endif #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h index 7ca72e37..85c58c4e 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ extern "C" { ** included as . ** ** glcorearb.h includes only APIs in the latest OpenGL core profile -** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which +** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which ** can be supported by the core profile. It does not, and never will ** include functionality removed from the core profile, such as ** fixed-function vertex and fragment processing. @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ GL3W_API int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor); GL3W_API GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc); /* gl3w internal state */ -union GL3WProcs { +union ImGL3WProcs { GL3WglProc ptr[59]; struct { PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC ActiveTexture; @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ union GL3WProcs { } gl; }; -GL3W_API extern union GL3WProcs imgl3wProcs; +GL3W_API extern union ImGL3WProcs imgl3wProcs; /* OpenGL functions */ #define glActiveTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.ActiveTexture @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ extern "C" { #include -#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) +#define GL3W_ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) #if defined(_WIN32) #ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN @@ -666,7 +666,12 @@ static GL3WglProc (*glx_get_proc_address)(const GLubyte *); static int open_libgl(void) { - libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL); + // While most systems use libGL.so.1, NetBSD seems to use that libGL.so.3. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6983 + libgl = dlopen("libGL.so", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL); + if (!libgl) + libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL); + if (!libgl) + libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.3", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL); if (!libgl) return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN; *(void **)(&glx_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libgl, "glXGetProcAddressARB"); @@ -794,12 +799,12 @@ static const char *proc_names[] = { "glViewport", }; -GL3W_API union GL3WProcs imgl3wProcs; +GL3W_API union ImGL3WProcs imgl3wProcs; static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc) { size_t i; - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(proc_names); i++) + for (i = 0; i < GL3W_ARRAY_SIZE(proc_names); i++) imgl3wProcs.ptr[i] = proc(proc_names[i]); } diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h b/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h index 72794c00..4033ad93 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h @@ -13,10 +13,14 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #ifdef __OBJC__ @@ -43,3 +47,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(void* _Nullable view); #endif #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm b/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm index 97c3e8f7..b1ca5b03 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm @@ -13,10 +13,14 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #import "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #import "imgui_impl_osx.h" #import #import @@ -25,6 +29,7 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F20 function keys. Stopped mapping F13 into PrintScreen. // 2023-04-09: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen. // 2023-02-01: Fixed scroll wheel scaling for devices emitting events with hasPreciseScrollingDeltas==false (e.g. non-Apple mices). // 2022-11-02: Fixed mouse coordinates before clicking the host window. @@ -333,36 +338,36 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplOSX_KeyCodeToImGuiKey(int key_code) case kVK_RightOption: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt; case kVK_RightCommand: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper; // case kVK_Function: return ImGuiKey_; -// case kVK_F17: return ImGuiKey_; // case kVK_VolumeUp: return ImGuiKey_; // case kVK_VolumeDown: return ImGuiKey_; // case kVK_Mute: return ImGuiKey_; -// case kVK_F18: return ImGuiKey_; -// case kVK_F19: return ImGuiKey_; -// case kVK_F20: return ImGuiKey_; + case kVK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1; + case kVK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2; + case kVK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3; + case kVK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4; case kVK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5; case kVK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6; case kVK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7; - case kVK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3; case kVK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8; case kVK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9; - case kVK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; - case kVK_F13: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen; -// case kVK_F16: return ImGuiKey_; -// case kVK_F14: return ImGuiKey_; case kVK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; - case 0x6E: return ImGuiKey_Menu; + case kVK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; case kVK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; -// case kVK_F15: return ImGuiKey_; + case kVK_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13; + case kVK_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14; + case kVK_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15; + case kVK_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16; + case kVK_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17; + case kVK_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18; + case kVK_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19; + case kVK_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20; + case 0x6E: return ImGuiKey_Menu; case kVK_Help: return ImGuiKey_Insert; case kVK_Home: return ImGuiKey_Home; case kVK_PageUp: return ImGuiKey_PageUp; case kVK_ForwardDelete: return ImGuiKey_Delete; - case kVK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4; case kVK_End: return ImGuiKey_End; - case kVK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2; case kVK_PageDown: return ImGuiKey_PageDown; - case kVK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1; case kVK_LeftArrow: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow; case kVK_RightArrow: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow; case kVK_DownArrow: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow; @@ -801,3 +806,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOSX_AddTrackingArea(NSView* _Nonnull view) return event; }]; } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp index 0721c2c2..9f950bb1 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp @@ -13,11 +13,15 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys. // 2023-04-06: Inputs: Avoid calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as they don't only pertain to IME. It's unclear exactly what their relation is to IME. (#6306) // 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen. (#2702) // 2023-02-23: Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. (#6189, #6114, #3644) @@ -73,6 +77,7 @@ // 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_sdl2.h" // Clang warnings with -Weverything @@ -259,6 +264,20 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + case SDLK_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13; + case SDLK_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14; + case SDLK_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15; + case SDLK_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16; + case SDLK_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17; + case SDLK_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18; + case SDLK_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19; + case SDLK_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20; + case SDLK_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21; + case SDLK_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22; + case SDLK_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23; + case SDLK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; + case SDLK_AC_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; + case SDLK_AC_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; } return ImGuiKey_None; } @@ -477,6 +496,11 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* rendere return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, renderer); } +bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr); +} + void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown() { ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); @@ -641,6 +665,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h b/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h index 8dcabac1..dd5e047e 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h @@ -12,11 +12,15 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct SDL_Window; struct SDL_Renderer; @@ -27,6 +31,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event); @@ -34,3 +39,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS static inline void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(SDL_Window*) { ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); } // 1.84: removed unnecessary parameter #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp index 4427f2c8..d41a5e46 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp @@ -14,11 +14,16 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2023-11-13: Updated for recent SDL3 API changes. +// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys. // 2023-05-04: Fixed build on Emscripten/iOS/Android. (#6391) // 2023-04-06: Inputs: Avoid calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as they don't only pertain to IME. It's unclear exactly what their relation is to IME. (#6306) // 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen. (#2702) @@ -26,6 +31,7 @@ // 2023-02-07: Forked "imgui_impl_sdl2" into "imgui_impl_sdl3". Removed version checks for old feature. Refer to imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp for older changelog. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_sdl3.h" // Clang warnings with -Weverything @@ -36,10 +42,15 @@ // SDL #include -#include #if defined(__APPLE__) #include #endif +#ifdef _WIN32 +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#include +#endif #if !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__) #define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 1 @@ -210,6 +221,20 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + case SDLK_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13; + case SDLK_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14; + case SDLK_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15; + case SDLK_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16; + case SDLK_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17; + case SDLK_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18; + case SDLK_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19; + case SDLK_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20; + case SDLK_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21; + case SDLK_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22; + case SDLK_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23; + case SDLK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; + case SDLK_AC_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; + case SDLK_AC_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; } return ImGuiKey_None; } @@ -309,10 +334,22 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) return false; } -static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer) +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetupPlatformHandles(ImGuiViewport* viewport, SDL_Window* window) +{ + IM_UNUSED(window); + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = nullptr; +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WINRT__) + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (HWND)SDL_GetProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), "SDL.window.win32.hwnd", nullptr); +#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA) + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)SDL_GetProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), "SDL.window.cocoa.window", nullptr); +#endif +} + +static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void* sdl_gl_context) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); + IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Unused in this branch // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list) @@ -355,16 +392,7 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer) // Set platform dependent data in viewport // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); - main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = nullptr; - SDL_SysWMinfo info; - if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info, SDL_SYSWM_CURRENT_VERSION) == 0) - { -#if defined(SDL_ENABLE_SYSWM_WINDOWS) - main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.win.window; -#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(SDL_ENABLE_SYSWM_COCOA) - main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.cocoa.window; -#endif - } + ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetupPlatformHandles(main_viewport, window); // From 2.0.5: Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event. // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered. @@ -386,12 +414,12 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer) bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context) { IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Viewport branch will need this. - return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr); + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, sdl_gl_context); } bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window) { - return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr); + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); } bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window) @@ -399,17 +427,22 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window) #if !defined(_WIN32) IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported"); #endif - return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr); + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); } bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window) { - return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr); + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); } bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer) { - return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, renderer); + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, renderer, nullptr); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); } void ImGui_ImplSDL3_Shutdown() @@ -510,10 +543,10 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads() const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000; // SDL_gamecontroller.h suggests using this value. MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_X); // Xbox X, PS Square - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_B); // Xbox B, PS Circle - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_Y); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_A); // Xbox A, PS Cross + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_WEST); // Xbox X, PS Square + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_EAST); // Xbox B, PS Circle + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_NORTH); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_SOUTH); // Xbox A, PS Cross MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT); MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP); @@ -576,7 +609,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame() ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h b/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h index 11fe8a9c..9baa7e68 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h @@ -14,11 +14,15 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct SDL_Window; struct SDL_Renderer; @@ -29,6 +33,9 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL3_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp index cf159bbe..7d0ec797 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp @@ -12,8 +12,12 @@ // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. // You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // 2023-05-30: Renamed imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h/.cpp to imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h/.cpp to accommodate for upcoming SDL3. @@ -24,12 +28,9 @@ // 2021-09-21: Initial version. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h" -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // Clang warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) @@ -180,12 +181,12 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) SDL_Rect r = { (int)(clip_min.x), (int)(clip_min.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y) }; SDL_RenderSetClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, &r); - const float* xy = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)); - const float* uv = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)); + const float* xy = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos)); + const float* uv = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv)); #if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,19) - const SDL_Color* color = (const SDL_Color*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)); // SDL 2.0.19+ + const SDL_Color* color = (const SDL_Color*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, col)); // SDL 2.0.19+ #else - const int* color = (const int*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)); // SDL 2.0.17 and 2.0.18 + const int* color = (const int*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, col)); // SDL 2.0.17 and 2.0.18 #endif // Bind texture, Draw @@ -256,6 +257,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_DestroyDeviceObjects() ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_DestroyFontsTexture(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h b/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h index ec6bbfef..843850ff 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h @@ -11,7 +11,16 @@ // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'SDL_Texture*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp + #pragma once +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API struct SDL_Renderer; @@ -26,3 +35,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_CreateFontsTexture(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_DestroyFontsTexture(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_CreateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_DestroyDeviceObjects(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp index 40e8d9c0..fcef4f5d 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp @@ -12,19 +12,20 @@ // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. // You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // 2023-05-30: Initial version. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h" -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // Clang warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) @@ -175,12 +176,12 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) SDL_Rect r = { (int)(clip_min.x), (int)(clip_min.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y) }; SDL_SetRenderClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, &r); - const float* xy = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)); - const float* uv = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)); + const float* xy = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos)); + const float* uv = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv)); #if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,19) - const SDL_Color* color = (const SDL_Color*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)); // SDL 2.0.19+ + const SDL_Color* color = (const SDL_Color*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, col)); // SDL 2.0.19+ #else - const int* color = (const int*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)); // SDL 2.0.17 and 2.0.18 + const int* color = (const int*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, col)); // SDL 2.0.17 and 2.0.18 #endif // Bind texture, Draw @@ -251,6 +252,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_DestroyDeviceObjects() ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_DestroyFontsTexture(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h b/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h index 7f19d48c..dd05adfd 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h @@ -11,8 +11,17 @@ // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'SDL_Texture*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. +// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp + #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct SDL_Renderer; @@ -26,3 +35,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_CreateFontsTexture(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_DestroyFontsTexture(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_CreateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp index 88872896..47e6fd82 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp @@ -13,14 +13,17 @@ // - [Solution 3] IDE/msbuild: edit imconfig.h and add '#define ImTextureID ImU64' (prefer solution 2 to create your own config file!) // - [Solution 4] command-line: add '/D ImTextureID=ImU64' to your cl.exe command-line (this is what we do in our batch files) -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. -// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs - // The aim of imgui_impl_vulkan.h/.cpp is to be usable in your engine without any modification. // IF YOU FEEL YOU NEED TO MAKE ANY CHANGE TO THIS CODE, please share them and your feedback at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/ +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp + // Important note to the reader who wish to integrate imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp/.h in their own engine/app. // - Common ImGui_ImplVulkan_XXX functions and structures are used to interface with imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp/.h. // You will use those if you want to use this rendering backend in your engine/app. @@ -30,6 +33,14 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2024-01-03: Vulkan: Added MinAllocationSize field in ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo to workaround zealous "best practice" validation layer. (#7189, #4238) +// 2024-01-03: Vulkan: Stoped creating command pools with VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT as we don't reset them. +// 2023-11-29: Vulkan: Fixed mismatching allocator passed to vkCreateCommandPool() vs vkDestroyCommandPool(). (#7075) +// 2023-11-10: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Removed parameter from ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(): backend now creates its own command-buffer to upload fonts. +// *BREAKING CHANGE*: Removed ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects() which is now unecessary as we create and destroy those objects in the backend. +// ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() is automatically called by NewFrame() the first time. +// You can call ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() again to recreate the font atlas texture. +// Added ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontsTexture() but you probably never need to call this. // 2023-07-04: Vulkan: Added optional support for VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering. User needs to set init_info->UseDynamicRendering = true and init_info->ColorAttachmentFormat. // 2023-01-02: Vulkan: Fixed sampler passed to ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture() not being honored + removed a bunch of duplicate code. // 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. @@ -66,69 +77,22 @@ // 2016-10-18: Vulkan: Add location decorators & change to use structs as in/out in glsl, update embedded spv (produced with glslangValidator -x). Null the released resources. // 2016-08-27: Vulkan: Fix Vulkan example for use when a depth buffer is active. +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_vulkan.h" #include +#ifndef IM_MAX +#define IM_MAX(A, B) (((A) >= (B)) ? (A) : (B)) +#endif // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant #endif -// Reusable buffers used for rendering 1 current in-flight frame, for ImGui_ImplVulkan_RenderDrawData() -// [Please zero-clear before use!] -struct ImGui_ImplVulkanH_FrameRenderBuffers -{ - VkDeviceMemory VertexBufferMemory; - VkDeviceMemory IndexBufferMemory; - VkDeviceSize VertexBufferSize; - VkDeviceSize IndexBufferSize; - VkBuffer VertexBuffer; - VkBuffer IndexBuffer; -}; - -// Each viewport will hold 1 ImGui_ImplVulkanH_WindowRenderBuffers -// [Please zero-clear before use!] -struct ImGui_ImplVulkanH_WindowRenderBuffers -{ - uint32_t Index; - uint32_t Count; - ImGui_ImplVulkanH_FrameRenderBuffers* FrameRenderBuffers; -}; - -// Vulkan data -struct ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data -{ - ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo VulkanInitInfo; - VkRenderPass RenderPass; - VkDeviceSize BufferMemoryAlignment; - VkPipelineCreateFlags PipelineCreateFlags; - VkDescriptorSetLayout DescriptorSetLayout; - VkPipelineLayout PipelineLayout; - VkPipeline Pipeline; - uint32_t Subpass; - VkShaderModule ShaderModuleVert; - VkShaderModule ShaderModuleFrag; - - // Font data - VkSampler FontSampler; - VkDeviceMemory FontMemory; - VkImage FontImage; - VkImageView FontView; - VkDescriptorSet FontDescriptorSet; - VkDeviceMemory UploadBufferMemory; - VkBuffer UploadBuffer; - - // Render buffers for main window - ImGui_ImplVulkanH_WindowRenderBuffers MainWindowRenderBuffers; - - ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data() - { - memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); - BufferMemoryAlignment = 256; - } -}; - // Forward Declarations +struct ImGui_ImplVulkanH_FrameRenderBuffers; +struct ImGui_ImplVulkanH_WindowRenderBuffers; bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateDeviceObjects(); void ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyDeviceObjects(); void ImGui_ImplVulkanH_DestroyFrame(VkDevice device, ImGui_ImplVulkanH_Frame* fd, const VkAllocationCallbacks* allocator); @@ -150,6 +114,7 @@ static bool g_FunctionsLoaded = true; IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkAllocateCommandBuffers) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkAllocateDescriptorSets) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkAllocateMemory) \ + IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkBeginCommandBuffer) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkBindBufferMemory) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkBindImageMemory) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkCmdBindDescriptorSets) \ @@ -192,6 +157,7 @@ static bool g_FunctionsLoaded = true; IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkDestroySurfaceKHR) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkDestroySwapchainKHR) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkDeviceWaitIdle) \ + IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkEndCommandBuffer) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkFreeCommandBuffers) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkFreeDescriptorSets) \ @@ -204,6 +170,9 @@ static bool g_FunctionsLoaded = true; IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkMapMemory) \ + IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkQueueSubmit) \ + IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkQueueWaitIdle) \ + IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkResetCommandPool) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkUnmapMemory) \ IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkUpdateDescriptorSets) @@ -219,11 +188,65 @@ static PFN_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR; static PFN_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR; #endif +// Reusable buffers used for rendering 1 current in-flight frame, for ImGui_ImplVulkan_RenderDrawData() +// [Please zero-clear before use!] +struct ImGui_ImplVulkanH_FrameRenderBuffers +{ + VkDeviceMemory VertexBufferMemory; + VkDeviceMemory IndexBufferMemory; + VkDeviceSize VertexBufferSize; + VkDeviceSize IndexBufferSize; + VkBuffer VertexBuffer; + VkBuffer IndexBuffer; +}; + +// Each viewport will hold 1 ImGui_ImplVulkanH_WindowRenderBuffers +// [Please zero-clear before use!] +struct ImGui_ImplVulkanH_WindowRenderBuffers +{ + uint32_t Index; + uint32_t Count; + ImGui_ImplVulkanH_FrameRenderBuffers* FrameRenderBuffers; +}; + +// Vulkan data +struct ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data +{ + ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo VulkanInitInfo; + VkRenderPass RenderPass; + VkDeviceSize BufferMemoryAlignment; + VkPipelineCreateFlags PipelineCreateFlags; + VkDescriptorSetLayout DescriptorSetLayout; + VkPipelineLayout PipelineLayout; + VkPipeline Pipeline; + uint32_t Subpass; + VkShaderModule ShaderModuleVert; + VkShaderModule ShaderModuleFrag; + + // Font data + VkSampler FontSampler; + VkDeviceMemory FontMemory; + VkImage FontImage; + VkImageView FontView; + VkDescriptorSet FontDescriptorSet; + VkCommandPool FontCommandPool; + VkCommandBuffer FontCommandBuffer; + + // Render buffers for main window + ImGui_ImplVulkanH_WindowRenderBuffers MainWindowRenderBuffers; + + ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data() + { + memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + BufferMemoryAlignment = 256; + } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // SHADERS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// glsl_shader.vert, compiled with: +// backends/vulkan/glsl_shader.vert, compiled with: // # glslangValidator -V -x -o glsl_shader.vert.u32 glsl_shader.vert /* #version 450 core @@ -287,7 +310,7 @@ static uint32_t __glsl_shader_vert_spv[] = 0x0000002d,0x0000002c,0x000100fd,0x00010038 }; -// glsl_shader.frag, compiled with: +// backends/vulkan/glsl_shader.frag, compiled with: // # glslangValidator -V -x -o glsl_shader.frag.u32 glsl_shader.frag /* #version 450 core @@ -384,16 +407,17 @@ static void CreateOrResizeBuffer(VkBuffer& buffer, VkDeviceMemory& buffer_memory VkMemoryRequirements req; vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements(v->Device, buffer, &req); bd->BufferMemoryAlignment = (bd->BufferMemoryAlignment > req.alignment) ? bd->BufferMemoryAlignment : req.alignment; + VkDeviceSize size = IM_MAX(v->MinAllocationSize, req.size); VkMemoryAllocateInfo alloc_info = {}; alloc_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_INFO; - alloc_info.allocationSize = req.size; + alloc_info.allocationSize = size; alloc_info.memoryTypeIndex = ImGui_ImplVulkan_MemoryType(VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT, req.memoryTypeBits); err = vkAllocateMemory(v->Device, &alloc_info, v->Allocator, &buffer_memory); check_vk_result(err); err = vkBindBufferMemory(v->Device, buffer, buffer_memory, 0); check_vk_result(err); - p_buffer_size = req.size; + p_buffer_size = size; } static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, VkPipeline pipeline, VkCommandBuffer command_buffer, ImGui_ImplVulkanH_FrameRenderBuffers* rb, int fb_width, int fb_height) @@ -480,9 +504,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplVulkan_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, VkCommandBuffer comm // Upload vertex/index data into a single contiguous GPU buffer ImDrawVert* vtx_dst = nullptr; ImDrawIdx* idx_dst = nullptr; - VkResult err = vkMapMemory(v->Device, rb->VertexBufferMemory, 0, rb->VertexBufferSize, 0, (void**)(&vtx_dst)); + VkResult err = vkMapMemory(v->Device, rb->VertexBufferMemory, 0, rb->VertexBufferSize, 0, (void**)&vtx_dst); check_vk_result(err); - err = vkMapMemory(v->Device, rb->IndexBufferMemory, 0, rb->IndexBufferSize, 0, (void**)(&idx_dst)); + err = vkMapMemory(v->Device, rb->IndexBufferMemory, 0, rb->IndexBufferSize, 0, (void**)&idx_dst); check_vk_result(err); for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) { @@ -582,19 +606,55 @@ void ImGui_ImplVulkan_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, VkCommandBuffer comm vkCmdSetScissor(command_buffer, 0, 1, &scissor); } -bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(VkCommandBuffer command_buffer) +bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData(); ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* v = &bd->VulkanInitInfo; + VkResult err; + + // Destroy existing texture (if any) + if (bd->FontView || bd->FontImage || bd->FontMemory || bd->FontDescriptorSet) + { + vkQueueWaitIdle(v->Queue); + ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontsTexture(); + } + + // Create command pool/buffer + if (bd->FontCommandPool == VK_NULL_HANDLE) + { + VkCommandPoolCreateInfo info = {}; + info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_INFO; + info.flags = 0; + info.queueFamilyIndex = v->QueueFamily; + vkCreateCommandPool(v->Device, &info, v->Allocator, &bd->FontCommandPool); + } + if (bd->FontCommandBuffer == VK_NULL_HANDLE) + { + VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo info = {}; + info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_ALLOCATE_INFO; + info.commandPool = bd->FontCommandPool; + info.commandBufferCount = 1; + err = vkAllocateCommandBuffers(v->Device, &info, &bd->FontCommandBuffer); + check_vk_result(err); + } + + // Start command buffer + { + err = vkResetCommandPool(v->Device, bd->FontCommandPool, 0); + check_vk_result(err); + VkCommandBufferBeginInfo begin_info = {}; + begin_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO; + begin_info.flags |= VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT; + err = vkBeginCommandBuffer(bd->FontCommandBuffer, &begin_info); + check_vk_result(err); + } unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); size_t upload_size = width * height * 4 * sizeof(char); - VkResult err; - // Create the Image: { VkImageCreateInfo info = {}; @@ -617,7 +677,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(VkCommandBuffer command_buffer) vkGetImageMemoryRequirements(v->Device, bd->FontImage, &req); VkMemoryAllocateInfo alloc_info = {}; alloc_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_INFO; - alloc_info.allocationSize = req.size; + alloc_info.allocationSize = IM_MAX(v->MinAllocationSize, req.size); alloc_info.memoryTypeIndex = ImGui_ImplVulkan_MemoryType(VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT, req.memoryTypeBits); err = vkAllocateMemory(v->Device, &alloc_info, v->Allocator, &bd->FontMemory); check_vk_result(err); @@ -643,40 +703,42 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(VkCommandBuffer command_buffer) bd->FontDescriptorSet = (VkDescriptorSet)ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture(bd->FontSampler, bd->FontView, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL); // Create the Upload Buffer: + VkDeviceMemory upload_buffer_memory; + VkBuffer upload_buffer; { VkBufferCreateInfo buffer_info = {}; buffer_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_CREATE_INFO; buffer_info.size = upload_size; buffer_info.usage = VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT; buffer_info.sharingMode = VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE; - err = vkCreateBuffer(v->Device, &buffer_info, v->Allocator, &bd->UploadBuffer); + err = vkCreateBuffer(v->Device, &buffer_info, v->Allocator, &upload_buffer); check_vk_result(err); VkMemoryRequirements req; - vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements(v->Device, bd->UploadBuffer, &req); + vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements(v->Device, upload_buffer, &req); bd->BufferMemoryAlignment = (bd->BufferMemoryAlignment > req.alignment) ? bd->BufferMemoryAlignment : req.alignment; VkMemoryAllocateInfo alloc_info = {}; alloc_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_INFO; - alloc_info.allocationSize = req.size; + alloc_info.allocationSize = IM_MAX(v->MinAllocationSize, req.size); alloc_info.memoryTypeIndex = ImGui_ImplVulkan_MemoryType(VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT, req.memoryTypeBits); - err = vkAllocateMemory(v->Device, &alloc_info, v->Allocator, &bd->UploadBufferMemory); + err = vkAllocateMemory(v->Device, &alloc_info, v->Allocator, &upload_buffer_memory); check_vk_result(err); - err = vkBindBufferMemory(v->Device, bd->UploadBuffer, bd->UploadBufferMemory, 0); + err = vkBindBufferMemory(v->Device, upload_buffer, upload_buffer_memory, 0); check_vk_result(err); } // Upload to Buffer: { char* map = nullptr; - err = vkMapMemory(v->Device, bd->UploadBufferMemory, 0, upload_size, 0, (void**)(&map)); + err = vkMapMemory(v->Device, upload_buffer_memory, 0, upload_size, 0, (void**)(&map)); check_vk_result(err); memcpy(map, pixels, upload_size); VkMappedMemoryRange range[1] = {}; range[0].sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MAPPED_MEMORY_RANGE; - range[0].memory = bd->UploadBufferMemory; + range[0].memory = upload_buffer_memory; range[0].size = upload_size; err = vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges(v->Device, 1, range); check_vk_result(err); - vkUnmapMemory(v->Device, bd->UploadBufferMemory); + vkUnmapMemory(v->Device, upload_buffer_memory); } // Copy to Image: @@ -692,7 +754,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(VkCommandBuffer command_buffer) copy_barrier[0].subresourceRange.aspectMask = VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT; copy_barrier[0].subresourceRange.levelCount = 1; copy_barrier[0].subresourceRange.layerCount = 1; - vkCmdPipelineBarrier(command_buffer, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT, 0, 0, nullptr, 0, nullptr, 1, copy_barrier); + vkCmdPipelineBarrier(bd->FontCommandBuffer, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT, 0, 0, nullptr, 0, nullptr, 1, copy_barrier); VkBufferImageCopy region = {}; region.imageSubresource.aspectMask = VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT; @@ -700,7 +762,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(VkCommandBuffer command_buffer) region.imageExtent.width = width; region.imageExtent.height = height; region.imageExtent.depth = 1; - vkCmdCopyBufferToImage(command_buffer, bd->UploadBuffer, bd->FontImage, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL, 1, ®ion); + vkCmdCopyBufferToImage(bd->FontCommandBuffer, upload_buffer, bd->FontImage, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL, 1, ®ion); VkImageMemoryBarrier use_barrier[1] = {}; use_barrier[0].sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER; @@ -714,15 +776,50 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(VkCommandBuffer command_buffer) use_barrier[0].subresourceRange.aspectMask = VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT; use_barrier[0].subresourceRange.levelCount = 1; use_barrier[0].subresourceRange.layerCount = 1; - vkCmdPipelineBarrier(command_buffer, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, 0, 0, nullptr, 0, nullptr, 1, use_barrier); + vkCmdPipelineBarrier(bd->FontCommandBuffer, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, 0, 0, nullptr, 0, nullptr, 1, use_barrier); } // Store our identifier io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)bd->FontDescriptorSet); + // End command buffer + VkSubmitInfo end_info = {}; + end_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO; + end_info.commandBufferCount = 1; + end_info.pCommandBuffers = &bd->FontCommandBuffer; + err = vkEndCommandBuffer(bd->FontCommandBuffer); + check_vk_result(err); + err = vkQueueSubmit(v->Queue, 1, &end_info, VK_NULL_HANDLE); + check_vk_result(err); + + err = vkQueueWaitIdle(v->Queue); + check_vk_result(err); + + vkDestroyBuffer(v->Device, upload_buffer, v->Allocator); + vkFreeMemory(v->Device, upload_buffer_memory, v->Allocator); + return true; } +// You probably never need to call this, as it is called by ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() and ImGui_ImplVulkan_Shutdown(). +void ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontsTexture() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData(); + ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* v = &bd->VulkanInitInfo; + + if (bd->FontDescriptorSet) + { + ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture(bd->FontDescriptorSet); + bd->FontDescriptorSet = VK_NULL_HANDLE; + io.Fonts->SetTexID(0); + } + + if (bd->FontView) { vkDestroyImageView(v->Device, bd->FontView, v->Allocator); bd->FontView = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } + if (bd->FontImage) { vkDestroyImage(v->Device, bd->FontImage, v->Allocator); bd->FontImage = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } + if (bd->FontMemory) { vkFreeMemory(v->Device, bd->FontMemory, v->Allocator); bd->FontMemory = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } +} + static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateShaderModules(VkDevice device, const VkAllocationCallbacks* allocator) { // Create the shader modules @@ -770,15 +867,15 @@ static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreatePipeline(VkDevice device, const VkAllocationC attribute_desc[0].location = 0; attribute_desc[0].binding = binding_desc[0].binding; attribute_desc[0].format = VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT; - attribute_desc[0].offset = IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos); + attribute_desc[0].offset = offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos); attribute_desc[1].location = 1; attribute_desc[1].binding = binding_desc[0].binding; attribute_desc[1].format = VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT; - attribute_desc[1].offset = IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv); + attribute_desc[1].offset = offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv); attribute_desc[2].location = 2; attribute_desc[2].binding = binding_desc[0].binding; attribute_desc[2].format = VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM; - attribute_desc[2].offset = IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col); + attribute_desc[2].offset = offsetof(ImDrawVert, col); VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo vertex_info = {}; vertex_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_STATE_CREATE_INFO; @@ -925,34 +1022,17 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateDeviceObjects() return true; } -void ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects() -{ - ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData(); - ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* v = &bd->VulkanInitInfo; - if (bd->UploadBuffer) - { - vkDestroyBuffer(v->Device, bd->UploadBuffer, v->Allocator); - bd->UploadBuffer = VK_NULL_HANDLE; - } - if (bd->UploadBufferMemory) - { - vkFreeMemory(v->Device, bd->UploadBufferMemory, v->Allocator); - bd->UploadBufferMemory = VK_NULL_HANDLE; - } -} - void ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyDeviceObjects() { ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData(); ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* v = &bd->VulkanInitInfo; ImGui_ImplVulkanH_DestroyWindowRenderBuffers(v->Device, &bd->MainWindowRenderBuffers, v->Allocator); - ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects(); + ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontsTexture(); + if (bd->FontCommandBuffer) { vkFreeCommandBuffers(v->Device, bd->FontCommandPool, 1, &bd->FontCommandBuffer); bd->FontCommandBuffer = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } + if (bd->FontCommandPool) { vkDestroyCommandPool(v->Device, bd->FontCommandPool, v->Allocator); bd->FontCommandPool = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } if (bd->ShaderModuleVert) { vkDestroyShaderModule(v->Device, bd->ShaderModuleVert, v->Allocator); bd->ShaderModuleVert = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } if (bd->ShaderModuleFrag) { vkDestroyShaderModule(v->Device, bd->ShaderModuleFrag, v->Allocator); bd->ShaderModuleFrag = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } - if (bd->FontView) { vkDestroyImageView(v->Device, bd->FontView, v->Allocator); bd->FontView = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } - if (bd->FontImage) { vkDestroyImage(v->Device, bd->FontImage, v->Allocator); bd->FontImage = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } - if (bd->FontMemory) { vkFreeMemory(v->Device, bd->FontMemory, v->Allocator); bd->FontMemory = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } if (bd->FontSampler) { vkDestroySampler(v->Device, bd->FontSampler, v->Allocator); bd->FontSampler = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } if (bd->DescriptorSetLayout) { vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout(v->Device, bd->DescriptorSetLayout, v->Allocator); bd->DescriptorSetLayout = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } if (bd->PipelineLayout) { vkDestroyPipelineLayout(v->Device, bd->PipelineLayout, v->Allocator); bd->PipelineLayout = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } @@ -1050,7 +1130,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplVulkan_NewFrame() { ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData(); IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init()?"); - IM_UNUSED(bd); + + if (!bd->FontDescriptorSet) + ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(); } void ImGui_ImplVulkan_SetMinImageCount(uint32_t min_image_count) @@ -1209,7 +1291,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplVulkanH_CreateWindowCommandBuffers(VkPhysicalDevice physical_devi { VkCommandPoolCreateInfo info = {}; info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_INFO; - info.flags = VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT; + info.flags = 0; info.queueFamilyIndex = queue_family; err = vkCreateCommandPool(device, &info, allocator, &fd->CommandPool); check_vk_result(err); @@ -1493,3 +1575,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplVulkanH_DestroyWindowRenderBuffers(VkDevice device, ImGui_ImplVul buffers->Index = 0; buffers->Count = 0; } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h b/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h index 56bfe309..490fbb04 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h @@ -8,14 +8,17 @@ // Important: on 32-bit systems, user texture binding is only supported if your imconfig file has '#define ImTextureID ImU64'. // See imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp file for details. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. -// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs - // The aim of imgui_impl_vulkan.h/.cpp is to be usable in your engine without any modification. // IF YOU FEEL YOU NEED TO MAKE ANY CHANGE TO THIS CODE, please share them and your feedback at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/ +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp + // Important note to the reader who wish to integrate imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp/.h in their own engine/app. // - Common ImGui_ImplVulkan_XXX functions and structures are used to interface with imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp/.h. // You will use those if you want to use this rendering backend in your engine/app. @@ -24,6 +27,7 @@ // Read comments in imgui_impl_vulkan.h. #pragma once +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API // [Configuration] in order to use a custom Vulkan function loader: @@ -67,6 +71,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo // Allocation, Debugging const VkAllocationCallbacks* Allocator; void (*CheckVkResultFn)(VkResult err); + VkDeviceSize MinAllocationSize; // Minimum allocation size. Set to 1024*1024 to satisfy zealous best practices validation layer and waste a little memory. }; // Called by user code @@ -74,8 +79,8 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init(ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* inf IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplVulkan_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplVulkan_NewFrame(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplVulkan_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, VkCommandBuffer command_buffer, VkPipeline pipeline = VK_NULL_HANDLE); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(VkCommandBuffer command_buffer); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontsTexture(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplVulkan_SetMinImageCount(uint32_t min_image_count); // To override MinImageCount after initialization (e.g. if swap chain is recreated) // Register a texture (VkDescriptorSet == ImTextureID) @@ -162,3 +167,4 @@ struct ImGui_ImplVulkanH_Window } }; +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp index 8da8e457..638e9fd2 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp @@ -8,11 +8,15 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2023-07-13: Use WGPUShaderModuleWGSLDescriptor's code instead of source. use WGPUMipmapFilterMode_Linear instead of WGPUFilterMode_Linear. (#6602) // 2023-04-11: Align buffer sizes. Use WGSL shaders instead of precompiled SPIR-V. // 2023-04-11: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). // 2023-01-25: Revert automatic pipeline layout generation (see https://github.com/gpuweb/gpuweb/issues/2470) @@ -28,6 +32,7 @@ // 2021-01-28: Initial version. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_wgpu.h" #include #include @@ -230,7 +235,7 @@ static WGPUProgrammableStageDescriptor ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateShaderModule(const c WGPUShaderModuleWGSLDescriptor wgsl_desc = {}; wgsl_desc.chain.sType = WGPUSType_ShaderModuleWGSLDescriptor; - wgsl_desc.source = wgsl_source; + wgsl_desc.code = wgsl_source; WGPUShaderModuleDescriptor desc = {}; desc.nextInChain = reinterpret_cast(&wgsl_desc); @@ -324,7 +329,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWGPU_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, WGPURenderPas void ImGui_ImplWGPU_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, WGPURenderPassEncoder pass_encoder) { // Avoid rendering when minimized - if (draw_data->DisplaySize.x <= 0.0f || draw_data->DisplaySize.y <= 0.0f) + int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x); + int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y); + if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0 || draw_data->CmdListsCount == 0) return; // FIXME: Assuming that this only gets called once per frame! @@ -443,6 +450,12 @@ void ImGui_ImplWGPU_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, WGPURenderPassEncoder // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); + + // Clamp to viewport as wgpuRenderPassEncoderSetScissorRect() won't accept values that are off bounds + if (clip_min.x < 0.0f) { clip_min.x = 0.0f; } + if (clip_min.y < 0.0f) { clip_min.y = 0.0f; } + if (clip_max.x > fb_width) { clip_max.x = (float)fb_width; } + if (clip_max.y > fb_height) { clip_max.y = (float)fb_height; } if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y) continue; @@ -511,7 +524,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateFontsTexture() WGPUSamplerDescriptor sampler_desc = {}; sampler_desc.minFilter = WGPUFilterMode_Linear; sampler_desc.magFilter = WGPUFilterMode_Linear; - sampler_desc.mipmapFilter = WGPUFilterMode_Linear; + sampler_desc.mipmapFilter = WGPUMipmapFilterMode_Linear; sampler_desc.addressModeU = WGPUAddressMode_Repeat; sampler_desc.addressModeV = WGPUAddressMode_Repeat; sampler_desc.addressModeW = WGPUAddressMode_Repeat; @@ -596,9 +609,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateDeviceObjects() // Vertex input configuration WGPUVertexAttribute attribute_desc[] = { - { WGPUVertexFormat_Float32x2, (uint64_t)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos), 0 }, - { WGPUVertexFormat_Float32x2, (uint64_t)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv), 1 }, - { WGPUVertexFormat_Unorm8x4, (uint64_t)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col), 2 }, + { WGPUVertexFormat_Float32x2, (uint64_t)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos), 0 }, + { WGPUVertexFormat_Float32x2, (uint64_t)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv), 1 }, + { WGPUVertexFormat_Unorm8x4, (uint64_t)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col), 2 }, }; WGPUVertexBufferLayout buffer_layouts[1]; @@ -761,3 +774,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplWGPU_NewFrame() if (!bd->pipelineState) ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateDeviceObjects(); } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h b/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h index 09142078..14d9fccc 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h @@ -8,11 +8,16 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + #include IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_Init(WGPUDevice device, int num_frames_in_flight, WGPUTextureFormat rt_format, WGPUTextureFormat depth_format = WGPUTextureFormat_Undefined); @@ -23,3 +28,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWGPU_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, WGPURen // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWGPU_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateDeviceObjects(); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp b/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp index c347a871..73ed700c 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp @@ -10,10 +10,14 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_win32.h" #ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN @@ -35,6 +39,9 @@ typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*); // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys. +// 2023-09-25: Inputs: Synthesize key-down event on key-up for VK_SNAPSHOT / ImGuiKey_PrintScreen as Windows doesn't emit it (same behavior as GLFW/SDL). +// 2023-09-07: Inputs: Added support for keyboard codepage conversion for when application is compiled in MBCS mode and using a non-Unicode window. // 2023-04-19: Added ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL() to facilitate combining raw Win32/Winapi with OpenGL. (#3218) // 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen. (#2702) // 2023-02-15: Inputs: Use WM_NCMOUSEMOVE / WM_NCMOUSELEAVE to track mouse position over non-client area (e.g. OS decorations) when app is not focused. (#6045, #6162) @@ -93,6 +100,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplWin32_Data INT64 Time; INT64 TicksPerSecond; ImGuiMouseCursor LastMouseCursor; + UINT32 KeyboardCodePage; #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD bool HasGamepad; @@ -115,6 +123,16 @@ static ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData() } // Functions +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage() +{ + // Retrieve keyboard code page, required for handling of non-Unicode Windows. + ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); + HKL keyboard_layout = ::GetKeyboardLayout(0); + LCID keyboard_lcid = MAKELCID(HIWORD(keyboard_layout), SORT_DEFAULT); + if (::GetLocaleInfoA(keyboard_lcid, (LOCALE_RETURN_NUMBER | LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE), (LPSTR)&bd->KeyboardCodePage, sizeof(bd->KeyboardCodePage)) == 0) + bd->KeyboardCodePage = CP_ACP; // Fallback to default ANSI code page when fails. +} + static bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(void* hwnd, bool platform_has_own_dc) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -137,6 +155,7 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(void* hwnd, bool platform_has_own_dc) bd->TicksPerSecond = perf_frequency; bd->Time = perf_counter; bd->LastMouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; + ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage(); // Set platform dependent data in viewport ImGui::GetMainViewport()->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)hwnd; @@ -498,6 +517,20 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) case VK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; case VK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; case VK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + case VK_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13; + case VK_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14; + case VK_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15; + case VK_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16; + case VK_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17; + case VK_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18; + case VK_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19; + case VK_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20; + case VK_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21; + case VK_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22; + case VK_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23; + case VK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; + case VK_BROWSER_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; + case VK_BROWSER_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; default: return ImGuiKey_None; } } @@ -639,10 +672,14 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA int vk = (int)wParam; if ((wParam == VK_RETURN) && (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED)) vk = IM_VK_KEYPAD_ENTER; - - // Submit key event const ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(vk); const int scancode = (int)LOBYTE(HIWORD(lParam)); + + // Special behavior for VK_SNAPSHOT / ImGuiKey_PrintScreen as Windows doesn't emit the key down event. + if (key == ImGuiKey_PrintScreen && !is_key_down) + ImGui_ImplWin32_AddKeyEvent(key, true, vk, scancode); + + // Submit key event if (key != ImGuiKey_None) ImGui_ImplWin32_AddKeyEvent(key, is_key_down, vk, scancode); @@ -670,6 +707,9 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA case WM_KILLFOCUS: io.AddFocusEvent(msg == WM_SETFOCUS); return 0; + case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE: + ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage(); + return 0; case WM_CHAR: if (::IsWindowUnicode(hwnd)) { @@ -680,7 +720,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA else { wchar_t wch = 0; - ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED, (char*)&wParam, 1, &wch, 1); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(bd->KeyboardCodePage, MB_PRECOMPOSED, (char*)&wParam, 1, &wch, 1); io.AddInputCharacter(wch); } return 0; @@ -859,3 +899,5 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd) } //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h b/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h index ffffdea2..be562714 100644 --- a/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h +++ b/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h @@ -10,11 +10,15 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL(void* hwnd); @@ -44,3 +48,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API float ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(void* monitor); // // - Use to enable alpha compositing transparency with the desktop. // - Use together with e.g. clearing your framebuffer with zero-alpha. IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd); // HWND hwnd + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/docs/BACKENDS.md b/docs/BACKENDS.md index 2b4a4fbe..e5aa79be 100644 --- a/docs/BACKENDS.md +++ b/docs/BACKENDS.md @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ List of Platforms Backends: imgui_impl_glfw.cpp ; GLFW (Windows, macOS, Linux, etc.) http://www.glfw.org/ imgui_impl_osx.mm ; macOS native API (not as feature complete as glfw/sdl backends) imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp ; SDL2 (Windows, macOS, Linux, iOS, Android) https://www.libsdl.org - imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp ; SDL2 (Windows, macOS, Linux, iOS, Android) https://www.libsdl.org (*EXPERIMENTAL*) + imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp ; SDL3 (Windows, macOS, Linux, iOS, Android) https://www.libsdl.org (*EXPERIMENTAL UNTIL SDL3 IS RELEASED*) imgui_impl_win32.cpp ; Win32 native API (Windows) imgui_impl_glut.cpp ; GLUT/FreeGLUT (this is prehistoric software and absolutely not recommended today!) diff --git a/docs/CHANGELOG.txt b/docs/CHANGELOG.txt index 65895544..dcf12032 100644 --- a/docs/CHANGELOG.txt +++ b/docs/CHANGELOG.txt @@ -5,31 +5,472 @@ This document holds the user-facing changelog that we also use in release notes. We generally fold multiple commits pertaining to the same topic as a single entry. Changes to backends are also included within the individual .cpp files of each backend. -RELEASE NOTES: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -REPORT ISSUES: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues -DISCUSS, ASK QUESTIONS: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions -WIKI https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki FAQ https://www.dearimgui.com/faq/ +RELEASE NOTES: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +WIKI https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki +GETTING STARTED https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started +GLOSSARY https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +ISSUES & SUPPORT https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues WHEN TO UPDATE? - Keeping your copy of Dear ImGui updated regularly is recommended. -- It is generally safe to sync to the latest commit in master or docking branches - The library is fairly stable and regressions tends to be fixed fast when reported. +- It is generally safe and recommended to sync to the latest commit in 'master' or 'docking' + branches. The library is fairly stable and regressions tends to be fixed fast when reported. HOW TO UPDATE? -- Overwrite every file except imconfig.h (if you have modified it). -- You may also locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge latest into your branch. +- Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file. +- About imconfig.h: + - You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it. + - or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest. + - or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to + specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one. - Read the `Breaking Changes` section (in imgui.cpp or here in the Changelog). - If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. -- If you are dropping this repository in your codebase, please leave the demo and text files in there, they will be useful. +- If you are copying this repository in your codebase, please leave the demo and documentations files in there, they will be useful. - You may diff your previous Changelog with the one you just copied and read that diff. - You may enable `IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS` in imconfig.h to forcefully disable legacy names and symbols. Doing it every once in a while is a good way to make sure you are not using obsolete symbols. Dear ImGui is in active development, and API updates have been a little more frequent lately. They are documented below and in imgui.cpp and should not affect all users. - Please report any issue! + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + VERSION 1.90.1 (Released 2024-01-10) +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.90.1 + +Breaking changes: + +- imgui_freetype: commented out ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas() obsoleted in 1.81. + Prefer using #define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE or see commented code for manual calls. +- Removed CalcListClipping() marked obsolete in 1.86. (#3841) + Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. +- Internals, Columns: commented out legacy ImGuiColumnsFlags_XXX symbols redirecting + to ImGuiOldColumnsFlags_XXX, obsoleted from imgui_internal.h in 1.80. +- Commented out obsolete ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter redirection to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter. (#2625, #7143) + +Other changes: + +- Windows: + - BeginChild(): Fixed auto-resizing erroneously limiting size to host viewport + minus padding. There are no limit to a child width/height. (#7063) [@Devyre] + - BeginChild(): Resize borders rendered even when ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground + is specified. (#1710, #7194) + - Fixed some auto-resizing path using style.WindowMinSize.x (instead of x/y) + for both axises since 1.90. (#7106) [@n0bodysec] + - Scrolling: internal scrolling value is rounded instead of truncated, as a way to reduce + speed asymmetry when (incorrectly) attempting to scroll by non-integer amount. (#6677) +- Navigation (Keyboard/gamepad): + - Nav, IO: SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(false) calls are not overridden back to true when + navigation is enabled. SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard() is always higher priority. (#6997) + - Nav: Activation can also be performed with Keypad Enter. (#5606) +- Drag and Drop: + - Fixed drop target highlight on items temporarily pushing a widened clip rect + (namely Selectables and Treenodes using SpanAllColumn flag) so the highlight properly covers + all columns. (#7049, #4281, #3272) +- InputText: + - InputTextMultiline: Fixed Tab character input not repeating (1.89.4 regression). + - InputTextMultiline: Tabbing through a multi-line text editor which allows Tab character inputs + (using the ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput flag) doesn't automatically activate it, in order + to allow passing through multiple widgets easily. (#3092, #5759, #787) +- Drags, Sliders, Inputs: + - DragScalarN, SliderScalarN, InputScalarN: Fixed incorrect pushes into ItemWidth + stack when number of components is 1. [#7095] [@Nahor] + - Drags, Sliders, Inputs: removed all attempts to filter non-numerical characters during text + editing. Invalid inputs not applied to value, visibly reverted after validation. (#6810, #7096) + - Drags, Sliders, Inputs: removal of filter means that "nan" and "inf" values may be input. (#7096) + - DragScalarN, SliderScalarN, InputScalarN, PushMultiItemsWidths: improve multi-components + width computation to better distribute the error. (#7120, #7121) [@Nahor] +- Menus: + - Tweaked hover slack logic, adding an extra timeout to avoid situations where a slow vertical + movements toward another parent BeginMenu() can keep the wrong child menu open. (#6671, #6926) +- Color Editors: + - ColorEdit: Layout tweaks for very small sizes. (#7120, #7121) + - ColorPicker: Fixed saturation/value cursor radius not scaling properly. +- Debug Tools: + - Added io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent option. When enabled, this adds buttons in various + locations of Metrics/Debugger to manually request a debugger break: + - Request a debug break in a Begin() call. + - Request a debug break in a ItemAdd() call via debug log and hovering 0xXXXXXX identifiers. + - Request a debug break in a BeginTable() call. + - Request a debug break in a SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() call. [Internal] + - Metrics: Reorganize Tools menu. + - Added DebugFlashStyleColor() to identify a style color. Added to Style Editor. + - Debug Log: Hide its own clipper log to reduce noise in the output. (#5855) + - Debug Log: Clicking any filter with SHIFT held enables it for 2 frames only, + making it easier when dealing with spammy logs. (#5855) +- Settings: Fixed an issue marking settings as dirty when merely clicking on a border or resize + grip without moving it. +- Misc: Added IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME to change the path included when using + IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H. (#7039) [@bryceberger] +- Misc: Rework debug display of texture id in Metrics window to avoid compile-error when + ImTextureID is defined to be larger than 64-bits. (#7090) +- Misc: Added extra courtesy ==/!= operators when IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS is defined. +- Misc: Fixed text functions fast-path for handling "%s" and "%.*s" to handle null pointers gracefully, + like most printf implementations. (#7016, #3466, #6846) [@codefrog2002] +- Misc: Renamed some defines in imstb_textedit.h to avoid conflicts when using unity/jumbo builds + on a codebase where another copy of the library is used. +- Misc: During shutdown, check that io.BackendPlatformUserData and io.BackendRendererUserData are NULL + in order to catch cases where backend was not shut down. (#7175) +- Misc: Reworked Issue Template to a shinier and better form. (#5927) [@Panquesito7, @PathogenDavid, @ocornut] +- Backends: + - GLFW, Emscripten: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback() to + register canvas selector and auto-resize GLFW window. (#6751) [@Traveller23, @ypujante] + - GLFW: Fixed Windows specific hooks to use Unicode version of WndProc even when + compiling in MBCS mode. (#7174) [@kimidaisuki22] + - OpenGL3: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load libGL.so variants in + case of missing symlink. Fix 1.90 regression for some distros. (#6983) + - Vulkan: Fixed mismatching allocator passed to vkCreateCommandPool() vs + vkDestroyCommandPool(). (#7075) [@FoonTheRaccoon] + - Vulkan: Added MinAllocationSize field in ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo to workaround zealous + "best practice" validation layer. (#7189, #4238) [@philae-ael] + - Vulkan: Stopped creating command pools with VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT + as we don't reset them. + - WebGPU: Fixed wgpuRenderPassEncoderSetScissorRect() crash when rendering modal window's + dimming layer, which has an unclipped value in ImDrawCmd::ClipRect. (#7191) [@aparis69] +- Examples: + - Examples: GLFW+Emscripten: Fixed examples not consistently resizing according to host canvas. + (#6751) [@Traveller23, @ypujante] + - Examples: SDL3: Minor fixes following recent SDL3 in-progress development. + + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + VERSION 1.90.0 (Released 2023-11-15) +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.90 + +Breaking changes: + + - BeginChild(): Upgraded 'bool border = false' parameter to 'ImGuiChildFlags flags = 0'. + Added ImGuiChildFlags_Border value. As with our prior "bool-to-flags" API updates, + the ImGuiChildFlags_Border value is guaranteed to be == true forever to ensure a + smoother transition, meaning all existing calls will still work. + If you want to neatly transition your call sites: + Before: BeginChild("Name", size, true) + After: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border) + Before: BeginChild("Name", size, false) + After: BeginChild("Name", size) or BeginChild("Name", 0) or BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None) + Existing code will still work as 'ImGuiChildFlags_Border == true', but you are encouraged to update call sites. + - BeginChild(): Added child-flag ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding as a replacement for + the window-flag ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding: the feature only ever made sense + for use with BeginChild() anyhow, passing it to Begin() had no effect. Now that we accept + child-flags we are moving it there. (#462) + Before: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); + After: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding, 0); + Kept inline redirection enum (will obsolete later) so existing code will work. + - BeginChildFrame()/EndChildFrame(): removed functions in favor of using BeginChild() with + the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + Those functions were merely PushStyle/PopStyle helpers and custom versions are easy to create. + (The removal isn't so much motivated by needing to add the feature in BeginChild(), but by the + necessity to avoid BeginChildFrame() signature mismatching BeginChild() signature and features.) + - Debug Tools: Renamed ShowStackToolWindow() ("Stack Tool") to ShowIDStackToolWindow() ("ID Stack Tool"), + as earlier name was misleading. Kept inline redirection function. (#4631) + - IO: Removed io.MetricsActiveAllocations introduced in 1.63, was displayed in Metrics and unlikely to + be accessed by end-user. Value still visible in the UI and easily to recompute from a delta. + - Defining IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS now automatically defines IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. (#4921) + - Removed IM_OFFSETOF() macro in favor of using offsetof() available in C++11. Kept redirection define. (#4537) + - ListBox, Combo: Changed signature of "name getter" callback in old one-liner ListBox()/Combo() apis. + Before: + getter type: bool (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text) + function: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...); + function: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getting)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...); + After: + getter type: const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx) + function: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...); + function: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...); + Old type was unnecessarily complex and harder to wrap in e.g. a lambda. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - Commented out obsolete redirecting enums/functions that were marked obsolete two years ago: + - GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -> use GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x. + Consider that generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is often more correct and more useful. + - ImDrawCornerFlags_XXX -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX names. + Read 1.82 changelog for details + grep commented names in sources. + - Commented out runtime support for hardcoded ~0 or 0x01..0x0F rounding flags values for + AddRect()/AddRectFilled()/PathRect()/AddImageRounded(). -> Use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. + Read 1.82 changelog for details. + - Backends: Vulkan: Removed parameter from ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(): backend now creates its own + command-buffer to upload fonts. Removed ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects() which is now unnecessary. + No need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() as it is done automatically in ImGui_ImplVulkan_NewFrame(). + You can call ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() manually if you need to reload the font atlas texture. + (#6943, #6715, #6327, #3743, #4618) + +Other changes: + +- Windows: + - BeginChild(): Added ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX and ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY to allow resizing + child windows from the bottom/right border (toward layout direction). Resized child windows + settings are saved and persistent in .ini file. (#1710) + - BeginChild(): Added ImGuiChildFlags_Border as a replacement for 'bool border = true' parameter. + - BeginChild(): Added ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX and ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY to auto-resize + on one axis, while generally providing a size on the other axis. (#1666, #1395, #1496, #1710) + e.g. BeginChild("name", {-FLT_MIN, 0.0f}, ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY); + - Size is only reevaluated if the child window is within visible boundaries or just appearing. + This allows coarse clipping to be performed and auto-resizing childs to return false when + hidden because of being scrolled out. + - Combining this with also specifying ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize disables + this optimization, meaning child contents will never be clipped (not recommended). + - Please be considerate that child are full windows and carry significant overhead: + combining auto-resizing for both axises to create a non-scrolling child to merely draw + a border would be better more optimally using BeginGroup(). (see #1496) + (until we come up with new helpers for framed groups and work-rect adjustments). + - BeginChild(): made it possible to use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() rectangle, often + useful when ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY. (#1666, #1395, #1496) + Custom constraint callback are not supported with child window. + - BeginChild(): Added ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle as a replacement for BeginChildFrame(), + use it to make child window use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding + instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding. + - Popups: clarified meaning of 'p_open != NULL' in BeginPopupModal() + set back user value + to false when popup is closed in ways other than clicking the close button. (#6900) + - Double-clicking lower-left resize grip auto-resize (like lower-right one). + - Double-clicking bottom or right window border auto-resize on a singles axis. + - Use relative mouse movement for border resize when the border geometry has moved + (e.g. resizing a child window triggering parent scroll) in order to avoid resizing + feedback loops. Unless manually mouse-wheeling while border resizing. (#1710) +- Separators: + - Altered end-points to use more standard boundaries. (#205, #4787, #1643) + Left position is always current cursor X position, right position is always work-rect + rightmost edge. It effectively means that: + - A separator in the root of a window will end up a little more distant from edges + than previously (essentially following WindowPadding instead of clipping edges). + - A separator inside a table cell end up a little distance from edges instead of + touching them (essentially following CellPadding instead of clipping edges). + - Matches tree indentation (was not the case before). + - Matches SeparatorText(). (#1643) + - Makes things correct inside groups without specific/hard-coded handling. (#205) + - Support legacy behavior when used inside old Columns(), as we favored that idiom back then, + only different is left position follows indentation level, to match calling a Separator() + inside or outside Columns(). +- Tooltips: + - Made using SetItemTooltip()/IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) defaults to + activate tooltips on disabled items. This is done by adding ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled + to the default value of style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse/HoverFlagsForTooltipNav. (#1485) + - Made is possible to combine ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip with a ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayXXX + override. (#1485) +- Drag and Drop: + - Reworked drop target highlight: reduce rectangle to its visible portion, and then expand + slightly. A full rectangle is always visible and it may protrude slightly. (#4281, #3272) + - Fixed submitting a tooltip from drop target location when using AcceptDragDropPayload() + with ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip and submitting a tooltip manually. +- Tables: + - Added angled headers support. You need to set ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader on selected + columns and call TableAngledHeadersRow(). Added style.TableAngledHeadersAngle style option. + - Added ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn flag, currently highlighting column header. + - Fixed an edge-case when no columns are visible + table scrollbar is visible + user + code is always testing return value of TableSetColumnIndex() to coarse clip. With an active + clipper it would have asserted. Without a clipper, the scrollbar range would be wrong. + - Request user to submit contents when outer host-window is requesting auto-resize, + so a scrolling table can contribute to initial window size. (#6510) + - Fixed subtle drawing overlap between borders in some situations. + - Fixed bottom-most and right-most outer border offset by one. (#6765, #3752) [@v-ein] + - Fixed top-most and left-most outer border overlapping inner clip-rect when scrolling. (#6765) + - Fixed top-most outer border being drawn with both TableBorderLight and TableBorderStrong + in some situations, causing the earlier to be visible underneath when alpha is not 1.0f. + - Fixed right-clicking right-most section (past right-most column) from highlighting a column. + - Fixed an issue with ScrollX enabled where an extraneous draw command would be created. +- Menus: + - Menus: Fixed a bug where activating an item in a child-menu and dragging mouse over the + parent-menu would erroneously close the child-menu. (Regression from 1.88). (#6869) + - MenuBar: Fixed an issue where layouting an item in the menu-bar would erroneously + register contents size in a way that would affect the scrolling layer. + Was most often noticeable when using an horizontal scrollbar. (#6789) +- InputText: + - InputTextMultiline: Fixed a crash pressing Down on last empty line of a multi-line buffer. + (regression from 1.89.2, only happened in some states). (#6783, #6000) + - InputTextMultiline: Fixed Tabbing cycle leading to a situation where Enter key wouldn't + be accepted by the widget when navigation highlight is visible. (#6802, #3092, #5759, #787) +- Nav: Tabbing always enable nav highlight when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard is set. + Previously was inconsistent and only enabled when stepping through a non-input item. + (#6802, #3092, #5759, #787) +- TreeNode: Added ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns for use in tables. (#3151, #3565, #2451, #2438) +- TabBar: Fixed position of unsaved document marker (ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) which was + accidentally offset in 1.89.9. (#6862) [@alektron] +- ColorPicker4(): Fixed ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip not being forwarded to individual DragFloat3 + sub-widgets which have a visible color preview when ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview is also set. (#6957) +- BeginGroup(): Fixed a bug pushing line lower extent too far down when called after a call + to SameLine() followed by manual cursor manipulation. +- BeginCombo(): Added ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview flag. (#6881) [@mpv-enjoyer] +- BeginListBox(): Fixed not consuming SetNextWindowXXX() data when returning false. +- Fonts: + - Argument 'float size_pixels' passed to AddFontXXX() functions is now rounded to lowest integer. + This is because our layout/font system currently doesn't fully support non-integer sizes. Until + it does, this has been a common pitfall leading to more or less subtle issues. (#3164, #3309, #6800) + - Better assert during load when passing truncated font data or wrong data size. (#6822) + - Ensure calling AddFontXXX function doesn't invalidates ImFont's ConfigData pointers + prior to building again. (#6825) + - Added ImFontConfig::RasterizerDensity field to increase texture size of rendered glyphs + without altering other metrics. Among other things, this makes it easier to have zooming code + swapping between 2 fonts (e.g. a 100% and a 400% fonts) depending on current scale. (#6925) [@thedmd] + Important: if you increase this it is expected that you would render the font with a scale of + similar value or magnitude. Merely increasing this without increasing scale may lower quality. + - imgui_freetype: Added support for RasterizerDensity. (#6925) [@thedmd] + - imgui_freetype: Fixed a warning and leak in IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG support. (#6842, #6591) +- Inputs: Added IsKeyChordPressed() helper function e.g. IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S). + (note that ImGuiMod_Shortcut may be used as an alias for Cmd on OSX and Ctrl on other systems). +- Misc: Most text functions also treat "%.*s" (along with "%s") specially to bypass formatting. (#3466, #6846) +- IO: Add extra keys to ImGuiKey enum: ImGuiKey_F13 to ImGuiKey_F24. (#6891, #4921) +- IO: Add extra keys to ImGuiKey enum: ImGuiKey_AppBack, ImGuiKey_AppForward. (#4921) +- IO: Setting io.WantSetMousePos ignores incoming MousePos events. (#6837, #228) [@bertaye] +- Debug Tools: Metrics: Added log of recent alloc/free calls. +- Debug Tools: Metrics: Added "Show groups rectangles" in tools. +- ImDrawList: Added AddEllipse(), AddEllipseFilled(), PathEllipticalArcTo(). (#2743) [@Doohl] +- ImVector: Added find_index() helper. +- Demo: Added "Drag and Drop -> Tooltip at target location" demo. +- Demo: Added "Layout -> Child Windows -> Manual-resize" demo. (#1710) +- Demo: Added "Layout -> Child Windows -> Auto-resize with constraints" demo. (#1666, #1395, #1496, #1710) +- Demo: Partly fixed "Examples -> Constrained-resizing window" custom constrains demo. (#6210) [@cfillion] +- Backends: Vulkan: Removed parameter from ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(): backend now creates its own + command-buffer to upload fonts. Removed ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects() which is now unnecessary. + No need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() as it is done automatically in ImGui_ImplVulkan_NewFrame(). + You can call ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() manually if you need to reload font atlas texture. + Fixed leaks, and added ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontsTexture() (probably no need to call this directly). + (#6943, #6715, #6327, #3743, #4618) + [@helynranta, @thomasherzog, @guybrush77, @albin-johansson, @MiroKaku, @benbatya-fb, @ocornut] +- Backends: GLFW: Clear emscripten's MouseWheel callback before shutdown. (#6790, #6096, #4019) [@halx99] +- Backends: GLFW: Added support for F13 to F24 function keys. (#6891) +- Backends: SDL2, SDL3: Added support for F13 to F24 function keys, AppBack, AppForward. (#6891) +- Backends: SDL3: Updates for recent API changes. (#7000, #6974) +- Backends: Win32: Added support for F13 to F24 function keys, AppBack, AppForward. (#6891) +- Backends: Win32: Added support for keyboard codepage conversion for when application + is compiled in MBCS mode and using a non-Unicode window. (#6785, #6782, #5725, #5961) [@sneakyevil] +- Backends: Win32: Synthesize key-down event on key-up for VK_SNAPSHOT / ImGuiKey_PrintScreen as Windows + doesn't emit it (same behavior as GLFW/SDL). (#6859) [@thedmd, @SuperWangKai] +- Backends: OpenGL3: rename symbols in our internal loader so that LTO compilation with another + copy of gl3w becomes possible. (#6875, #6668, #4445) [@nicolasnoble] +- Backends: OpenGL3: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" instead + of "libGL.so.1", accommodating for NetBSD systems having only "libGL.so.3" available. (#6983) +- Backends: OSX: Added support for F13 to F20 function keys. Support mapping F13 to PrintScreen. (#6891) +- Examples: GLFW+Vulkan, SDL+Vulkan: Simplified and removed code due to backend improvements. +- Internals: Renamed ImFloor() to ImTrunc(). Renamed ImFloorSigned() to ImFloor(). (#6861) + + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + VERSION 1.89.9 (Released 2023-09-04) +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.89.9 + +Breaking changes: + +- Clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices(), also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() + before 1.89.6, to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. (#6424, #3841) + +Other changes: + +- Tables: Made it possible to use SameLine(0,0) after TableNextColumn() or + TableSetColumnIndex() in order to reuse line pos/height from previous cell. (#3740) +- Tables: Made it possible to change style.CellPadding.y between rows. (#3740) +- Nav, TreeNode: Pressing Left with ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere now goes + through proper navigation logic: honor scrolling and selection. (#1079, #1131) +- Sliders: Fixed an integer overflow and div-by-zero in SliderInt() when + v_max=INT_MAX (#6675, #6679) [@jbarthelmes] +- Windows: Layout of Close/Collapse buttons uses style.ItemInnerSpacing.x between items, + stopped incorrectly using FramePadding in a way where hit-boxes could overlap when + setting large values. (#6749) +- TabBar, Style: added style.TabBarBorderSize and associated ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize. + Tweaked rendering of that separator to allow thicker values. (#6820, #4859, #5022, #5239) +- InputFloat, SliderFloat, DragFloat: always turn both '.' and ',' into the current decimal + point character when using Decimal/Scientific character filter. (#6719, #2278) [@adamsepp] +- ColorEdit, ColorPicker: Manipulating options popup don't mark item as edited. (#6722) + (Note that they may still be marked as Active/Hovered.) +- Clipper: Added IncludeItemByIndex() helper to include a single item. (#6424, #3841) +- Clipper: Fixed a bug if attempt to force-include a range which matches an already + included range, clipper would end earlier. (#3841) +- ImDrawData: Fixed an issue where TotalVtxCount/TotalIdxCount does not match the sum + of individual ImDrawList's buffer sizes when a dimming/modal background is rendered. (#6716) +- ImDrawList: Automatically calling ChannelsMerge() if not done after a split. +- ImDrawList: Fixed OOB access in _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount when passing excessively + large radius to AddCircle(). (#6657, #5317) [@EggsyCRO, @jdpatdiscord] +- IO: Exposed io.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint to configure decimal point ('.' or ',') for + languages needing it. Should ideally be set to the value of '*localeconv()->decimal_point' + but our backends don't do it yet. (#6719, #2278) +- IO: Fixed io.AddMousePosEvent() and io.AddMouseButtonEvent() writing MouseSource to + wrong union section. Was semantically incorrect and accidentally had no side-effects + with default compiler alignment settings. (#6727) [@RickHuang2001] +- Misc: Made multiple calls to Render() during the same frame early out faster. +- Debug Tools: Metrics: Fixed "Drawlists" section and per-viewport equivalent + appearing empty (regression in 1.89.8). +- Demo: Reorganized "Examples" menu. +- Demo: Tables: Demonstrate using SameLine() between cells. (#3740) +- Demo: Tables: Demonstrate altering CellPadding.y between rows. (#3740) +- Demo: Custom Rendering: Demonstrate out-of-order rendering using ImDrawListSplitter. +- Backends: SDL2,SDL3: added ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOther()/ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOther() + for consistency (matching GLFW backend) and as most initialization paths don't actually + need to care about rendering backend. +- Examples: Emscripten+WebGPU: Fixed WGPUInstance creation process + use preferred + framebuffer format. (#6640, #6748) [@smileorigin] + + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + VERSION 1.89.8 (Released 2023-08-01) +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.89.8 + +Breaking changes: + +- IO: Obsoleted io.ClearInputCharacters() (added in 1.47) as it now ambiguous + and often incorrect/misleading considering the existence of a higher-level + input queue. This is automatically cleared by io.ClearInputsKeys(). (#4921) +- ImDrawData: CmdLists[] array is now owned, changed from 'ImDrawList**' to + 'ImVector'. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you + cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. + Instead use AddDrawList(). Allocation count are identical. (#6406, #4879, #1878) + +Other changes: + +- Fonts: ImFontConfig::OversampleH now defaults to 2 instead of 3, since the + quality increase is largely minimal. +- Fonts, imgui_freetype: Added support to render OpenType SVG fonts using lunasvg. + Requires enabling IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG along with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE, + and providing headers/libraries for lunasvg. (#6591, #6607) [@sakiodre] +- ImDrawData: CmdLists[] array is now an ImVector<> owned by ImDrawData rather + than a pointer to internal state. + - This makes it easier for user to create their own or append to an existing draw data. + Added a ImDrawData::AddDrawList() helper function to do that. (#6406, #4879, #1878) + - This makes it easier to perform a deep-swap instead of a deep-copy, as array + ownership is now clear. (#6597, #6475, #6167, #5776, #5109, #4763, #3515, #1860) + - Syntax and allocation count are otherwise identical. +- Fixed CTRL+Tab dimming background assert when target window has a callback + in the last ImDrawCmd. (#4857, #5937) +- IsItemHovered: Fixed ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip for Keyboard/Gamepad navigation, + got broken prior to 1.89.7 due to an unrelated change making flags conflict. (#6622, #1485) +- InputText: Fixed a case where deactivation frame would write to underlying + buffer or call CallbackResize although unnecessary, in a frame where the + return value was false. +- Tables: fixed GetContentRegionAvail().y report not taking account of lower cell + padding or of using ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY. Not taking it into account + would make the idiom of creating vertically bottom-aligned content (e.g. a child + window) inside a table make the parent window erroneously have a scrollbar. (#6619) +- Tables: fixed calculation of multi-instance shared decoration/scrollbar width of + scrolling tables, to avoid flickering width variation when resizing down a table + hosting a child window. (#5920, #6619) +- Scrollbar: layout needs to take account of window border size, so a border size + will slightly reduce scrollbar size. Generally we tried to make it that window + border size has no incidence on layout but this can't work with thick borders. (#2522) +- IO: Added io.ClearEventsQueue() to clear incoming inputs events. (#4921) + May be useful in conjunction with io.ClearInputsKeys() if you need to clear + both current inputs state and queued events (e.g. when using blocking native + dialogs such as Windows's ::MessageBox() or ::GetOpenFileName()). +- IO: Changed io.ClearInputsKeys() specs to also clear current frame character buffer + (what now obsoleted io.ClearInputCharacters() did), as this is effectively the + desirable behavior. +- Misc: Added IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION config macro to disable + stb_sprintf implementation when using IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF. (#6626) [@septag] +- Misc: Avoid stb_textedit.h reincluding string.h while in a namespace, which + messes up with building with Clang Modules. (#6653, #4791) [@JohelEGP] +- Demo: Better showcase use of SetNextItemAllowOverlap(). (#6574, #6512, #3909, #517) +- Demo: Showcase a few more InputText() flags. +- Backends: Made all backends sources files support global IMGUI_DISABLE. (#6601) +- Backends: GLFW: Revert ignoring mouse data on GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED as it can be used + differently. User may set ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse if desired. (#5625, #6609) [@scorpion-26] +- Backends: WebGPU: Update for changes in Dawn. (#6602, #6188) [@williamhCode] +- Examples: Vulkan: Creating minimal descriptor pools to fit only what is needed by + example. (#6642) [@SaschaWillem] + + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- VERSION 1.89.7 (Released 2023-07-04) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -48,6 +489,11 @@ Breaking changes: legacy 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' call (public API) + ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap (internal). - Obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()': it didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15), and relied on ambiguously defined design. Use 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' before item instead. + - Selectable, TreeNode: When using ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap/ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap + and holding item held, overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. (#6512, #3909) + While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() + after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't + use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610) - Renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap'. - Renamed 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap' - Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete). @@ -83,8 +529,6 @@ Other changes: - Fixed first frame of an overlap highlighting underlying item if previous frame didn't hover anything. - IsItemHovered: Changed to return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Added ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to opt-out. (#6512, #3909, #517) - - Selectable, TreeNode: When using ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap/ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap - and holding item held, overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. (#6512, #3909) - IsWindowHovered: Added support for ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary. - IsWindowHovered, IsItemHovered: Assert when passed any unsupported flags. - Tables: Fixed a regression in 1.89.6 leading to the first column of tables with either @@ -1202,7 +1646,7 @@ Breaking Changes: - Commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019): - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder -- Backends: OpenGL3: added a third source file "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h". [@rokups] +- Backends: OpenGL3: added a third source file "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h". (#4445) [@rokups] - Backends: GLFW: backend now uses glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(). (#3751, #4377, #2445) - Backends: GLFW: backend now uses glfwSetWindowFocusCallback(). (#4388) [@thedmd] - If calling ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX with install_callbacks=true: this is already done for you. @@ -1291,7 +1735,7 @@ Other Changes: about building on 32-bit systems. (#4225) [@kingofthebongo2008] - Backends: OpenGL3: Embed our own minimal GL headers/loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h) based on gl3w. Reduces the frequent issues and confusion coming from having to support multiple loaders and requiring users to use and - initialize the same loader as the backend. [@rokups] + initialize the same loader as the backend. (#4445) [@rokups] Removed support for gl3w, glew, glad, glad2, glbinding2, glbinding3 (all now unnecessary). - Backends: OpenGL3: Handle GL_CLIP_ORIGIN on <4.5 contexts if "GL_ARB_clip_control" extension is detected. (#4170, #3998) - Backends: OpenGL3: Destroy vertex/fragment shader objects right after they are linked into main shader. (#4244) [@Crowbarous] @@ -3086,6 +3530,8 @@ Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v Breaking Changes: +- Tabs: Added ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure to enable app to react on closure attempt, without having to draw + an unsaved document marker (ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument sets _NoAssumedClosure automatically). (#7084) - DragInt(): The default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more. If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format. To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, diff --git a/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md b/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md index 26e82f51..7d6738dc 100644 --- a/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md +++ b/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md @@ -12,26 +12,29 @@ - Article: [How To Ask Good Questions](https://bit.ly/3nwRnx1). - Please browse the [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) to find code snippets, links and other resources (e.g. [Getting Started](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started), [Useful extensions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions)). +- Please read [Getting Started](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) if your question relates to setting up Dear ImGui. - Please read [docs/FAQ.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md). - Please read [docs/FONTS.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md) if your question relates to fonts or text. -- Please read one of the [examples/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/examples) application if your question relates to setting up Dear ImGui. - Please run `ImGui::ShowDemoWindow()` to explore the demo and its sources. -- Please use the search function of your IDE to search in for comments related to your situation. -- Please use the search function of GitHub to look for similar issues. You may [browse issues by Labels](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/labels). +- Please use the search function of your IDE to search for symbols and comments related to your situation. +- Please use the search function of GitHub to look for similar topics (always include 'Closed' issues/pr in your search). +- You may [browse issues by Labels](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/labels). - Please use a web search engine to look for similar issues. - If you get a crash or assert, use a debugger to locate the line triggering it and read the comments around. - Please don't be a [Help Vampire](https://slash7.com/2006/12/22/vampires/). -## Issues vs Discussions +## 'Issues' vs 'Discussions' -If you: +We are happy to use 'Issues' for many type of open-ended questions. We are encouraging 'Issues' becoming an enormous, centralized and cross-referenced database of Dear ImGui contents. + +Only if you: - Cannot BUILD or LINK examples. - Cannot BUILD, or LINK, or RUN Dear ImGui in your application or custom engine. - Cannot LOAD a font. Then please [use the Discussions forums](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions) instead of opening an issue. -If Dear ImGui is successfully showing in your app and you have used Dear ImGui before, you can open an issue. Any form of discussions is welcome as a new issue. +If Dear ImGui is successfully showing in your app and you have used Dear ImGui before, you can open an Issue. Any form of discussions is welcome as a new issue. ## How to open an issue @@ -46,16 +49,16 @@ Steps: - Article: [How To Ask Good Questions](https://bit.ly/3nwRnx1). - **PLEASE DO FILL THE REQUESTED NEW ISSUE TEMPLATE.** Including Dear ImGui version number, branch name, platform/renderer back-ends (imgui_impl_XXX files), operating system. - **Try to be explicit with your GOALS, your EXPECTATIONS and what you have tried**. Be mindful of [The XY Problem](http://xyproblem.info/). What you have in mind or in your code is not obvious to other people. People frequently discuss problems and suggest incorrect solutions without first clarifying their goals. When requesting a new feature, please describe the usage context (how you intend to use it, why you need it, etc.). If you tried something and it failed, show us what you tried. +- **Please INCLUDE CODE. Provide a Minimal, Complete, and Verifiable Example ([MCVE](https://stackoverflow.com/help/mcve)) to demonstrate your problem**. An ideal submission includes a small piece of code that anyone can paste into one of the examples applications (examples/../main.cpp) or demo (imgui_demo.cpp) to understand and reproduce it. **Narrowing your problem to its shortest and purest form is the easiest way to understand it, explain it and fix it**. Please test your shortened code to ensure it exhibits the problem. **Often while creating the MCVE you will solve the problem!** Many questions that are missing a standalone verifiable example are missing the actual cause of their issue in the description, which ends up wasting everyone's time. - **Attach screenshots (or GIF/video) to clarify the context**. They often convey useful information that is omitted by the description. You can drag pictures/files in the message edit box. Avoid using 3rd party image hosting services, prefer the long-term longevity of GitHub attachments (you can drag pictures into your post). On Windows, you can use [ScreenToGif](https://www.screentogif.com/) to easily capture .gif files. - **If you are discussing an assert or a crash, please provide a debugger callstack**. Never state "it crashes" without additional information. If you don't know how to use a debugger and retrieve a callstack, learning about it will be useful. - **Please make sure that your project has asserts enabled.** Calls to IM_ASSERT() are scattered in the code to help catch common issues. When an assert is triggered read the comments around it. By default IM_ASSERT() calls the standard assert() function. To verify that your asserts are enabled, add the line `IM_ASSERT(false);` in your main() function. Your application should display an error message and abort. If your application doesn't report an error, your asserts are disabled. -- **Please provide a Minimal, Complete, and Verifiable Example ([MCVE](https://stackoverflow.com/help/mcve)) to demonstrate your problem**. An ideal submission includes a small piece of code that anyone can paste into one of the examples applications (examples/../main.cpp) or demo (imgui_demo.cpp) to understand and reproduce it. Narrowing your problem to its shortest and purest form is the easiest way to understand it. Please test your shortened code to ensure it exhibits the problem. **Often while creating the MCVE you will end up solving the problem!** Many questions that are missing a standalone verifiable example are missing the actual cause of their issue in the description, which ends up wasting everyone's time. - Please state if you have made substantial modifications to your copy of Dear ImGui or the back-end. - If you are not calling Dear ImGui directly from C++, please provide information about your Language and the wrapper/binding you are using. - Be mindful that messages are being sent to the mailbox of "Watching" users. Try to proofread your messages before sending them. Edits are not seen by those users unless they browse the site. **Some unfortunate words of warning** -- If you are involved in cheating schemes (e.g. DLL injection) for competitive online multiplayer games, please don't try posting here. We won't answer and you will be blocked. It doesn't matter if your question relates to said project. We've had too many of you and need to project our time and sanity. +- If you are involved in cheating schemes (e.g. DLL injection) for competitive online multiplayer games, please don't post here. We won't answer and you will be blocked. It doesn't matter if your question relates to said project. We've had too many of you and need to project our time and sanity. - Due to frequent abuse of this service from the aforementioned users, if your GitHub account is anonymous and was created five minutes ago please understand that your post will receive more scrutiny and incomplete questions will be harshly dismissed. If you have been using Dear ImGui for a while or have been using C/C++ for several years or have demonstrated good behavior here, it is ok to not fulfill every item to the letter. Those are guidelines and experienced users or members of the community will know which information is useful in a given context. @@ -63,15 +66,13 @@ If you have been using Dear ImGui for a while or have been using C/C++ for sever ## How to open a Pull Request - **Please understand that by submitting a PR you are also submitting a request for the maintainer to review your code and then take over its maintenance.** PR should be crafted both in the interest of the end-users and also to ease the maintainer into understanding and accepting it. -- Many PRs are useful to demonstrate a need and a possible solution but aren't adequate for merging (causing other issues, not seeing other aspects of the big picture, etc.). In doubt, don't hesitate to push a PR because that is always the first step toward finding the mergeable solution! Even if a PR stays unmerged for a long time, its presence can be useful for other users and helps toward finding a general solution. +- Many PRs are useful to demonstrate a need and a possible solution but aren't adequate for merging (causing other issues, not seeing other aspects of the big picture, etc.). In doubt, don't hesitate to push a PR because that is always the first step toward pointing toward a problem, and finding the mergeable solution! Even if a PR stays unmerged for a long time, its presence can be useful for other users and helps toward finding a general solution. - **When adding a feature,** please describe the usage context (how you intend to use it, why you need it, etc.). Be mindful of [The XY Problem](http://xyproblem.info/). - **When fixing a warning or compilation problem,** please post the compiler log and specify the compiler version and platform you are using. - **Attach screenshots (or GIF/video) to clarify the context and demonstrate the feature at a glance.** You can drag pictures/files in the message edit box. Prefer the long-term longevity of GitHub attachments over 3rd party hosting (you can drag pictures into your post). - **Make sure your code follows the coding style already used in the codebase:** 4 spaces indentations (no tabs), `local_variable`, `FunctionName()`, `MemberName`, `// Text Comment`, `//CodeComment();`, C-style casts, etc.. We don't use modern C++ idioms and tend to use only a minimum of C++11 features. The applications under examples/ are generally less consistent because they sometimes try to mimic the coding style often adopted by a certain ecosystem (e.g. DirectX-related code tend to use the style of their sample). - **Make sure you create a branch dedicated to the pull request**. In Git, 1 PR is associated to 1 branch. If you keep pushing to the same branch after you submitted the PR, your new commits will appear in the PR (we can still cherry-pick individual commits). -Thank you for reading! - ## Copyright / Contributor License Agreement Any code you submit will become part of the repository and be distributed under the [Dear ImGui license](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/LICENSE.txt). By submitting code to the project you agree that the code is your work and that you can give it to the project. diff --git a/docs/EXAMPLES.md b/docs/EXAMPLES.md index 6c1bac3c..edaddb05 100644 --- a/docs/EXAMPLES.md +++ b/docs/EXAMPLES.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ integrating Dear ImGui in your own application/game/engine. **Once Dear ImGui is setup and running, run and refer to `ImGui::ShowDemoWindow()` in imgui_demo.cpp for usage of the end-user API.** You can find Windows binaries for some of those example applications at: - http://www.dearimgui.com/binaries + https://www.dearimgui.com/binaries ### Getting Started @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ ImGui::DestroyContext(); Please read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. Please read the comments and instruction at the top of each file. -Please read FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.com/faq +Please read FAQ at https://www.dearimgui.com/faq If you are using any of the backends provided here, you can add the backends/imgui_impl_xxxx(.cpp,.h) files to your project and use as-in. Each imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp file comes with its own individual diff --git a/docs/FAQ.md b/docs/FAQ.md index 9b89ecd7..c86cc136 100644 --- a/docs/FAQ.md +++ b/docs/FAQ.md @@ -91,6 +91,7 @@ Many projects are using this branch and it is kept in sync with master regularly ### Q: How to get started? +Read [Getting Started](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started).
Read [EXAMPLES.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/EXAMPLES.md).
Read [BACKENDS.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/BACKENDS.md).
Read `PROGRAMMER GUIDE` section of [imgui.cpp](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/imgui.cpp).
@@ -124,13 +125,8 @@ void MyLowLevelMouseButtonHandler(int button, bool down) } ``` - **Note:** The `io.WantCaptureMouse` is more correct that any manual attempt to "check if the mouse is hovering a window" (don't do that!). It handles mouse dragging correctly (both dragging that started over your application or over a Dear ImGui window) and handle e.g. popup and modal windows blocking inputs. -**Note:** Those flags are updated by `ImGui::NewFrame()`. However it is generally more correct and easier that you poll flags from the previous frame, then submit your inputs, then call `NewFrame()`. If you attempt to do the opposite (which is generally harder) you are likely going to submit your inputs after `NewFrame()`, and therefore too late. - -**Note:** If you are using a touch device, you may find use for an early call to `UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()` to correctly dispatch your initial touch. We will work on better out-of-the-box touch support in the future. - **Note:** Text input widget releases focus on the "KeyDown" event of the Return key, so the subsequent "KeyUp" event that your application receive will typically have `io.WantCaptureKeyboard == false`. Depending on your application logic it may or not be inconvenient to receive that KeyUp event. You might want to track which key-downs were targeted for Dear ImGui, e.g. with an array of bool, and filter out the corresponding key-ups.) ##### [Return to Index](#index) @@ -141,7 +137,7 @@ void MyLowLevelMouseButtonHandler(int button, bool down) - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a game console (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse connected! - Keyboard: set `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard` to enable. - Gamepad: set `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad` to enable (with a supporting backend). -- See [Control Sheets for Gamepads](http://www.dearimgui.com/controls_sheets) (reference PNG/PSD for PS4, XB1, Switch gamepads). +- See [Control Sheets for Gamepads](https://www.dearimgui.com/controls_sheets) (reference PNG/PSD for PS4, XB1, Switch gamepads). - See `USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS` section of [imgui.cpp](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/imgui.cpp) for more details. ##### [Return to Index](#index) @@ -164,8 +160,8 @@ Console SDK also sometimes provide equivalent tooling or wrapper for Synergy-lik --- ### Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text... -Your renderer is not using the font texture correctly or it hasn't been uploaded to the GPU. -- If this happens using the standard backends: A) have you modified the font atlas after `ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame()`? B) maybe the texture failed to upload, which could happens if for some reason your texture is too big. Also see [docs/FONTS.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md). +Your renderer backend is not using the font texture correctly or it hasn't been uploaded to the GPU. +- If this happens using the standard backends: A) have you modified the font atlas after `ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame()`? B) maybe the texture failed to upload, which **can if your texture atlas is too big**. Also see [docs/FONTS.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md). - If this happens with a custom backend: make sure you have uploaded the font texture to the GPU, that all shaders are rendering states are setup properly (e.g. texture is bound). Compare your code to existing backends and use a graphics debugger such as [RenderDoc](https://renderdoc.org) to debug your rendering states. ##### [Return to Index](#index) @@ -216,7 +212,7 @@ Interactive widgets (such as calls to Button buttons) need a unique ID. **Unique IDs are used internally to track active widgets and occasionally associate state to widgets.
Unique IDs are implicitly built from the hash of multiple elements that identify the "path" to the UI element.** -Since Dear ImGui 1.85, you can use `Demo>Tools>Stack Tool` or call `ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow()`. The tool display intermediate values leading to the creation of a unique ID, making things easier to debug and understand. +Since Dear ImGui 1.85, you can use `Demo>Tools>ID Stack Tool` or call `ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow()`. The tool display intermediate values leading to the creation of a unique ID, making things easier to debug and understand. ![Stack tool](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/8225057/136235657-a0ea5665-dcd1-423f-9be6-dc3f8ced8f12.png) @@ -430,7 +426,7 @@ Finally, you may call `ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow()` to explore/visualize/understa ### Q: How can I use maths operators with ImVec2? -We do not export maths operators by default in imgui.h in order to not conflict with the use of your own maths types and maths operators. As a convenience, you may use `#defne IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS` + `#include "imgui.h"` to access our basic maths operators. +We do not export maths operators by default in imgui.h in order to not conflict with the use of your own maths types and maths operators. As a convenience, you may use `#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS` + `#include "imgui.h"` to access our basic maths operators. ##### [Return to Index](#index) @@ -529,7 +525,7 @@ This approach is relatively easy and functional but comes with two issues: - Style override may be lost during the `Begin()` call crossing monitor boundaries. You may need to do some custom scaling mumbo-jumbo if you want your `OnChangedViewport()` handler to preserve style overrides. Please note that if you are not using multi-viewports with multi-monitors using different DPI scales, you can ignore that and use the simpler technique recommended at the top. - + On Windows, in addition to scaling the font size (make sure to round to an integer) and using `style.ScaleAllSizes()`, you will need to inform Windows that your application is DPI aware. If this is not done, Windows will scale the application window and the UI text will be blurry. Potential solutions to indicate DPI awareness on Windows are: - For SDL: the flag `SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI` needs to be passed to `SDL_CreateWindow()``. @@ -569,44 +565,15 @@ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyFolder/MyFont.ttf", size); // ALSO CORRECT ### Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? The most convenient and practical way is to merge an icon font such as FontAwesome inside your main font. Then you can refer to icons within your strings. -You may want to see `ImFontConfig::GlyphMinAdvanceX` to make your icon look monospace to facilitate alignment. -(Read the [docs/FONTS.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md) file for more details about icons font loading.) -With some extra effort, you may use colorful icons by registering custom rectangle space inside the font atlas, -and copying your own graphics data into it. See docs/FONTS.md about using the AddCustomRectFontGlyph API. +Read the [docs/FONTS.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md) file for more details about icons font loading. ##### [Return to Index](#index) --- ### Q: How can I load multiple fonts? -Use the font atlas to pack them into a single texture: -(Read the [docs/FONTS.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md) file and the code in ImFontAtlas for more details.) -```cpp -ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); -ImFont* font0 = io.Fonts->AddFontDefault(); -ImFont* font1 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels); -ImFont* font2 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile2.ttf", size_in_pixels); -io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8() -// the first loaded font gets used by default -// use ImGui::PushFont()/ImGui::PopFont() to change the font at runtime - -// Options -ImFontConfig config; -config.OversampleH = 2; -config.OversampleV = 1; -config.GlyphOffset.y -= 1.0f; // Move everything by 1 pixel up -config.GlyphExtraSpacing.x = 1.0f; // Increase spacing between characters -io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, &config); - -// Combine multiple fonts into one (e.g. for icon fonts) -static ImWchar ranges[] = { 0xf000, 0xf3ff, 0 }; -ImFontConfig config; -config.MergeMode = true; -io.Fonts->AddFontDefault(); -io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("fontawesome-webfont.ttf", 16.0f, &config, ranges); // Merge icon font -io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, nullptr, &config, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); // Merge japanese glyphs -``` +Use the font atlas to pack them into a single texture. Read [docs/FONTS.md](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md) for more details. ##### [Return to Index](#index) @@ -655,7 +622,7 @@ You may take a look at: - [Quotes](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Quotes) - [Software using Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui) - [Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors) -- [Gallery](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6478) +- [Gallery](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897) ##### [Return to Index](#index) @@ -697,11 +664,11 @@ There is an auto-generated [c-api for Dear ImGui (cimgui)](https://github.com/ci # Q&A: Community ### Q: How can I help? -- Businesses: please reach out to `contact AT dearimgui.com` if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance, or sponsoring contacts. This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people to work on this project. +- Businesses: please reach out to `omar AT dearimgui.com` if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance, or sponsoring contacts. This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people to work on this project. - Individuals: you can support continued maintenance and development via PayPal donations. See [README](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/README.md). - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues), [GitHub Discussions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions), the [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki), read [docs/TODO.txt](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/TODO.txt), and see how you want to help and can help! - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere, etc. -You may post screenshots or links in the [gallery threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6478). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. Disclosing your use of Dear ImGui helps the library grow credibility, and helps other teams and programmers with taking decisions. +You may post screenshots or links in the [gallery threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. Disclosing your use of Dear ImGui helps the library grow credibility, and helps other teams and programmers with taking decisions. - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues or sometimes incomplete PR. ##### [Return to Index](#index) diff --git a/docs/FONTS.md b/docs/FONTS.md index 6049fb48..cbf13e13 100644 --- a/docs/FONTS.md +++ b/docs/FONTS.md @@ -11,118 +11,58 @@ In the [misc/fonts/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/misc/fonts) fo **Also read the FAQ:** https://www.dearimgui.com/faq (there is a Fonts section!) ## Index -- [Readme First](#readme-first) -- [About Filenames](#about-filenames) -- [About UTF-8 Encoding](#about-utf-8-encoding) -- [Debug Tools](#debug-tools) +- [Troubleshooting](#troubleshooting) - [How should I handle DPI in my application?](#how-should-i-handle-dpi-in-my-application) - [Fonts Loading Instructions](#fonts-loading-instructions) +- [Loading Font Data from Memory](#loading-font-data-from-memory) +- [Loading Font Data Embedded In Source Code](#loading-font-data-embedded-in-source-code) - [Using Icon Fonts](#using-icon-fonts) - [Using FreeType Rasterizer (imgui_freetype)](#using-freetype-rasterizer-imgui_freetype) - [Using Colorful Glyphs/Emojis](#using-colorful-glyphsemojis) - [Using Custom Glyph Ranges](#using-custom-glyph-ranges) - [Using Custom Colorful Icons](#using-custom-colorful-icons) -- [Using Font Data Embedded In Source Code](#using-font-data-embedded-in-source-code) +- [About Filenames](#about-filenames) +- [About UTF-8 Encoding](#about-utf-8-encoding) +- [Debug Tools](#debug-tools) - [Credits/Licenses For Fonts Included In Repository](#creditslicenses-for-fonts-included-in-repository) - [Font Links](#font-links) --------------------------------------- -## Readme First +## Troubleshooting -**A vast majority of font and text related issues encountered comes from 3 things:** -- Invalid filename due to use of `\` or unexpected working directory. See [About Filenames](#about-filenames). AddFontXXX functions should assert if the filename is incorrect. -- Invalid UTF-8 encoding of your non-ASCII strings. See [About UTF-8 Encoding](#about-utf-8-encoding). Use the encoding viewer to confirm yours is correct. -- You need to load a font with explicit glyph ranges if you want to use non-ASCII characters. See [Fonts Loading Instructions](#fonts-loading-instructions). Use Metrics/Debugger->Fonts to confirm loaded fonts and loaded glyph ranges. +**A vast majority of font and text related issues encountered comes from 4 things:** -The third point is a current constraint of Dear ImGui (which we will lift in the future): when loading a font you need to specify which characters glyphs to load. -All loaded fonts glyphs are rendered into a single texture atlas ahead of time. Calling either of `io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsAlpha8()`, `io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32()` or `io.Fonts->Build()` will build the atlas. This is generally called by the Renderer backend, e.g. `ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame()` calls it. +### (1) Invalid filename due to use of `\` or unexpected working directory. -**If you use custom glyphs ranges, make sure the array is persistent** and available during the calls to `GetTexDataAsAlpha8()/GetTexDataAsRGBA32()/Build()`. - -##### [Return to Index](#index) - -## About Filenames - -**Please note that many new C/C++ users have issues loading their files _because the filename they provide is wrong_ due to incorrect assumption of what is the current directory.** - -Two things to watch for: - -(1) In C/C++ and most programming languages if you want to use a backslash `\` within a string literal, you need to write it double backslash `\\`. At it happens, Windows uses backslashes as a path separator, so be mindful. -```cpp -io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyFiles\MyImage01.jpg", ...); // This is INCORRECT!! -io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyFiles\\MyImage01.jpg", ...); // This is CORRECT -``` -In some situations, you may also use `/` path separator under Windows. - -(2) Make sure your IDE/debugger settings starts your executable from the right working (current) directory. In Visual Studio you can change your working directory in project `Properties > General > Debugging > Working Directory`. People assume that their execution will start from the root folder of the project, where by default it often starts from the folder where object or executable files are stored. -```cpp -io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyImage01.jpg", ...); // Relative filename depends on your Working Directory when running your program! -io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../MyImage01.jpg", ...); // Load from the parent folder of your Working Directory -``` -##### [Return to Index](#index) - - -## About UTF-8 Encoding - -**For non-ASCII characters display, a common user issue is not passing correctly UTF-8 encoded strings.** - -(1) We provide a function `ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* text)` which you can call to verify the content of your UTF-8 strings. -This is a convenient way to confirm that your encoding is correct. - -```cpp -ImGui::SeparatorText("CORRECT"); -ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(u8"こんにちは"); - -ImGui::SeparatorText("INCORRECT"); -ImGui::DebugTextEncoding("こんにちは"); -``` -![UTF-8 Encoding viewer](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/assets/8225057/61c1696a-9a94-46c5-9627-cf91211111f0) - -You can also find this tool under `Metrics/Debuggers->Tools->UTF-8 Encoding viewer` if you want to paste from clipboard, but this won't validate the UTF-8 encoding done by your compiler. - -(2) To encode in UTF-8: - -There are also compiler-specific ways to enforce UTF-8 encoding by default: - -- Visual Studio compiler: `/utf-8` command-line flag. -- Visual Studio compiler: `#pragma execution_character_set("utf-8")` inside your code. -- Since May 2023 we have changed the Visual Studio projects of all our examples to use `/utf-8` ([see commit](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/commit/513af1efc9080857bbd10000d98f98f2a0c96803)). - -Or, since C++11, you can use the `u8"my text"` syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8. e.g.: -```cpp -ImGui::Text(u8"hello"); -ImGui::Text(u8"こんにちは"); // this will always be encoded as UTF-8 -ImGui::Text("こんにちは"); // the encoding of this is depending on compiler settings/flags and may be incorrect. -``` - -Since C++20, because the C++ committee hate its users, they decided to change the `u8""` syntax to not return `const char*` but a new type `const char_t*` which doesn't cast to `const char*`. -Because of type usage of `u8""` in C++20 is a little more tedious: -```cpp -ImGui::Text((const char*)u8"こんにちは"); -``` -We suggest using a macro in your codebase: -```cpp -#define U8(_S) (const char*)u8##_S -ImGui::Text(U8("こんにちは")); -``` -##### [Return to Index](#index) - - -## Debug Tools - -#### Metrics/Debugger->Fonts -You can use the `Metrics/Debugger` window (available in `Demo>Tools`) to browse your fonts and understand what's going on if you have an issue. You can also reach it in `Demo->Tools->Style Editor->Fonts`. The same information are also available in the Style Editor under Fonts. - -![Fonts debugging](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/8225057/135429892-0e41ef8d-33c5-4991-bcf6-f997a0bcfd6b.png) - -#### UTF-8 Encoding Viewer** -You can use the `UTF-8 Encoding viewer` in `Metrics/Debugger` to verify the content of your UTF-8 strings. From C/C++ code, you can call `ImGui::DebugTextEncoding("my string");` function to verify that your UTF-8 encoding is correct. - -![UTF-8 Encoding viewer](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/8225057/166505963-8a0d7899-8ee8-4558-abb2-1ae523dc02f9.png) +See [About Filenames](#about-filenames). AddFontXXX functions should assert if the filename is incorrect. + +### (2) Invalid UTF-8 encoding of your non-ASCII strings. + +See [About UTF-8 Encoding](#about-utf-8-encoding). Use the encoding viewer to confirm encoding of string literal in your source code is correct. + +### (3) Missing glyph ranges. + +You need to load a font with explicit glyph ranges if you want to use non-ASCII characters. See [Fonts Loading Instructions](#fonts-loading-instructions). Use [Debug Tools](#debug-tools) confirm loaded fonts and loaded glyph ranges. + +This is a current constraint of Dear ImGui (which we will lift in the future): when loading a font you need to specify which characters glyphs to load. +All loaded fonts glyphs are rendered into a single texture atlas ahead of time. Calling either of `io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsAlpha8()`, `io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32()` or `io.Fonts->Build()` will build the atlas. This is generally called by the Renderer backend, e.g. `ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame()` calls it. **If you use custom glyphs ranges, make sure the array is persistent** and available during the calls to `GetTexDataAsAlpha8()/GetTexDataAsRGBA32()/Build()`. + +### (4) Font atlas texture fails to upload to GPU. + +This is often of byproduct of point 3. If you have large number of glyphs or multiple fonts, the texture may become too big for your graphics API. **The typical result of failing to upload a texture is if every glyph or everything appears as empty black or white rectangle.** Mind the fact that some graphics drivers have texture size limitation. If you are building a PC application, mind the fact that your users may use hardware with lower limitations than yours. + +Some solutions: +- You may reduce oversampling, e.g. `font_config.OversampleH = 1`, this will half your texture size for a quality looss. + Note that while OversampleH = 2 looks visibly very close to 3 in most situations, with OversampleH = 1 the quality drop will be noticeable. Read about oversampling [here](https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample). +- Reduce glyphs ranges by calculating them from source localization data. + You can use the `ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder` for this purpose and rebuilding your atlas between frames when new characters are needed. This will be the biggest win! +- Set `io.Fonts.Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight;` to disable rounding the texture height to the next power of two. +- Set `io.Fonts.TexDesiredWidth` to specify a texture width to reduce maximum texture height (see comment in `ImFontAtlas::Build()` function). ##### [Return to Index](#index) +--------------------------------------- ## How should I handle DPI in my application? @@ -130,6 +70,7 @@ See [FAQ entry](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md#q-how-s ##### [Return to Index](#index) +--------------------------------------- ## Fonts Loading Instructions @@ -144,7 +85,7 @@ io.Fonts->AddFontDefault(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("font.ttf", size_pixels); ``` -If you get an assert stating "Could not load font file!", your font filename is likely incorrect. Read "[About filenames](#about-filenames)" carefully. +If you get an assert stating "Could not load font file!", your font filename is likely incorrect. Read [About filenames](#about-filenames) carefully. **Load multiple fonts:** ```cpp @@ -153,8 +94,9 @@ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImFont* font1 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("font.ttf", size_pixels); ImFont* font2 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("anotherfont.otf", size_pixels); ``` + +In your application loop, select which font to use: ```cpp -// In application loop: select font at runtime ImGui::Text("Hello"); // use the default font (which is the first loaded font) ImGui::PushFont(font2); ImGui::Text("Hello with another font"); @@ -200,7 +142,6 @@ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("font.ttf", size_pixels, nullptr, io.Fonts->GetGlyp ``` See [Using Custom Glyph Ranges](#using-custom-glyph-ranges) section to create your own ranges. - **Example loading and using a Japanese font:** ```cpp @@ -220,24 +161,50 @@ ImGui::SliderFloat("float", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ![sample code output](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v160/code_sample_02_jp.png)
_(settings: Dark style (left), Light style (right) / Font: NotoSansCJKjp-Medium, 20px / Rounding: 5)_ -**Font Atlas too large?** +##### [Return to Index](#index) -- If you have very large number of glyphs or multiple fonts, the texture may become too big for your graphics API. The typical result of failing to upload a texture is if every glyph appears as a white rectangle. -- Mind the fact that some graphics drivers have texture size limitation. If you are building a PC application, mind the fact that your users may use hardware with lower limitations than yours. +--------------------------------------- -Some solutions: +## Loading Font Data from Memory -1. Reduce glyphs ranges by calculating them from source localization data. - You can use the `ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder` for this purpose and rebuilding your atlas between frames when new characters are needed. This will be the biggest win! -2. You may reduce oversampling, e.g. `font_config.OversampleH = 2`, this will largely reduce your texture size. - Note that while OversampleH = 2 looks visibly very close to 3 in most situations, with OversampleH = 1 the quality drop will be noticeable. -3. Set `io.Fonts.TexDesiredWidth` to specify a texture width to minimize texture height (see comment in `ImFontAtlas::Build()` function). -4. Set `io.Fonts.Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight;` to disable rounding the texture height to the next power of two. -5. Read about oversampling [here](https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample). -6. To support the extended range of unicode beyond 0xFFFF (e.g. emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) add `#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32`in your `imconfig.h`. +```cpp +ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, data_size, size_pixels, ...); +``` + +IMPORTANT: `AddFontFromMemoryTTF()` by default transfer ownership of the data buffer to the font atlas, which will attempt to free it on destruction. +This was to avoid an unnecessary copy, and is perhaps not a good API (a future version will redesign it). +If you want to keep ownership of the data and free it yourself, you need to clear the `FontDataOwnedByAtlas` field: + +```cpp +ImFontConfig font_cfg; +font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = false; +ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg); +``` ##### [Return to Index](#index) +--------------------------------------- + +## Loading Font Data Embedded In Source Code + +- Compile and use [binary_to_compressed_c.cpp](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp) to create a compressed C style array that you can embed in source code. +- See the documentation in [binary_to_compressed_c.cpp](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp) for instructions on how to use the tool. +- You may find a precompiled version binary_to_compressed_c.exe for Windows inside the demo binaries package (see [README](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/README.md)). +- The tool can optionally output Base85 encoding to reduce the size of _source code_ but the read-only arrays in the actual binary will be about 20% bigger. + +Then load the font with: +```cpp +ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_data, compressed_data_size, size_pixels, ...); +``` +or +```cpp +ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(compressed_data_base85, size_pixels, ...); +``` + +##### [Return to Index](#index) + +--------------------------------------- + ## Using Icon Fonts Using an icon font (such as [FontAwesome](http://fontawesome.io) or [OpenFontIcons](https://github.com/traverseda/OpenFontIcons)) is an easy and practical way to use icons in your Dear ImGui application. @@ -270,11 +237,19 @@ ImGui::Button(ICON_FA_SEARCH " Search"); ``` See Links below for other icons fonts and related tools. +**Monospace Icons?** + +To make your icon look more monospace and facilitate alignment, you may want to set the ImFontConfig::GlyphMinAdvanceX value when loading an icon font. + +**Screenshot** + Here's an application using icons ("Avoyd", https://www.avoyd.com): ![avoyd](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/8225057/81696852-c15d9e80-9464-11ea-9cab-2a4d4fc84396.jpg) ##### [Return to Index](#index) +--------------------------------------- + ## Using FreeType Rasterizer (imgui_freetype) - Dear ImGui uses imstb\_truetype.h to rasterize fonts (with optional oversampling). This technique and its implementation are not ideal for fonts rendered at small sizes, which may appear a little blurry or hard to read. @@ -285,9 +260,11 @@ Here's an application using icons ("Avoyd", https://www.avoyd.com): ##### [Return to Index](#index) +--------------------------------------- + ## Using Colorful Glyphs/Emojis -- Rendering of colored emojis is only supported by imgui_freetype with FreeType 2.10+. +- Rendering of colored emojis is supported by imgui_freetype with FreeType 2.10+. - You will need to load fonts with the `ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor` flag. - Emojis are frequently encoded in upper Unicode layers (character codes >0x10000) and will need dear imgui compiled with `IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32`. - Not all types of color fonts are supported by FreeType at the moment. @@ -307,6 +284,8 @@ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("C:\\Windows\\Fonts\\seguiemj.ttf", 16.0f, &cfg, ra ##### [Return to Index](#index) +--------------------------------------- + ## Using Custom Glyph Ranges You can use the `ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder` helper to create glyph ranges based on text input. For example: for a game where your script is known, if you can feed your entire script to it and only build the characters the game needs. @@ -324,6 +303,8 @@ io.Fonts->Build(); // Build the atlas while ##### [Return to Index](#index) +--------------------------------------- + ## Using Custom Colorful Icons As an alternative to rendering colorful glyphs using imgui_freetype with `ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor`, you may allocate your own space in the texture atlas and write yourself into it. **(This is a BETA api, use if you are familiar with dear imgui and with your rendering backend)** @@ -366,24 +347,89 @@ for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(rect_ids); rect_n++) ##### [Return to Index](#index) -## Using Font Data Embedded In Source Code +--------------------------------------- -- Compile and use [binary_to_compressed_c.cpp](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp) to create a compressed C style array that you can embed in source code. -- See the documentation in [binary_to_compressed_c.cpp](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp) for instructions on how to use the tool. -- You may find a precompiled version binary_to_compressed_c.exe for Windows inside the demo binaries package (see [README](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/README.md)). -- The tool can optionally output Base85 encoding to reduce the size of _source code_ but the read-only arrays in the actual binary will be about 20% bigger. +## About Filenames -Then load the font with: +**Please note that many new C/C++ users have issues loading their files _because the filename they provide is wrong_ due to incorrect assumption of what is the current directory.** + +Two things to watch for: + +(1) In C/C++ and most programming languages if you want to use a backslash `\` within a string literal, you need to write it double backslash `\\`. At it happens, Windows uses backslashes as a path separator, so be mindful. ```cpp -ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_data, compressed_data_size, size_pixels, ...); +io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyFiles\MyImage01.jpg", ...); // This is INCORRECT!! +io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyFiles\\MyImage01.jpg", ...); // This is CORRECT ``` -or +In some situations, you may also use `/` path separator under Windows. + +(2) Make sure your IDE/debugger settings starts your executable from the right working (current) directory. In Visual Studio you can change your working directory in project `Properties > General > Debugging > Working Directory`. People assume that their execution will start from the root folder of the project, where by default it often starts from the folder where object or executable files are stored. ```cpp -ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(compressed_data_base85, size_pixels, ...); +io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyImage01.jpg", ...); // Relative filename depends on your Working Directory when running your program! +io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../MyImage01.jpg", ...); // Load from the parent folder of your Working Directory ``` +##### [Return to Index](#index) + +--------------------------------------- + +## About UTF-8 Encoding + +**For non-ASCII characters display, a common user issue is not passing correctly UTF-8 encoded strings.** + +(1) We provide a function `ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* text)` which you can call to verify the content of your UTF-8 strings. +This is a convenient way to confirm that your encoding is correct. + +```cpp +ImGui::SeparatorText("CORRECT"); +ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(u8"こんにちは"); + +ImGui::SeparatorText("INCORRECT"); +ImGui::DebugTextEncoding("こんにちは"); +``` +![UTF-8 Encoding viewer](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/assets/8225057/61c1696a-9a94-46c5-9627-cf91211111f0) + +You can also find this tool under `Metrics/Debuggers->Tools->UTF-8 Encoding viewer` if you want to paste from clipboard, but this won't validate the UTF-8 encoding done by your compiler. + +(2) To encode in UTF-8: + +There are also compiler-specific ways to enforce UTF-8 encoding by default: + +- Visual Studio compiler: `/utf-8` command-line flag. +- Visual Studio compiler: `#pragma execution_character_set("utf-8")` inside your code. +- Since May 2023 we have changed the Visual Studio projects of all our examples to use `/utf-8` ([see commit](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/commit/513af1efc9080857bbd10000d98f98f2a0c96803)). + +Or, since C++11, you can use the `u8"my text"` syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8. e.g.: +```cpp +ImGui::Text(u8"hello"); +ImGui::Text(u8"こんにちは"); // this will always be encoded as UTF-8 +ImGui::Text("こんにちは"); // the encoding of this is depending on compiler settings/flags and may be incorrect. +``` + +Since C++20, because the C++ committee hate its users, they decided to change the `u8""` syntax to not return `const char*` but a new type `const char8_t*` which doesn't cast to `const char*`. +Because of type usage of `u8""` in C++20 is a little more tedious: +```cpp +ImGui::Text((const char*)u8"こんにちは"); +``` +However, you can disable this behavior completely using the compiler option [`/Zc:char8_t-`](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/build/reference/zc-char8-t?view=msvc-170) for MSVC and [`-fno-char8_t`](https://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2019/p1423r3.html) for Clang and GCC. +##### [Return to Index](#index) + +--------------------------------------- + +## Debug Tools + +#### Metrics/Debugger->Fonts +You can use the `Metrics/Debugger` window (available in `Demo>Tools`) to browse your fonts and understand what's going on if you have an issue. You can also reach it in `Demo->Tools->Style Editor->Fonts`. The same information are also available in the Style Editor under Fonts. + +![Fonts debugging](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/8225057/135429892-0e41ef8d-33c5-4991-bcf6-f997a0bcfd6b.png) + +#### UTF-8 Encoding Viewer** +You can use the `UTF-8 Encoding viewer` in `Metrics/Debugger` to verify the content of your UTF-8 strings. From C/C++ code, you can call `ImGui::DebugTextEncoding("my string");` function to verify that your UTF-8 encoding is correct. + +![UTF-8 Encoding viewer](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/8225057/166505963-8a0d7899-8ee8-4558-abb2-1ae523dc02f9.png) ##### [Return to Index](#index) +--------------------------------------- + ## Credits/Licenses For Fonts Included In Repository Some fonts files are available in the `misc/fonts/` folder: @@ -436,7 +482,7 @@ Some fonts files are available in the `misc/fonts/` folder: #### MONOSPACE FONTS Pixel Perfect: -- Proggy Fonts, by Tristan Grimmer http://www.proggyfonts.net or http://upperbounds.net +- Proggy Fonts, by Tristan Grimmer http://www.proggyfonts.net or http://upperboundsinteractive.com/fonts.php - Sweet16, Sweet16 Mono, by Martin Sedlak (Latin + Supplemental + Extended A) https://github.com/kmar/Sweet16Font (also include an .inl file to use directly in dear imgui.) Regular: diff --git a/docs/README.md b/docs/README.md index 10e7bde7..27467920 100644 --- a/docs/README.md +++ b/docs/README.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Dear ImGui is designed to **enable fast iterations** and to **empower programmer Dear ImGui is particularly suited to integration in game engines (for tooling), real-time 3D applications, fullscreen applications, embedded applications, or any applications on console platforms where operating system features are non-standard. - Minimize state synchronization. - - Minimize state storage on user side. + - Minimize UI-related state storage on user side. - Minimize setup and maintenance. - Easy to use to create dynamic UI which are the reflection of a dynamic data set. - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools. @@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ Dear ImGui is particularly suited to integration in game engines (for tooling), ### Usage -**The core of Dear ImGui is self-contained within a few platform-agnostic files** which you can easily compile in your application/engine. They are all the files in the root folder of the repository (imgui*.cpp, imgui*.h). **No specific build process is required**. You can add the .cpp files into your existing project. See [Getting Started](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started). +**The core of Dear ImGui is self-contained within a few platform-agnostic files** which you can easily compile in your application/engine. They are all the files in the root folder of the repository (imgui*.cpp, imgui*.h). **No specific build process is required**. You can add the .cpp files into your existing project. -**Backends for a variety of graphics API and rendering platforms** are provided in the [backends/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/backends) folder, along with example applications in the [examples/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/examples) folder. See the [Integration](#integration) section of this document for details. You may also create your own backend. Anywhere where you can render textured triangles, you can render Dear ImGui. +**Backends for a variety of graphics API and rendering platforms** are provided in the [backends/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/backends) folder, along with example applications in the [examples/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/examples) folder. You may also create your own backend. Anywhere where you can render textured triangles, you can render Dear ImGui. + +See the [Getting Started](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide and [Integration](#integration) section of this document for more details. After Dear ImGui is set up in your application, you can use it from \_anywhere\_ in your program loop: ```cpp @@ -108,15 +110,17 @@ Reading the changelogs is a good way to keep up to date with the things Dear ImG Calling the `ImGui::ShowDemoWindow()` function will create a demo window showcasing a variety of features and examples. The code is always available for reference in `imgui_demo.cpp`. [Here's how the demo looks](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v167/v167-misc.png). You should be able to build the examples from sources. If you don't, let us know! If you want to have a quick look at some Dear ImGui features, you can download Windows binaries of the demo app here: -- [imgui-demo-binaries-20230704.zip](https://www.dearimgui.com/binaries/imgui-demo-binaries-20230704.zip) (Windows, 1.89.7, built 2023/07/04, master) or [older binaries](https://www.dearimgui.com/binaries). +- [imgui-demo-binaries-20240105.zip](https://www.dearimgui.com/binaries/imgui-demo-binaries-20240105.zip) (Windows, 1.90.1 WIP, built 2024/01/05, master) or [older binaries](https://www.dearimgui.com/binaries). The demo applications are not DPI aware so expect some blurriness on a 4K screen. For DPI awareness in your application, you can load/reload your font at a different scale and scale your style with `style.ScaleAllSizes()` (see [FAQ](https://www.dearimgui.com/faq)). ### Integration +See the [Getting Started](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide for details. + On most platforms and when using C++, **you should be able to use a combination of the [imgui_impl_xxxx](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/backends) backends without modification** (e.g. `imgui_impl_win32.cpp` + `imgui_impl_dx11.cpp`). If your engine supports multiple platforms, consider using more imgui_impl_xxxx files instead of rewriting them: this will be less work for you, and you can get Dear ImGui running immediately. You can _later_ decide to rewrite a custom backend using your custom engine functions if you wish so. -See [Getting Started](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started). Integrating Dear ImGui within your custom engine is a matter of 1) wiring mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs 2) uploading a texture to your GPU/render engine 3) providing a render function that can bind textures and render textured triangles, which is essentially what Backends are doing. The [examples/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/examples) folder is populated with applications doing just that: setting up a window and using backends. If you follow [Getting Started](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) it should in theory takes you less than an hour to integrate Dear ImGui. **Make sure to spend time reading the [FAQ](https://www.dearimgui.com/faq), comments, and the examples applications!** +Integrating Dear ImGui within your custom engine is a matter of 1) wiring mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs 2) uploading a texture to your GPU/render engine 3) providing a render function that can bind textures and render textured triangles, which is essentially what Backends are doing. The [examples/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/examples) folder is populated with applications doing just that: setting up a window and using backends. If you follow the [Getting Started](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide it should in theory takes you less than an hour to integrate Dear ImGui. **Make sure to spend time reading the [FAQ](https://www.dearimgui.com/faq), comments, and the examples applications!** Officially maintained backends/bindings (in repository): - Renderers: DirectX9, DirectX10, DirectX11, DirectX12, Metal, OpenGL/ES/ES2, SDL_Renderer, Vulkan, WebGPU. @@ -124,18 +128,18 @@ Officially maintained backends/bindings (in repository): - Frameworks: Allegro5, Emscripten. [Third-party backends/bindings](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings) wiki page: -- Languages: C, C# and: Beef, ChaiScript, Crystal, D, Go, Haskell, Haxe/hxcpp, Java, JavaScript, Julia, Kotlin, Lobster, Lua, Odin, Pascal, PureBasic, Python, Ruby, Rust, Swift... -- Frameworks: AGS/Adventure Game Studio, Amethyst, Blender, bsf, Cinder, Cocos2d-x, Diligent Engine, Flexium, GML/Game Maker Studio2, GLEQ, Godot, GTK3+OpenGL3, Irrlicht Engine, LÖVE+LUA, Magnum, Monogame, NanoRT, nCine, Nim Game Lib, Nintendo 3DS & Switch (homebrew), Ogre, openFrameworks, OSG/OpenSceneGraph, Orx, Photoshop, px_render, Qt/QtDirect3D, SDL_Renderer, SFML, Sokol, Unity, Unreal Engine 4, vtk, VulkanHpp, VulkanSceneGraph, Win32 GDI, WxWidgets. +- Languages: C, C# and: Beef, ChaiScript, CovScript, Crystal, D, Go, Haskell, Haxe/hxcpp, Java, JavaScript, Julia, Kotlin, Lobster, Lua, Nim, Odin, Pascal, PureBasic, Python, ReaScript, Ruby, Rust, Swift, Zig... +- Frameworks: AGS/Adventure Game Studio, Amethyst, Blender, bsf, Cinder, Cocos2d-x, Defold, Diligent Engine, Ebiten, Flexium, GML/Game Maker Studio, GLEQ, Godot, GTK3, Irrlicht Engine, JUCE, LÖVE+LUA, Mach Engine, Magnum, Marmalade, Monogame, NanoRT, nCine, Nim Game Lib, Nintendo 3DS/Switch/WiiU (homebrew), Ogre, openFrameworks, OSG/OpenSceneGraph, Orx, Photoshop, px_render, Qt/QtDirect3D, raylib, SFML, Sokol, Unity, Unreal Engine 4/5, UWP, vtk, VulkanHpp, VulkanSceneGraph, Win32 GDI, WxWidgets. - Many bindings are auto-generated (by good old [cimgui](https://github.com/cimgui/cimgui) or newer/experimental [dear_bindings](https://github.com/dearimgui/dear_bindings)), you can use their metadata output to generate bindings for other languages. [Useful Extensions/Widgets](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions) wiki page: -- Automation/testing, Text editors, node editors, timeline editors, plotting, software renderers, remote network access, memory editors, gizmos, etc. One of the most notable and well supported extension is [ImPlot](https://github.com/epezent/implot). +- Automation/testing, Text editors, node editors, timeline editors, plotting, software renderers, remote network access, memory editors, gizmos, etc. Notable and well supported extensions include [ImPlot](https://github.com/epezent/implot) and [Dear ImGui Test Engine](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine). Also see [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) for more links and ideas. ### Gallery -For more user-submitted screenshots of projects using Dear ImGui, check out the [Gallery Threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6478)! +For more user-submitted screenshots of projects using Dear ImGui, check out the [Gallery Threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897)! For a list of third-party widgets and extensions, check out the [Useful Extensions/Widgets](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions) wiki page. @@ -156,7 +160,7 @@ See: [Upcoming Changes](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Upcoming-Changes). See: [Dear ImGui Test Engine + Test Suite](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine) for Automation & Testing. -Getting started? For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts, please use [GitHub Discussions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions). For other questions, bug reports, requests, feedback, you may post on [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues). Please read and fill the New Issue template carefully. +Getting started? For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts, please use [GitHub Discussions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions). For ANY other questions, bug reports, requests, feedback, please post on [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues). Please read and fill the New Issue template carefully. Private support is available for paying business customers (E-mail: _contact @ dearimgui dot com_). @@ -166,17 +170,17 @@ We occasionally tag [Releases](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases) (with **Who uses Dear ImGui?** -See the [Quotes](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Quotes), [Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors), and [Software using Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui) Wiki pages for an idea of who is using Dear ImGui. Please add your game/software if you can! Also, see the [Gallery Threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6478)! +See the [Quotes](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Quotes), [Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors), and [Software using Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui) Wiki pages for an idea of who is using Dear ImGui. Please add your game/software if you can! Also, see the [Gallery Threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897)! How to help ----------- **How can I help?** -- See [GitHub Forum/Issues](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues) and [GitHub Discussions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions). +- See [GitHub Forum/Issues](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues). - You may help with development and submit pull requests! Please understand that by submitting a PR you are also submitting a request for the maintainer to review your code and then take over its maintenance forever. PR should be crafted both in the interest of the end-users and also to ease the maintainer into understanding and accepting it. - See [Help wanted](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Help-Wanted) on the [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/) for some more ideas. -- Have your company financially support this project with invoiced sponsoring/support contracts or by buying a license for [Dear ImGui Test Engine](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine) (please reach out: contact at dearimgui dot com). +- Be a [sponsor](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors)! Have your company financially support this project via invoiced sponsors/maintenance or by buying a license for [Dear ImGui Test Engine](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine) (please reach out: omar AT dearimgui DOT com). Sponsors -------- @@ -197,13 +201,13 @@ Credits Developed by [Omar Cornut](https://www.miracleworld.net) and every direct or indirect [contributors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/graphs/contributors) to the GitHub. The early version of this library was developed with the support of [Media Molecule](https://www.mediamolecule.com) and first used internally on the game [Tearaway](https://tearaway.mediamolecule.com) (PS Vita). -Recurring contributors (2022): Omar Cornut [@ocornut](https://github.com/ocornut), Rokas Kupstys [@rokups](https://github.com/rokups) (a good portion of work on automation system and regression tests now available in [Dear ImGui Test Engine](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine)). +Recurring contributors include Rokas Kupstys [@rokups](https://github.com/rokups) (2020-2022): a good portion of work on automation system and regression tests now available in [Dear ImGui Test Engine](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine). -Sponsoring, support contracts and other B2B transactions are hosted and handled by [Disco Hello](https://www.discohello.com). +Sponsoring, maintenance/support contracts and other B2B transactions are hosted and handled by [Disco Hello](https://www.discohello.com). Omar: "I first discovered the IMGUI paradigm at [Q-Games](https://www.q-games.com) where Atman Binstock had dropped his own simple implementation in the codebase, which I spent quite some time improving and thinking about. It turned out that Atman was exposed to the concept directly by working with Casey. When I moved to Media Molecule I rewrote a new library trying to overcome the flaws and limitations of the first one I've worked with. It became this library and since then I have spent an unreasonable amount of time iterating and improving it." -Embeds [ProggyClean.ttf](http://upperbounds.net) font by Tristan Grimmer (MIT license). +Embeds [ProggyClean.ttf](https://www.proggyfonts.net) font by Tristan Grimmer (MIT license).
Embeds [stb_textedit.h, stb_truetype.h, stb_rect_pack.h](https://github.com/nothings/stb/) by Sean Barrett (public domain). Inspiration, feedback, and testing for early versions: Casey Muratori, Atman Binstock, Mikko Mononen, Emmanuel Briney, Stefan Kamoda, Anton Mikhailov, Matt Willis. Also thank you to everyone posting feedback, questions and patches on GitHub. diff --git a/docs/TODO.txt b/docs/TODO.txt index 36cf5131..80f4e307 100644 --- a/docs/TODO.txt +++ b/docs/TODO.txt @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ It's mostly a bunch of personal notes, probably incomplete. Feel free to query i - separator: expose flags (#759) - separator: take indent into consideration (optional) - - separator: width, thickness, centering (#1643) + - separator: width, thickness, centering (#1643, #2657) - splitter: formalize the splitter idiom into an official api (we want to handle n-way split) (#319) - docking: merge docking branch (#2109) @@ -187,7 +187,6 @@ It's mostly a bunch of personal notes, probably incomplete. Feel free to query i - tree node / selectable render mismatch which is visible if you use them both next to each other (e.g. cf. property viewer) - tree node: tweak color scheme to distinguish headers from selected tree node (#581) - tree node: leaf/non-leaf highlight mismatch. - - tree node: flag to disable formatting and/or detect "%s" - tree node/opt: could avoid formatting when clipped (flag assuming we don't care about width/height, assume single line height? format only %s/%c to be able to count height?) - settings: write more decent code to allow saving/loading new fields: columns, selected tree nodes? diff --git a/examples/example_allegro5/main.cpp b/examples/example_allegro5/main.cpp index 58045ae6..3ca061cc 100644 --- a/examples/example_allegro5/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_allegro5/main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for Allegro 5 -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // On Windows, you can install Allegro5 using vcpkg: // git clone https://github.com/Microsoft/vcpkg diff --git a/examples/example_android_opengl3/main.cpp b/examples/example_android_opengl3/main.cpp index 80f00a0d..2316ce6d 100644 --- a/examples/example_android_opengl3/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_android_opengl3/main.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,10 @@ // dear imgui: standalone example application for Android + OpenGL ES 3 -// If you are new to dear imgui, see examples/README.txt and documentation at the top of imgui.cpp. + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_android.h" diff --git a/examples/example_apple_metal/main.mm b/examples/example_apple_metal/main.mm index f260701b..109ef615 100644 --- a/examples/example_apple_metal/main.mm +++ b/examples/example_apple_metal/main.mm @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for OSX + Metal. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #import diff --git a/examples/example_apple_opengl2/main.mm b/examples/example_apple_opengl2/main.mm index 54c2aa72..815c0f72 100644 --- a/examples/example_apple_opengl2/main.mm +++ b/examples/example_apple_opengl2/main.mm @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for OSX + OpenGL2, using legacy fixed pipeline -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #import #import diff --git a/examples/example_emscripten_wgpu/main.cpp b/examples/example_emscripten_wgpu/main.cpp index 9edf2d33..590453c1 100644 --- a/examples/example_emscripten_wgpu/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_emscripten_wgpu/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for Emscripten, using GLFW + WebGPU // (Emscripten is a C++-to-javascript compiler, used to publish executables for the web. See https://emscripten.org/) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h" @@ -15,11 +19,12 @@ #include // Global WebGPU required states -static WGPUDevice wgpu_device = nullptr; -static WGPUSurface wgpu_surface = nullptr; -static WGPUSwapChain wgpu_swap_chain = nullptr; -static int wgpu_swap_chain_width = 0; -static int wgpu_swap_chain_height = 0; +static WGPUDevice wgpu_device = nullptr; +static WGPUSurface wgpu_surface = nullptr; +static WGPUTextureFormat wgpu_preferred_fmt = WGPUTextureFormat_RGBA8Unorm; +static WGPUSwapChain wgpu_swap_chain = nullptr; +static int wgpu_swap_chain_width = 0; +static int wgpu_swap_chain_height = 0; // Forward declarations static void MainLoopStep(void* window); @@ -71,7 +76,8 @@ int main(int, char**) // Setup Platform/Renderer backends ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(window, true); - ImGui_ImplWGPU_Init(wgpu_device, 3, WGPUTextureFormat_RGBA8Unorm, WGPUTextureFormat_Undefined); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback("#canvas"); + ImGui_ImplWGPU_Init(wgpu_device, 3, wgpu_preferred_fmt, WGPUTextureFormat_Undefined); // Load Fonts // - If no fonts are loaded, dear imgui will use the default font. You can also load multiple fonts and use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to select them. @@ -118,9 +124,11 @@ static bool InitWGPU() wgpu::SurfaceDescriptor surface_desc = {}; surface_desc.nextInChain = &html_surface_desc; - // Use 'null' instance - wgpu::Instance instance = {}; - wgpu_surface = instance.CreateSurface(&surface_desc).Release(); + wgpu::Instance instance = wgpuCreateInstance(nullptr); + wgpu::Surface surface = instance.CreateSurface(&surface_desc); + wgpu::Adapter adapter = {}; + wgpu_preferred_fmt = (WGPUTextureFormat)surface.GetPreferredFormat(adapter); + wgpu_surface = surface.Release(); return true; } @@ -144,7 +152,7 @@ static void MainLoopStep(void* window) wgpu_swap_chain_height = height; WGPUSwapChainDescriptor swap_chain_desc = {}; swap_chain_desc.usage = WGPUTextureUsage_RenderAttachment; - swap_chain_desc.format = WGPUTextureFormat_RGBA8Unorm; + swap_chain_desc.format = wgpu_preferred_fmt; swap_chain_desc.width = width; swap_chain_desc.height = height; swap_chain_desc.presentMode = WGPUPresentMode_Fifo; diff --git a/examples/example_glfw_metal/main.mm b/examples/example_glfw_metal/main.mm index de4fa365..e9bc63ac 100644 --- a/examples/example_glfw_metal/main.mm +++ b/examples/example_glfw_metal/main.mm @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for GLFW + Metal, using programmable pipeline // (GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h" diff --git a/examples/example_glfw_opengl2/main.cpp b/examples/example_glfw_opengl2/main.cpp index b26e2397..5e47b000 100644 --- a/examples/example_glfw_opengl2/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_glfw_opengl2/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for GLFW + OpenGL2, using legacy fixed pipeline // (GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // **DO NOT USE THIS CODE IF YOUR CODE/ENGINE IS USING MODERN OPENGL (SHADERS, VBO, VAO, etc.)** // **Prefer using the code in the example_glfw_opengl2/ folder** diff --git a/examples/example_glfw_opengl3/Makefile.emscripten b/examples/example_glfw_opengl3/Makefile.emscripten index 8ea4eacf..bd972abf 100644 --- a/examples/example_glfw_opengl3/Makefile.emscripten +++ b/examples/example_glfw_opengl3/Makefile.emscripten @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ endif CPPFLAGS += -I$(IMGUI_DIR) -I$(IMGUI_DIR)/backends #CPPFLAGS += -g CPPFLAGS += -Wall -Wformat -Os $(EMS) -# LDFLAGS += --shell-file ../libs/emscripten/shell_minimal.html +LDFLAGS += --shell-file ../libs/emscripten/shell_minimal.html LDFLAGS += $(EMS) ##--------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/examples/example_glfw_opengl3/main.cpp b/examples/example_glfw_opengl3/main.cpp index 4b9f7a5c..4438fa5b 100644 --- a/examples/example_glfw_opengl3/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_glfw_opengl3/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for GLFW + OpenGL 3, using programmable pipeline // (GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h" @@ -80,6 +84,9 @@ int main(int, char**) // Setup Platform/Renderer backends ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(window, true); +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback("#canvas"); +#endif ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(glsl_version); // Load Fonts diff --git a/examples/example_glfw_vulkan/main.cpp b/examples/example_glfw_vulkan/main.cpp index c3e7524d..e8027c44 100644 --- a/examples/example_glfw_vulkan/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_glfw_vulkan/main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for Glfw + Vulkan -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // Important note to the reader who wish to integrate imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp/.h in their own engine/app. // - Common ImGui_ImplVulkan_XXX functions and structures are used to interface with imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp/.h. @@ -215,25 +219,17 @@ static void SetupVulkan(ImVector instance_extensions) } // Create Descriptor Pool + // The example only requires a single combined image sampler descriptor for the font image and only uses one descriptor set (for that) + // If you wish to load e.g. additional textures you may need to alter pools sizes. { VkDescriptorPoolSize pool_sizes[] = { - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, 1000 } + { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, 1 }, }; VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo pool_info = {}; pool_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_INFO; pool_info.flags = VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_FREE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_BIT; - pool_info.maxSets = 1000 * IM_ARRAYSIZE(pool_sizes); + pool_info.maxSets = 1; pool_info.poolSizeCount = (uint32_t)IM_ARRAYSIZE(pool_sizes); pool_info.pPoolSizes = pool_sizes; err = vkCreateDescriptorPool(g_Device, &pool_info, g_Allocator, &g_DescriptorPool); @@ -462,36 +458,6 @@ int main(int, char**) //ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("c:\\Windows\\Fonts\\ArialUni.ttf", 18.0f, nullptr, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); //IM_ASSERT(font != nullptr); - // Upload Fonts - { - // Use any command queue - VkCommandPool command_pool = wd->Frames[wd->FrameIndex].CommandPool; - VkCommandBuffer command_buffer = wd->Frames[wd->FrameIndex].CommandBuffer; - - err = vkResetCommandPool(g_Device, command_pool, 0); - check_vk_result(err); - VkCommandBufferBeginInfo begin_info = {}; - begin_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO; - begin_info.flags |= VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT; - err = vkBeginCommandBuffer(command_buffer, &begin_info); - check_vk_result(err); - - ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(command_buffer); - - VkSubmitInfo end_info = {}; - end_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO; - end_info.commandBufferCount = 1; - end_info.pCommandBuffers = &command_buffer; - err = vkEndCommandBuffer(command_buffer); - check_vk_result(err); - err = vkQueueSubmit(g_Queue, 1, &end_info, VK_NULL_HANDLE); - check_vk_result(err); - - err = vkDeviceWaitIdle(g_Device); - check_vk_result(err); - ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects(); - } - // Our state bool show_demo_window = true; bool show_another_window = false; diff --git a/examples/example_glut_opengl2/main.cpp b/examples/example_glut_opengl2/main.cpp index fff9043c..58539ca5 100644 --- a/examples/example_glut_opengl2/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_glut_opengl2/main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for GLUT/FreeGLUT + OpenGL2, using legacy fixed pipeline -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // !!! GLUT/FreeGLUT IS OBSOLETE PREHISTORIC SOFTWARE. Using GLUT is not recommended unless you really miss the 90's. !!! // !!! If someone or something is teaching you GLUT today, you are being abused. Please show some resistance. !!! diff --git a/examples/example_sdl2_directx11/main.cpp b/examples/example_sdl2_directx11/main.cpp index 13cf2272..3275bafd 100644 --- a/examples/example_sdl2_directx11/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_sdl2_directx11/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for SDL2 + DirectX 11 // (SDL is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_sdl2.h" @@ -43,6 +47,12 @@ int main(int, char**) // Setup window SDL_WindowFlags window_flags = (SDL_WindowFlags)(SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI); SDL_Window* window = SDL_CreateWindow("Dear ImGui SDL2+DirectX11 example", SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, 1280, 720, window_flags); + if (window == nullptr) + { + printf("Error: SDL_CreateWindow(): %s\n", SDL_GetError()); + return -1; + } + SDL_SysWMinfo wmInfo; SDL_VERSION(&wmInfo.version); SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &wmInfo); diff --git a/examples/example_sdl2_metal/main.mm b/examples/example_sdl2_metal/main.mm index 9c112b5c..d5481271 100644 --- a/examples/example_sdl2_metal/main.mm +++ b/examples/example_sdl2_metal/main.mm @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for SDL2 + Metal // (SDL is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_sdl2.h" diff --git a/examples/example_sdl2_opengl2/main.cpp b/examples/example_sdl2_opengl2/main.cpp index 0d447a2f..efb28edb 100644 --- a/examples/example_sdl2_opengl2/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_sdl2_opengl2/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for SDL2 + OpenGL // (SDL is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // **DO NOT USE THIS CODE IF YOUR CODE/ENGINE IS USING MODERN OPENGL (SHADERS, VBO, VAO, etc.)** // **Prefer using the code in the example_sdl2_opengl3/ folder** @@ -37,6 +41,12 @@ int main(int, char**) SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION, 2); SDL_WindowFlags window_flags = (SDL_WindowFlags)(SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI); SDL_Window* window = SDL_CreateWindow("Dear ImGui SDL2+OpenGL example", SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, 1280, 720, window_flags); + if (window == nullptr) + { + printf("Error: SDL_CreateWindow(): %s\n", SDL_GetError()); + return -1; + } + SDL_GLContext gl_context = SDL_GL_CreateContext(window); SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(window, gl_context); SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval(1); // Enable vsync diff --git a/examples/example_sdl2_opengl3/main.cpp b/examples/example_sdl2_opengl3/main.cpp index 2bf37e27..d748c136 100644 --- a/examples/example_sdl2_opengl3/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_sdl2_opengl3/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for SDL2 + OpenGL // (SDL is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_sdl2.h" @@ -64,6 +68,12 @@ int main(int, char**) SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE, 8); SDL_WindowFlags window_flags = (SDL_WindowFlags)(SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI); SDL_Window* window = SDL_CreateWindow("Dear ImGui SDL2+OpenGL3 example", SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, 1280, 720, window_flags); + if (window == nullptr) + { + printf("Error: SDL_CreateWindow(): %s\n", SDL_GetError()); + return -1; + } + SDL_GLContext gl_context = SDL_GL_CreateContext(window); SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(window, gl_context); SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval(1); // Enable vsync diff --git a/examples/example_sdl2_sdlrenderer2/main.cpp b/examples/example_sdl2_sdlrenderer2/main.cpp index d6dde241..bfba8fa6 100644 --- a/examples/example_sdl2_sdlrenderer2/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_sdl2_sdlrenderer2/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for SDL2 + SDL_Renderer // (SDL is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // Important to understand: SDL_Renderer is an _optional_ component of SDL2. // For a multi-platform app consider using e.g. SDL+DirectX on Windows and SDL+OpenGL on Linux/OSX. @@ -34,6 +38,11 @@ int main(int, char**) // Create window with SDL_Renderer graphics context SDL_WindowFlags window_flags = (SDL_WindowFlags)(SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI); SDL_Window* window = SDL_CreateWindow("Dear ImGui SDL2+SDL_Renderer example", SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, 1280, 720, window_flags); + if (window == nullptr) + { + printf("Error: SDL_CreateWindow(): %s\n", SDL_GetError()); + return -1; + } SDL_Renderer* renderer = SDL_CreateRenderer(window, -1, SDL_RENDERER_PRESENTVSYNC | SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED); if (renderer == nullptr) { diff --git a/examples/example_sdl2_vulkan/main.cpp b/examples/example_sdl2_vulkan/main.cpp index 03a952c0..bbd9eec4 100644 --- a/examples/example_sdl2_vulkan/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_sdl2_vulkan/main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for SDL2 + Vulkan -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // Important note to the reader who wish to integrate imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp/.h in their own engine/app. // - Common ImGui_ImplVulkan_XXX functions and structures are used to interface with imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp/.h. @@ -203,25 +207,17 @@ static void SetupVulkan(ImVector instance_extensions) } // Create Descriptor Pool + // The example only requires a single combined image sampler descriptor for the font image and only uses one descriptor set (for that) + // If you wish to load e.g. additional textures you may need to alter pools sizes. { VkDescriptorPoolSize pool_sizes[] = { - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, 1000 }, - { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, 1000 } + { VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, 1 }, }; VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo pool_info = {}; pool_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_INFO; pool_info.flags = VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_FREE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_BIT; - pool_info.maxSets = 1000 * IM_ARRAYSIZE(pool_sizes); + pool_info.maxSets = 1; pool_info.poolSizeCount = (uint32_t)IM_ARRAYSIZE(pool_sizes); pool_info.pPoolSizes = pool_sizes; err = vkCreateDescriptorPool(g_Device, &pool_info, g_Allocator, &g_DescriptorPool); @@ -389,6 +385,11 @@ int main(int, char**) // Create window with Vulkan graphics context SDL_WindowFlags window_flags = (SDL_WindowFlags)(SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI); SDL_Window* window = SDL_CreateWindow("Dear ImGui SDL2+Vulkan example", SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, 1280, 720, window_flags); + if (window == nullptr) + { + printf("Error: SDL_CreateWindow(): %s\n", SDL_GetError()); + return -1; + } ImVector extensions; uint32_t extensions_count = 0; @@ -457,36 +458,6 @@ int main(int, char**) //ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("c:\\Windows\\Fonts\\ArialUni.ttf", 18.0f, nullptr, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); //IM_ASSERT(font != nullptr); - // Upload Fonts - { - // Use any command queue - VkCommandPool command_pool = wd->Frames[wd->FrameIndex].CommandPool; - VkCommandBuffer command_buffer = wd->Frames[wd->FrameIndex].CommandBuffer; - - err = vkResetCommandPool(g_Device, command_pool, 0); - check_vk_result(err); - VkCommandBufferBeginInfo begin_info = {}; - begin_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO; - begin_info.flags |= VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT; - err = vkBeginCommandBuffer(command_buffer, &begin_info); - check_vk_result(err); - - ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(command_buffer); - - VkSubmitInfo end_info = {}; - end_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO; - end_info.commandBufferCount = 1; - end_info.pCommandBuffers = &command_buffer; - err = vkEndCommandBuffer(command_buffer); - check_vk_result(err); - err = vkQueueSubmit(g_Queue, 1, &end_info, VK_NULL_HANDLE); - check_vk_result(err); - - err = vkDeviceWaitIdle(g_Device); - check_vk_result(err); - ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects(); - } - // Our state bool show_demo_window = true; bool show_another_window = false; diff --git a/examples/example_sdl3_opengl3/main.cpp b/examples/example_sdl3_opengl3/main.cpp index 7875c4ef..da12589f 100644 --- a/examples/example_sdl3_opengl3/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_sdl3_opengl3/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for SDL3 + OpenGL // (SDL is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_sdl3.h" @@ -60,7 +64,7 @@ int main(int, char**) SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, 1); SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE, 24); SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE, 8); - SDL_WindowFlags window_flags = (SDL_WindowFlags)(SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN); + Uint32 window_flags = SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN; SDL_Window* window = SDL_CreateWindow("Dear ImGui SDL3+OpenGL3 example", 1280, 720, window_flags); if (window == nullptr) { diff --git a/examples/example_sdl3_sdlrenderer3/main.cpp b/examples/example_sdl3_sdlrenderer3/main.cpp index 0aab548a..9740054e 100644 --- a/examples/example_sdl3_sdlrenderer3/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_sdl3_sdlrenderer3/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for SDL3 + SDL_Renderer // (SDL is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan/Metal graphics context creation, etc.) -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // Important to understand: SDL_Renderer is an _optional_ component of SDL3. // For a multi-platform app consider using e.g. SDL+DirectX on Windows and SDL+OpenGL on Linux/OSX. @@ -31,19 +35,19 @@ int main(int, char**) SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1"); // Create window with SDL_Renderer graphics context - SDL_WindowFlags window_flags = (SDL_WindowFlags)(SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN); + Uint32 window_flags = SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN; SDL_Window* window = SDL_CreateWindow("Dear ImGui SDL3+SDL_Renderer example", 1280, 720, window_flags); if (window == nullptr) { printf("Error: SDL_CreateWindow(): %s\n", SDL_GetError()); return -1; } - SDL_Renderer* renderer = SDL_CreateRenderer(window, NULL, SDL_RENDERER_PRESENTVSYNC | SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED); + SDL_Renderer* renderer = SDL_CreateRenderer(window, nullptr, SDL_RENDERER_PRESENTVSYNC | SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED); if (renderer == nullptr) { SDL_Log("Error: SDL_CreateRenderer(): %s\n", SDL_GetError()); return -1; -} + } SDL_SetWindowPosition(window, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED); SDL_ShowWindow(window); diff --git a/examples/example_win32_directx10/main.cpp b/examples/example_win32_directx10/main.cpp index 34e013fa..94d5e02d 100644 --- a/examples/example_win32_directx10/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_win32_directx10/main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for DirectX 10 -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_win32.h" diff --git a/examples/example_win32_directx11/main.cpp b/examples/example_win32_directx11/main.cpp index c242a4cc..19422c15 100644 --- a/examples/example_win32_directx11/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_win32_directx11/main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for DirectX 11 -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_win32.h" diff --git a/examples/example_win32_directx12/main.cpp b/examples/example_win32_directx12/main.cpp index 4c11158d..b146129e 100644 --- a/examples/example_win32_directx12/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_win32_directx12/main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for DirectX 12 -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp // Important: to compile on 32-bit systems, the DirectX12 backend requires code to be compiled with '#define ImTextureID ImU64'. // This is because we need ImTextureID to carry a 64-bit value and by default ImTextureID is defined as void*. diff --git a/examples/example_win32_directx9/main.cpp b/examples/example_win32_directx9/main.cpp index 1a662546..f36b3ea5 100644 --- a/examples/example_win32_directx9/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_win32_directx9/main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for DirectX 9 -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_dx9.h" diff --git a/examples/example_win32_opengl3/main.cpp b/examples/example_win32_opengl3/main.cpp index 3b7d8201..594931dc 100644 --- a/examples/example_win32_opengl3/main.cpp +++ b/examples/example_win32_opengl3/main.cpp @@ -1,8 +1,12 @@ // Dear ImGui: standalone example application for Win32 + OpenGL 3 -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs -// This is provided for completeness, however it is strogly recommended you use OpenGL with SDL or GLFW. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp + +// This is provided for completeness, however it is strongly recommended you use OpenGL with SDL or GLFW. #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h" @@ -34,9 +38,9 @@ int main(int, char**) { // Create application window //ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableDpiAwareness(); - WNDCLASSEXW wc = { sizeof(wc), CS_OWNDC, WndProc, 0L, 0L, GetModuleHandle(NULL), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, L"ImGui Example", NULL }; + WNDCLASSEXW wc = { sizeof(wc), CS_OWNDC, WndProc, 0L, 0L, GetModuleHandle(nullptr), nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, L"ImGui Example", nullptr }; ::RegisterClassExW(&wc); - HWND hwnd = ::CreateWindowW(wc.lpszClassName, L"Dear ImGui Win32+OpenGL3 Example", WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW, 100, 100, 1280, 800, NULL, NULL, wc.hInstance, NULL); + HWND hwnd = ::CreateWindowW(wc.lpszClassName, L"Dear ImGui Win32+OpenGL3 Example", WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW, 100, 100, 1280, 800, nullptr, nullptr, wc.hInstance, nullptr); // Initialize OpenGL if (!CreateDeviceWGL(hwnd, &g_MainWindow)) @@ -70,7 +74,7 @@ int main(int, char**) // Load Fonts // - If no fonts are loaded, dear imgui will use the default font. You can also load multiple fonts and use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to select them. // - AddFontFromFileTTF() will return the ImFont* so you can store it if you need to select the font among multiple. - // - If the file cannot be loaded, the function will return NULL. Please handle those errors in your application (e.g. use an assertion, or display an error and quit). + // - If the file cannot be loaded, the function will return a nullptr. Please handle those errors in your application (e.g. use an assertion, or display an error and quit). // - The fonts will be rasterized at a given size (w/ oversampling) and stored into a texture when calling ImFontAtlas::Build()/GetTexDataAsXXXX(), which ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame below will call. // - Use '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE' in your imconfig file to use Freetype for higher quality font rendering. // - Read 'docs/FONTS.md' for more instructions and details. @@ -80,8 +84,8 @@ int main(int, char**) //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../misc/fonts/DroidSans.ttf", 16.0f); //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../misc/fonts/Roboto-Medium.ttf", 16.0f); //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../misc/fonts/Cousine-Regular.ttf", 15.0f); - //ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("c:\\Windows\\Fonts\\ArialUni.ttf", 18.0f, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); - //IM_ASSERT(font != NULL); + //ImFont* font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("c:\\Windows\\Fonts\\ArialUni.ttf", 18.0f, nullptr, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); + //IM_ASSERT(font != nullptr); // Our state bool show_demo_window = true; @@ -95,7 +99,7 @@ int main(int, char**) // Poll and handle messages (inputs, window resize, etc.) // See the WndProc() function below for our to dispatch events to the Win32 backend. MSG msg; - while (::PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0U, 0U, PM_REMOVE)) + while (::PeekMessage(&msg, nullptr, 0U, 0U, PM_REMOVE)) { ::TranslateMessage(&msg); ::DispatchMessage(&msg); @@ -196,7 +200,7 @@ bool CreateDeviceWGL(HWND hWnd, WGL_WindowData* data) void CleanupDeviceWGL(HWND hWnd, WGL_WindowData* data) { - wglMakeCurrent(NULL, NULL); + wglMakeCurrent(nullptr, nullptr); ::ReleaseDC(hWnd, data->hDC); } diff --git a/imconfig.h b/imconfig.h index 876cf32f..d556cbaf 100644 --- a/imconfig.h +++ b/imconfig.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI +// DEAR IMGUI COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS // Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. // You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ // You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp // files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. // Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. -// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. +// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp file to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #pragma once @@ -26,21 +26,21 @@ //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) -//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. +//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to clean your code of obsolete function/names. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87: disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This will be folded into IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS in a few versions. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87+ disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This is automatically done by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS. //---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows/tools. // It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows and debug tool during development. They are extremely useful in day to day work. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowStackToolWindow() will be empty (this was called IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW before 1.88). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowIDStackToolWindow() will be empty. //---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a) -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, IME). //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. @@ -50,21 +50,24 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available //---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience +// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included. //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H +//#define IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME "my_folder/my_imgui_user.h" //---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) //#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR -//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) +//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support Unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) //#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 //---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version // By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. //#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" //#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" -//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if enabled +//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION // only disabled if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined. //---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) // Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h. @@ -75,6 +78,12 @@ // On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +//---- Use FreeType+lunasvg library to render OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT) +// Requires lunasvg headers to be available in the include path + program to be linked with the lunasvg library (not provided). +// Only works in combination with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE. +// (implementation is based on Freetype's rsvg-port.c which is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement) +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + //---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default) // The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE @@ -105,7 +114,7 @@ //typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); //#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback -//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger +//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger (we provide a default implementation of this in the codebase) // (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() @@ -113,10 +122,10 @@ //---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts //#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID -//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files. +//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace from anywhere (e.g. your own sources/header files) /* namespace ImGui { - void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v); + void MyFunction(const char* name, MyMatrix44* mtx); } */ diff --git a/imgui.cpp b/imgui.cpp index 39fcd707..e406a9f1 100644 --- a/imgui.cpp +++ b/imgui.cpp @@ -1,32 +1,33 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.7 +// dear imgui, v1.90.1 // (main code and documentation) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq -// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - See links below. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. -// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. +// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments. // Resources: -// - FAQ http://dearimgui.com/faq +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started // - Homepage https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6478 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) -// - Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Tests & Automation https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine -// Getting Started? -// - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started -// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: -// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there. +// Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. // See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). // This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance. -// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com". -// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page. +// Businesses: you can support continued development via B2B invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. +// PLEASE reach out at omar AT dearimgui DOT com. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors +// Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine. // It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library. // Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without @@ -87,7 +88,7 @@ CODE // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS // [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW // [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW -// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL) */ @@ -109,9 +110,10 @@ CODE - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. - Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes: + Designed primarily for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! + Some of the current weaknesses (which we aim to address in the future) includes: - - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. + - Doesn't look fancy. - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. @@ -190,9 +192,11 @@ CODE READ FIRST ---------- - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) - - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or - destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. + - Your code creates the UI every frame of your application loop, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! + The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or destruction steps, less superfluous + data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features. + Or browse https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html for interactive web version. - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build. - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori). You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki. @@ -200,18 +204,38 @@ CODE For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI, where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches. - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. - - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings. - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected). If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert. - - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace. - - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. - See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. - However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase. - - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!). + - This codebase aims to be highly optimized: + - A typical idle frame should never call malloc/free. + - We rely on a maximum of constant-time or O(N) algorithms. Limiting searches/scans as much as possible. + - We put particular energy in making sure performances are decent with typical "Debug" build settings as well. + Which mean we tend to avoid over-relying on "zero-cost abstraction" as they aren't zero-cost at all. + - This codebase aims to be both highly opinionated and highly flexible: + - This code works because of the things it choose to solve or not solve. + - C++: this is a pragmatic C-ish codebase: we don't use fancy C++ features, we don't include C++ headers, + and ImGui:: is a namespace. We rarely use member functions (and when we did, I am mostly regretting it now). + This is to increase compatibility, increase maintainability and facilitate use from other languages. + - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. + See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. + We can can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4 using IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, which we use internally. + - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction + (so don't use ImVector in your code or at our own risk!). + - Building: We don't use nor mandate a build system for the main library. + This is in an effort to ensure that it works in the real world aka with any esoteric build setup. + This is also because providing a build system for the main library would be of little-value. + The build problems are almost never coming from the main library but from specific backends. HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI ---------------------------------------------- + - Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file. + - About imconfig.h: + - You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it. + - or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest. + - or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to + specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one. + - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h) - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master". - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file. @@ -220,11 +244,12 @@ CODE from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file. - - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date. + - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date! GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE --------------------------------------------------------------- + - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder. - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. @@ -332,7 +357,7 @@ CODE To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application, you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! - Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this! + Please read the FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" about this. HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE @@ -399,9 +424,38 @@ CODE When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. + - 2023/12/19 (1.90.1) - commented out obsolete ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter redirection to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter. + - 2023/11/06 (1.90.1) - removed CalcListClipping() marked obsolete in 1.86. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. + - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - imgui_freetype: commented out ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas() obsoleted in 1.81. prefer using #define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE or see commented code for manual calls. + - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - internals,columns: commented out legacy ImGuiColumnsFlags_XXX symbols redirecting to ImGuiOldColumnsFlags_XXX, obsoleted from imgui_internal.h in 1.80. + - 2023/11/09 (1.90.0) - removed IM_OFFSETOF() macro in favor of using offsetof() available in C++11. Kept redirection define (will obsolete). + - 2023/11/07 (1.90.0) - removed BeginChildFrame()/EndChildFrame() in favor of using BeginChild() with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + those functions were merely PushStyle/PopStyle helpers, the removal isn't so much motivated by needing to add the feature in BeginChild(), but by the necessity to avoid BeginChildFrame() signature mismatching BeginChild() signature and features. + - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: upgraded 'bool border = true' parameter to 'ImGuiChildFlags flags' type, added ImGuiChildFlags_Border equivalent. As with our prior "bool-to-flags" API updates, the ImGuiChildFlags_Border value is guaranteed to be == true forever to ensure a smoother transition, meaning all existing calls will still work. + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, true) + - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border) + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, false) + - new: BeginChild("Name", size) or BeginChild("Name", 0) or BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None) + - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: added child-flag ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding as a replacement for the window-flag ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow. + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); + - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding, 0); + - 2023/09/27 (1.90.0) - io: removed io.MetricsActiveAllocations introduced in 1.63. Same as 'g.DebugMemAllocCount - g.DebugMemFreeCount' (still displayed in Metrics, unlikely to be accessed by end-user). + - 2023/09/26 (1.90.0) - debug tools: Renamed ShowStackToolWindow() ("Stack Tool") to ShowIDStackToolWindow() ("ID Stack Tool"), as earlier name was misleading. Kept inline redirection function. (#4631) + - 2023/09/15 (1.90.0) - ListBox, Combo: changed signature of "name getter" callback in old one-liner ListBox()/Combo() apis. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - old: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...) + - new: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...); + - old: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getting)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...); + - new: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...); + - 2023/09/08 (1.90.0) - commented out obsolete redirecting functions: + - GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -> use GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x. Consider that generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful. + - ImDrawCornerFlags_XXX -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + grep commented names in sources. + - commented out runtime support for hardcoded ~0 or 0x01..0x0F rounding flags values for AddRect()/AddRectFilled()/PathRect()/AddImageRounded() -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + - 2023/08/25 (1.89.9) - clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices() (also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before 1.89.6) to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. Sorry! + - 2023/07/12 (1.89.8) - ImDrawData: CmdLists now owned, changed from ImDrawList** to ImVector. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. Instead use AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878) - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' (called after item) in favor of calling 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' (called before item). 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15). - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap', 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap'. Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete). - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: IsItemHovered() now by default return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Use ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to revert to old behavior. + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: Selectable and TreeNode don't allow overlap when active so overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610) - 2023/06/20 (1.89.7) - moved io.HoverDelayShort/io.HoverDelayNormal to style.HoverDelayShort/style.HoverDelayNormal. As the fields were added in 1.89 and expected to be left unchanged by most users, or only tweaked once during app initialization, we are exceptionally accepting the breakage. - 2023/05/30 (1.89.6) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h". This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3. - 2023/05/22 (1.89.6) - listbox: commented out obsolete/redirecting functions that were marked obsolete more than two years ago: @@ -805,11 +859,12 @@ CODE Q: Where is the documentation? A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++. - - Run the examples/ and explore them. + - Run the examples/ applications and explore them. + - Read Getting Started (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide. - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output. - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h. - - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the + - 20+ standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application. - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links. - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful. @@ -825,14 +880,14 @@ CODE ================ Q: How to get started? - A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. + A: Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application? A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. - Q. How can I enable keyboard controls? - Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) + Q. How can I enable keyboard or gamepad controls? + Q: How can I use this on a machine without mouse, keyboard or screen? (input share, remote display) Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries... @@ -847,7 +902,7 @@ CODE - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? - How can I have multiple windows with the same label? Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work? - Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? + Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2? Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq @@ -875,12 +930,12 @@ CODE ============== Q: How can I help? - A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! + A: - Businesses: please reach out to "omar AT dearimgui DOT com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts. - This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people working on this project. - - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README. - - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt - and see how you want to help and can help! + This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we sustain and grow work on this project. + Also see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors + - Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine. + - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, and see how you want to help and can help! - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. @@ -906,11 +961,7 @@ CODE // System includes #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) @@ -1011,7 +1062,6 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow(); static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); // Settings @@ -1047,7 +1097,6 @@ static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer); -static void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); // Error Checking and Debug Tools @@ -1055,6 +1104,7 @@ static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); static void UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); +static void UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor(); // Inputs static void UpdateKeyboardInputs(); @@ -1064,7 +1114,7 @@ static void UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt); // Misc static void UpdateSettings(); -static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); +static int UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); @@ -1141,7 +1191,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) - CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell + CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows. TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -1153,6 +1203,8 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + TabBarBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. + TableAngledHeadersAngle = 35.0f * (IM_PI / 180.0f); // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50 degrees to +50 degrees). ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. @@ -1172,8 +1224,8 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() HoverStationaryDelay = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary. HoverDelayShort = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay. HoverDelayNormal = 0.40f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). " - HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse. - HoverFlagsForTooltipNav = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad. + HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse. + HoverFlagsForTooltipNav = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad. // Default theme ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); @@ -1183,30 +1235,30 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() // Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times. void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) { - WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor); - WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor); - WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); - ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor); - PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor); - FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor); - FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor); - ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); - ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); - CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor); - TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); - IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); - ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); - ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor); - ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); - GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); - GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor); - LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); - TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); - TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; - SeparatorTextPadding = ImFloor(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor); - DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); - DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); - MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); + WindowPadding = ImTrunc(WindowPadding * scale_factor); + WindowRounding = ImTrunc(WindowRounding * scale_factor); + WindowMinSize = ImTrunc(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); + ChildRounding = ImTrunc(ChildRounding * scale_factor); + PopupRounding = ImTrunc(PopupRounding * scale_factor); + FramePadding = ImTrunc(FramePadding * scale_factor); + FrameRounding = ImTrunc(FrameRounding * scale_factor); + ItemSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); + ItemInnerSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); + CellPadding = ImTrunc(CellPadding * scale_factor); + TouchExtraPadding = ImTrunc(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); + IndentSpacing = ImTrunc(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); + ColumnsMinSpacing = ImTrunc(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); + ScrollbarSize = ImTrunc(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor); + ScrollbarRounding = ImTrunc(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); + GrabMinSize = ImTrunc(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); + GrabRounding = ImTrunc(GrabRounding * scale_factor); + LogSliderDeadzone = ImTrunc(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); + TabRounding = ImTrunc(TabRounding * scale_factor); + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; + SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor); + DisplayWindowPadding = ImTrunc(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImTrunc(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); + MouseCursorScale = ImTrunc(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); } ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() @@ -1262,6 +1314,7 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers. BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; + PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); @@ -1341,13 +1394,15 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) } } -// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? -void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() +// Clear all incoming events. +void ImGuiIO::ClearEventsQueue() { - InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + g.InputEventsQueue.clear(); } -// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? +// Clear current keyboard/mouse/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons. void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -1368,8 +1423,18 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f; } MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f; + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); // Behavior of old ClearInputCharacters(). } +// Removed this as it is ambiguous/misleading and generally incorrect to use with the existence of a higher-level input queue. +// Current frame character buffer is now also cleared by ClearInputKeys(). +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() +{ + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); +} +#endif + static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; @@ -1481,7 +1546,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) return; // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs() - ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(y) : y); + ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(y) : y); // Filter duplicate const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos); @@ -1495,7 +1560,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x; e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y; - e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; + e.MousePos.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } @@ -1519,7 +1584,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down) e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button; e.MouseButton.Down = down; - e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; + e.MouseButton.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } @@ -1822,13 +1887,15 @@ const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) // and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are // designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION #define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME #include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME #else #include "stb_sprintf.h" #endif -#endif +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf @@ -1870,21 +1937,9 @@ int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; va_list args; va_start(args, fmt); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - { - const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s" - *out_buf = buf; - if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); } - } - else - { - int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); - *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; - if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } - } + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(out_buf, out_buf_end, fmt, args); va_end(args); } @@ -1894,9 +1949,23 @@ void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) { const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s" + if (buf == NULL) + buf = "(null)"; *out_buf = buf; if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); } } + else if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '*' && fmt[3] == 's' && fmt[4] == 0) + { + int buf_len = va_arg(args, int); // Skip formatting when using "%.*s" + const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); + if (buf == NULL) + { + buf = "(null)"; + buf_len = ImMin(buf_len, 6); + } + *out_buf = buf; + *out_buf_end = buf + buf_len; // Disallow not passing 'out_buf_end' here. User is expected to use it. + } else { int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); @@ -1989,8 +2058,9 @@ ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32! const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0); const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0); - ImVector buf; - buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.TempBuffer.reserve((filename_wsize + mode_wsize) * sizeof(wchar_t)); + wchar_t* buf = (wchar_t*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data; ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize); ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize); return ::_wfopen((const wchar_t*)&buf[0], (const wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); @@ -2225,6 +2295,18 @@ int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_e } return bytes_count; } + +const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr) +{ + while (in_text_curr > in_text_start) + { + in_text_curr--; + if ((*in_text_curr & 0xC0) != 0x80) + return in_text_curr; + } + return in_text_start; +} + IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2420,11 +2502,9 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val) { ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_i = val; + else + it->val_i = val; } void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) @@ -2436,22 +2516,18 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) { ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_f = val; + else + it->val_f = val; } void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val) { ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_p = val; + else + it->val_p = val; } void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) @@ -2511,16 +2587,15 @@ void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() input_range.split(',', &Filters); CountGrep = 0; - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters) { - ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0])) f.b++; while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1])) f.e--; if (f.empty()) continue; - if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-') + if (f.b[0] != '-') CountGrep += 1; } } @@ -2533,9 +2608,8 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const if (text == NULL) text = ""; - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters) { - const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; if (f.empty()) continue; if (f.b[0] == '-') @@ -2644,8 +2718,6 @@ void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper -// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed -// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell. @@ -2656,54 +2728,6 @@ static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping() return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems); } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -// Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. -// This legacy API is not ideal because it assumes we will return a single contiguous rectangle. -// Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges. -void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.LogEnabled) - { - // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping - *out_items_display_start = 0; - *out_items_display_end = items_count; - return; - } - if (GetSkipItemForListClipping()) - { - *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0; - return; - } - - // We create the union of the ClipRect and the scoring rect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect - // We don't include g.NavId's rectangle in there (unless g.NavJustMovedToId is set) because the rectangle enlargement can get costly. - ImRect rect = window->ClipRect; - if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) - rect.Add(g.NavScoringNoClipRect); - if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId) - rect.Add(WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0])); // Could store and use NavJustMovedToRectRel - - const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - int start = (int)((rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); - int end = (int)((rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); - - // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to - // FIXME: Verify this works with tabbing - const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); - if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) - start--; - if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) - end++; - - start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count); - end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count); - *out_items_display_start = start; - *out_items_display_end = end; -} -#endif - static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector& ranges, int offset = 0) { if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1) @@ -2823,7 +2847,7 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::End() ItemsCount = -1; } -void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) +void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end) { ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData; IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet. @@ -2906,7 +2930,7 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); if (is_nav_request) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); - if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount)); // Add focused/active item @@ -2924,26 +2948,28 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping. // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list, // which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted. - for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++) - if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert) + for (ImGuiListClipperRange& range : data->Ranges) + if (range.PosToIndexConvert) { - int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); - int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); - data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); - data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); - data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false; + int m1 = (int)(((double)range.Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); + int m2 = (int)((((double)range.Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); + range.Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); + range.Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMax, range.Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + range.PosToIndexConvert = false; } ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo); } // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line. - if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + while (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) { clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart); data->StepNo++; + if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + continue; return true; } @@ -3028,7 +3054,8 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); - g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx) + g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); } void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) @@ -3038,7 +3065,8 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); - g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx) + g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; } void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) @@ -3060,34 +3088,35 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize) },// ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize)},// ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding }; const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) @@ -3365,7 +3394,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con // Render text, render ellipsis RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y)); + ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y)); if (ellipsis_pos.x + ellipsis_width <= ellipsis_max_x) for (int i = 0; i < font->EllipsisCharCount; i++, ellipsis_pos.x += font->EllipsisCharStep * font_scale) font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ellipsis_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), font->EllipsisChar); @@ -3442,13 +3471,12 @@ void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCurso ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor. ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) continue; - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; const float scale = base_scale; if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale))) @@ -3576,8 +3604,11 @@ void ImGui::Initialize() // This function is merely here to free heap allocations. void ImGui::Shutdown() { - // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Platform backend?"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendRendererUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Renderer backend?"); + + // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) { g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; @@ -3615,6 +3646,7 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown() g.FontStack.clear(); g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); + g.NavTreeNodeStack.clear(); g.Viewports.clear_delete(); @@ -3666,9 +3698,9 @@ void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) - g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; + for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks) + if (hook.HookId == hook_id) + hook.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; } // Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) @@ -3676,9 +3708,9 @@ void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) - g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); + for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks) + if (hook.Type == hook_type) + hook.Callback(&g, &hook); } @@ -3899,6 +3931,8 @@ void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LockMarkEdited > 0) + return; if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0) { g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; @@ -3941,13 +3975,21 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flag static inline float CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) - return g.Style.HoverDelayShort; if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) return g.Style.HoverDelayNormal; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) + return g.Style.HoverDelayShort; return 0.0f; } +static ImGuiHoveredFlags ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(ImGuiHoveredFlags user_flags, ImGuiHoveredFlags shared_flags) +{ + // Allow instance flags to override shared flags + if (user_flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + shared_flags &= ~(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + return user_flags | shared_flags; +} + // This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() // - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() // - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId @@ -3965,7 +4007,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) return false; if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) - flags |= g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav; + flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav); } else { @@ -3975,7 +4017,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) return false; if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) - flags |= g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse; + flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse); IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function @@ -4010,7 +4052,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) return false; // Test if using AllowOverlap and overlapped - if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemflags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0) + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0) if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) == 0) if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID) return false; @@ -4042,7 +4084,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) // Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). // (this does not rely on LastItemData it can be called from a ButtonBehavior() call not following an ItemAdd() call) // FIXME-LEGACY: the 'ImGuiItemFlags item_flags' parameter was added on 2023-06-28. -// If you used this ii your legacy/custom widgets code: +// If you used this in your legacy/custom widgets code: // - Commonly: if your ItemHoverable() call comes after an ItemAdd() call: pass 'item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags'. // - Rare: otherwise you may pass 'item_flags = 0' (ImGuiItemFlags_None) unless you want to benefit from special behavior handled by ItemHoverable. bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags) @@ -4078,7 +4120,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flag // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. // This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. Generally perceived as a front-to-back hit-test. - if (item_flags & ImGuiItemflags_AllowOverlap) + if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) { g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) @@ -4164,20 +4206,51 @@ float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) // IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc() void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) { + void* ptr = (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; - return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); + DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, size); +#endif + return ptr; } // IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) { - if (ptr) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (ptr != NULL) if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; + DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, (size_t)-1); +#endif return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); } +// We record the number of allocation in recent frames, as a way to audit/sanitize our guiding principles of "no allocations on idle/repeating frames" +void ImGui::DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size) +{ + ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx]; + IM_UNUSED(ptr); + if (entry->FrameCount != frame_count) + { + info->LastEntriesIdx = (info->LastEntriesIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf); + entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx]; + entry->FrameCount = frame_count; + entry->AllocCount = entry->FreeCount = 0; + } + if (size != (size_t)-1) + { + entry->AllocCount++; + info->TotalAllocCount++; + //printf("[%05d] MemAlloc(%d) -> 0x%p\n", frame_count, size, ptr); + } + else + { + entry->FreeCount++; + info->TotalFreeCount++; + //printf("[%05d] MemFree(0x%p)\n", frame_count, ptr); + } +} + const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -4220,33 +4293,33 @@ int ImGui::GetFrameCount() return GImGui->FrameCount; } -static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) +static ImDrawList* GetViewportBgFgDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) { // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawLists)); - ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no]; + IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->BgFgDrawLists)); + ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no]; if (draw_list == NULL) { draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData); draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name; - viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; + viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; } // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command - if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) + if (viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) { draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame(); draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false); - viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; + viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; } return draw_list; } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); + return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() @@ -4257,7 +4330,7 @@ ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); + return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() @@ -4455,12 +4528,11 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() } // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app) - if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) - io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); - else - io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) // Manual override + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; @@ -4511,8 +4583,8 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + virtual_space.Add(viewport->GetMainRect()); g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); @@ -4527,11 +4599,8 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it. - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataP.Clear(); - } + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + viewport->DrawDataP.Valid = false; // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) @@ -4677,9 +4746,8 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; window->WasActive = window->Active; window->Active = false; window->WriteAccessed = false; @@ -4695,9 +4763,9 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++) if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time) TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)); - for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempData.Size; i++) - if (g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempData[i]); + for (ImGuiTableTempData& table_temp_data : g.TablesTempData) + if (table_temp_data.LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && table_temp_data.LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&table_temp_data); if (g.GcCompactAll) GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); g.GcCompactAll = false; @@ -4717,12 +4785,17 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // [DEBUG] Update debug features UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); + UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor(); if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0) - g.DebugLocateId = 0; - if (g.DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames == 0) { - DebugLog("(Auto-disabled ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper to avoid spamming)\n"); - g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper; + g.DebugLocateId = 0; + g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false; + } + if (g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames == 0) + { + DebugLog("(Debug Log: Auto-disabled some ImGuiDebugLogFlags after 2 frames)\n"); + g.DebugLogFlags &= ~g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags; + g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None; } // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. @@ -4771,53 +4844,17 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, Im } } -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) -{ - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) - return; - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) - return; - - // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. - // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); - if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) - IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - - // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) - // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: - // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. - // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. - // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: - // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. - // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. - // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. - // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. - // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: - // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); - // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. - // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. - // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching - // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. - if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); - - out_list->push_back(draw_list); -} - static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); - for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (window->DrawList->_Splitter._Count > 1) + window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); // Merge if user forgot to merge back. Also required in Docking branch for ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost windows. + ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); + for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows) if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer); - } } static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -4831,42 +4868,41 @@ static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window)); } -void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() +static void FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(ImDrawDataBuilder* builder) { - int n = Layers[0].Size; - int size = n; - for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) - size += Layers[i].Size; - Layers[0].resize(size); - for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) + int n = builder->Layers[0]->Size; + int full_size = n; + for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); i++) + full_size += builder->Layers[i]->Size; + builder->Layers[0]->resize(full_size); + for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); layer_n++) { - ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; - if (layer.empty()) + ImVector* layer = builder->Layers[layer_n]; + if (layer->empty()) continue; - memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); - n += layer.Size; - layer.resize(0); + memcpy(builder->Layers[0]->Data + n, layer->Data, layer->Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); + n += layer->Size; + layer->resize(0); } } -static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector* draw_lists) +static void InitViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0] = &draw_data->CmdLists; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1] = &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.LayerData1; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]->resize(0); + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1]->resize(0); + draw_data->Valid = true; - draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; - draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; + draw_data->CmdListsCount = 0; draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos; draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size; draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; - for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) - { - ImDrawList* draw_list = draw_lists->Data[n]; - draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); - draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; - draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; - } + draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport; } // Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering. @@ -4905,14 +4941,14 @@ static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindow->DrawList; if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); - draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // Ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // FIXME: Need to stricty ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged (ElemCount==6 checks below will verify that) draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col); ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6); draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd); - draw_list->PopClipRect(); draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command. + draw_list->PopClipRect(); } } @@ -5043,9 +5079,8 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0); g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it continue; AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window); @@ -5060,6 +5095,7 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; g.IO.AppFocusLost = false; g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); @@ -5077,32 +5113,30 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) EndFrame(); - const bool first_render_of_frame = (g.FrameCountRendered != g.FrameCount); + if (g.FrameCountRendered == g.FrameCount) + return; g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; - g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre); - // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport) - for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); - if (viewport->DrawLists[0] != NULL) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); - } - // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds - if (first_render_of_frame) - RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); + RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); + + // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + { + InitViewportDrawData(viewport); + if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[0] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); + } // Add ImDrawList to render ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL; windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL); - for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1]) AddRootWindowToDrawData(window); @@ -5112,22 +5146,25 @@ void ImGui::Render() AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder); // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) - if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); + if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[1] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); - SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]); + // We call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() last thing, as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch). ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + IM_ASSERT(draw_data->CmdLists.Size == draw_data->CmdListsCount); + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : draw_data->CmdLists) + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount; g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount; } @@ -5158,7 +5195,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_tex // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g. // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html - text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f); + text_size.x = IM_TRUNC(text_size.x + 0.99999f); return text_size; } @@ -5188,12 +5225,8 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() continue; // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always) - ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped); - if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - bb.Expand(padding_regular); - else - bb.Expand(padding_for_resize); - if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + ImVec2 hit_padding = (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? padding_regular : padding_for_resize; + if (!window->OuterRectClipped.ContainsWithPad(g.IO.MousePos, hit_padding)) continue; // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window @@ -5278,6 +5311,9 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; } +// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, +// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! +// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5314,7 +5350,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() void ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemflags_AllowOverlap; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap; } #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS @@ -5365,40 +5401,105 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize(); } -bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +// Prior to v1.90 2023/10/16, the BeginChild() function took a 'bool border = false' parameter instead of 'ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0'. +// ImGuiChildFlags_Border is defined as always == 1 in order to allow old code passing 'true'. +bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) +{ + ImGuiID id = GetCurrentWindow()->GetID(str_id); + return BeginChildEx(str_id, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) +{ + return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; - flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag + // Sanity check as it is likely that some user will accidentally pass ImGuiWindowFlags into the ImGuiChildFlags argument. + const ImGuiChildFlags ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_ = ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle; + IM_UNUSED(ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_); + IM_ASSERT((child_flags & ~ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_) == 0 && "Illegal ImGuiChildFlags value. Did you pass ImGuiWindowFlags values instead of ImGuiChildFlags?"); + IM_ASSERT((window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0 && "Cannot specify ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize for BeginChild(). Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!"); + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) + { + IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0 && "Cannot use ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!"); + IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) != 0 && "Must use ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!"); + } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) + child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding; +#endif + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX; + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY; - // Size - const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); - ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); - const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); - if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too many issues) - if (size.y <= 0.0f) - size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); + // Set window flags + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; + window_flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag + if (child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; + if ((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + // Special framed style + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, g.Style.FrameRounding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, g.Style.FrameBorderSize); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.FramePadding); + child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding; + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + } + + // Forward child flags + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags; + g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags = child_flags; + + // Forward size + // Important: Begin() has special processing to switch condition to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver for a given axis when ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeXXX is set. + // (the alternative would to store conditional flags per axis, which is possible but more code) + const ImVec2 size_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); + const ImVec2 size_default((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) ? 0.0f : size_avail.x, (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) ? 0.0f : size_avail.y); + const ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, size_default.x, size_default.y); SetNextWindowSize(size); // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. + // FIXME: 2023/11/14: commented out shorted version. We had an issue with multiple ### in child window path names, which the trailing hash helped workaround. + // e.g. "ParentName###ParentIdentifier/ChildName###ChildIdentifier" would get hashed incorrectly by ImHashStr(), trailing _%08X somehow fixes it. const char* temp_window_name; + /*if (name && parent_window->IDStack.back() == parent_window->ID) + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s", parent_window->Name, name); // May omit ID if in root of ID stack + else*/ if (name) ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); else ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + // Set style const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; - if (!border) + if ((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_Border) == 0) g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags); + + // Begin into window + const bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, window_flags); + + // Restore style g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle) + { + PopStyleVar(3); + PopStyleColor(); + } ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; child_window->ChildId = id; - child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises; // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually. // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do. @@ -5406,11 +5507,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame - // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigatable items or (B) it can be scrolled. + // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigable items or (B) it can be scrolled. const ImGuiID temp_id_for_activation = ImHashStr("##Child", 0, id); if (g.ActiveId == temp_id_for_activation) ClearActiveID(); - if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)) + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)) { FocusWindow(child_window); NavInitWindow(child_window, false); @@ -5420,50 +5521,29 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b return ret; } -bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - void ImGui::EndChild() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); - IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls + IM_ASSERT(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls g.WithinEndChild = true; - if (window->BeginCount > 1) + ImVec2 child_size = child_window->Size; + End(); + if (child_window->BeginCount == 1) { - End(); - } - else - { - ImVec2 sz = window->Size; - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f - sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x); - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) - sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y); - End(); - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); - ItemSize(sz); - if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + child_size); + ItemSize(child_size); + if ((child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) { - ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); + ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, child_window->ChildId); // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying) - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) + if (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && child_window == g.NavWindow) RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); } else @@ -5472,36 +5552,16 @@ void ImGui::EndChild() ItemAdd(bb, 0); // But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) - parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; + if (child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; } - if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + if (g.HoveredWindow == child_window) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; } g.WithinEndChild = false; g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return } -// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. -bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); - bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags); - PopStyleVar(3); - PopStyleColor(); - return ret; -} - -void ImGui::EndChildFrame() -{ - EndChild(); -} - static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled) { window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags); @@ -5523,9 +5583,9 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name) static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) { - window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y)); + window->Pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y)); if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0) - window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; } @@ -5558,6 +5618,7 @@ static void InitOrLoadWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* s // Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60); + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0, 0); window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; if (settings != NULL) @@ -5606,13 +5667,34 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) return window; } +static inline ImVec2 CalcWindowMinSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // Popups, menus and childs bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) + // FIXME: the if/else could probably be removed, "reduce artifacts" section for all windows. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 size_min; + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + { + size_min.x = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f; + size_min.y = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f; + } + else + { + ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window; + size_min.x = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f; + size_min.y = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f; + size_min.y = ImMax(size_min.y, window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows + } + return size_min; +} + static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 new_size = size_desired; if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) { - // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. + // See comments in SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() for details about setting size_min an size_max. ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect; new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x; new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y; @@ -5626,19 +5708,13 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data); new_size = data.DesiredSize; } - new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x); - new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y); + new_size.x = IM_TRUNC(new_size.x); + new_size.y = IM_TRUNC(new_size.y); } // Minimum size - if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))) - { - ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window; - new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); - const float minimum_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f); - new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, minimum_height); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows - } - return new_size; + ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window); + return ImMax(new_size, size_min); } static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal) @@ -5655,10 +5731,10 @@ static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_cur return; } - content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); - content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); - content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); - content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); } static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) @@ -5677,14 +5753,9 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont else { // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size - const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0; - const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0; - ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize; - if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) - size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); - - ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize; - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window); + ImVec2 size_max = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) : ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f; + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, size_max); // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. @@ -5732,7 +5803,7 @@ static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& co *out_size = size_constrained; } -// Data for resizing from corner +// Data for resizing from resize grip / corner struct ImGuiResizeGripDef { ImVec2 CornerPosN; @@ -5750,9 +5821,9 @@ static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = // Data for resizing from borders struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef { - ImVec2 InnerDir; - ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; - float OuterAngle; + ImVec2 InnerDir; // Normal toward inside + ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; // End positions, normalized (0,0: upper left) + float OuterAngle; // Angle toward outside }; static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] = { @@ -5798,7 +5869,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir) // Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad // Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip) -static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) +static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; @@ -5808,10 +5879,9 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. return false; - bool ret_auto_fit = false; - const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0; - const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); - const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); + int ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x00; + const float grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_TRUNC(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f; ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect; @@ -5844,11 +5914,11 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (hovered || held) g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; - if (held && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && resize_grip_n == 0) + if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) { - // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking + // Auto-fit when double-clicking size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - ret_auto_fit = true; + ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x03; // Both axises ClearActiveID(); } else if (held) @@ -5866,8 +5936,16 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered) resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip); } - for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++) + + int resize_border_mask = 0x00; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + resize_border_mask |= ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? 0x02 : 0) | ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? 0x08 : 0); + else + resize_border_mask = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 0x0F : 0x00; + for (int border_n = 0; border_n < 4; border_n++) { + if ((resize_border_mask & (1 << border_n)) == 0) + continue; const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n]; const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; @@ -5876,22 +5954,73 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) - { + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer <= WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) + hovered = false; + if (hovered || held) g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; - if (held) - *border_held = border_n; - } - if (held) + if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) { + // Double-clicking bottom or right border auto-fit on this axis + // FIXME: Support top and right borders: rework CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner() to be reusable in both cases. + if (border_n == 1 || border_n == 3) // Right and bottom border + { + size_target[axis] = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit)[axis]; + ret_auto_fit_mask |= (1 << axis); + hovered = held = false; // So border doesn't show highlighted at new position + } + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (held) + { + // Switch to relative resizing mode when border geometry moved (e.g. resizing a child altering parent scroll), in order to avoid resizing feedback loop. + // Currently only using relative mode on resizable child windows, as the problem to solve is more likely noticeable for them, but could apply for all windows eventually. + // FIXME: May want to generalize this idiom at lower-level, so more widgets can use it! + const bool just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing = (g.WheelingWindow != NULL && g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame == g.FrameCount && IsWindowChildOf(window, g.WheelingWindow, false)); + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated || just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing) + { + g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = border_rect; + g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = false; + } + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && memcmp(&g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect, &border_rect, sizeof(ImRect)) != 0) + g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = true; + + const ImVec2 border_curr = (window->Pos + ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2) * window->Size); + const float border_target_rel_mode_for_axis = border_curr[axis] + g.IO.MouseDelta[axis]; + const float border_target_abs_mode_for_axis = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; // Match ButtonBehavior() padding above. + + // Use absolute mode position + ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; + border_target[axis] = border_target_abs_mode_for_axis; + + // Use relative mode target for child window, ignore resize when moving back toward the ideal absolute position. + bool ignore_resize = false; + if (g.WindowResizeRelativeMode) + { + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(GetMainViewport()->WorkPos, IM_COL32_WHITE, "Relative Mode"); + border_target[axis] = border_target_rel_mode_for_axis; + if (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] == 0.0f || (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] > 0.0f) == (border_target_rel_mode_for_axis > border_target_abs_mode_for_axis)) + ignore_resize = true; + } + + // Clamp, apply ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down || (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up && window_move_from_title_bar) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; - border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); - CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) // Clamp resizing of childs within parent + { + if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar)) == 0 || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) + border_target.x = ImClamp(border_target.x, window->ParentWindow->InnerClipRect.Min.x, window->ParentWindow->InnerClipRect.Max.x); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) + border_target.y = ImClamp(border_target.y, window->ParentWindow->InnerClipRect.Min.y, window->ParentWindow->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + } + if (!ignore_resize) + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target); } + if (hovered) + *border_hovered = border_n; + if (held) + *border_held = border_n; } PopID(); @@ -5917,7 +6046,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); - ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) { // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. @@ -5928,19 +6057,24 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s } // Apply back modified position/size to window - if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->SizeFull = size_target; + const ImVec2 curr_pos = window->Pos; + const ImVec2 curr_size = window->SizeFull; + if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.x != size_target.x || window->SizeFull.x != size_target.x)) + window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = size_target.x; + if (size_target.y != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.y != size_target.y || window->SizeFull.y != size_target.y)) + window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = size_target.y; + if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.x != ImTrunc(pos_target.x)) + window->Pos.x = ImTrunc(pos_target.x); + if (pos_target.y != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.y != ImTrunc(pos_target.y)) + window->Pos.y = ImTrunc(pos_target.y); + if (curr_pos.x != window->Pos.x || curr_pos.y != window->Pos.y || curr_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || curr_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target); - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - window->Size = window->SizeFull; - return ret_auto_fit; + // Recalculate next expected border expected coordinates + if (*border_held != -1) + g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, *border_held, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); + + return ret_auto_fit_mask; } static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) @@ -5952,27 +6086,40 @@ static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_ window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max); } +static void RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, ImU32 border_col, float border_size) +{ + const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n]; + const float rounding = window->WindowRounding; + const ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, rounding, 0.0f); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); + window->DrawList->PathStroke(border_col, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size); +} + static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float rounding = window->WindowRounding; - float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) - window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); - - int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld; - if (border_held != -1) + const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + const ImU32 border_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border); + if (border_size > 0.0f && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground) == 0) + window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, border_col, window->WindowRounding, 0, window->WindowBorderSize); + else if (border_size > 0.0f) { - const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held]; - ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); - window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual + if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) // Similar code as 'resize_border_mask' computation in UpdateWindowManualResize() but we specifically only always draw explicit child resize border. + RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 1, border_col, border_size); + if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) + RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 3, border_col, border_size); + } + if (window->ResizeBorderHovered != -1 || window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) + { + const int border_n = (window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? window->ResizeBorderHeld : window->ResizeBorderHovered; + const ImU32 border_col_resizing = GetColorU32((window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered); + RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, border_n, border_col_resizing, ImMax(2.0f, window->WindowBorderSize)); // Thicker than usual } if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) { float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1; - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), border_col, g.Style.FrameBorderSize); } } @@ -6090,18 +6237,18 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl ImVec2 collapse_button_pos; if (has_close_button) { - pad_r += button_sz; - close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) { - pad_r += button_sz; - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) { - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); - pad_l += button_sz; + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_l += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback) @@ -6191,9 +6338,9 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) return NULL; // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal. - for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) { - ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[i].Window; + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = popup_data.Window; if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) continue; if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows. @@ -6228,6 +6375,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (window_just_created) window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags); + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInWindow == window->ID) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; @@ -6256,6 +6407,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags); window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; + window->ChildFlags = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : 0; window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; @@ -6276,7 +6428,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID); // Add to stack - // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() g.CurrentWindow = window; ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data; window_stack_data.Window = window; @@ -6294,7 +6445,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) } // Add to focus scope stack - PushFocusScope(window->ID); + // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) == 0) + PushFocusScope(window->ID); window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.CurrentWindow = NULL; @@ -6332,6 +6485,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f); window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f); + if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) // Axis-specific conditions for BeginChild() + g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x = window->SizeFull.x; + if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) + g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y = window->SizeFull.y; SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond); } if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) @@ -6431,7 +6588,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) else window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize; window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f); // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size. @@ -6554,7 +6711,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f) ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect); - window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); + window->Pos = ImTrunc(window->Pos); // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. @@ -6587,13 +6744,19 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) #endif // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad - int border_held = -1; + int border_hovered = -1, border_held = -1; ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {}; - const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. - const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const int resize_grip_count = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? 0 : g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. + const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); if (!window->Collapsed) - if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) - use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + if (int auto_fit_mask = UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_hovered, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) + { + if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + } + window->ResizeBorderHovered = (signed char)border_hovered; window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held; // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY @@ -6655,17 +6818,17 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by: // - Begin() initial clip rect float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize); - window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size); - window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImTrunc(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImTrunc(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImTrunc(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImTrunc(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImTrunc(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImTrunc(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize); window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect); // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f); + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(window->Size.x * 0.65f); else - window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f); + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * 16.0f); // SCROLLING @@ -6726,14 +6889,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2))); const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2))); - window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x; window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y; window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; // [LEGACY] Content Region // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. + // Unless explicit content size is specified by user, this currently represent the region leading to no scrolling. // Used by: // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1; @@ -6846,18 +7010,20 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Update visibility if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) { // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow?? - { - const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); - if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request) - if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request) + if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + { + if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + else window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - } + } // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) @@ -6922,7 +7088,8 @@ void ImGui::End() if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) EndColumns(); PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle - PopFocusScope(); + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) == 0) + PopFocusScope(); // Stop logging if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging @@ -7049,6 +7216,7 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags) g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; g.NavFocusScopeId = window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0; g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; // Close popups if any ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); @@ -7096,7 +7264,6 @@ void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWind { // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; - IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); if (window == ignore_window || !window->WasActive) continue; if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) @@ -7294,6 +7461,10 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_b return false; } +// Is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. +// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, +// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! +// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsWindowHovered()!"); @@ -7332,7 +7503,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) // for different windows of the hierarchy. Possibly need a Hash(Current+Flags) ==> (Timer) cache. // We can implement this for _Stationary because the data is linked to HoveredWindow rather than CurrentWindow. if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) - flags |= g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse; + flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse); if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId != ref_window->ID) return false; @@ -7400,7 +7571,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) // Set const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; - window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); + window->Pos = ImTrunc(pos); ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f) return; @@ -7438,18 +7609,22 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond con IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + // Enable auto-fit (not done in BeginChild() path unless appearing or combined with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + // Set ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull; - window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; - window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; if (size.x <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; else - window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); + window->SizeFull.x = IM_TRUNC(size.x); if (size.y <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; else - window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); + window->SizeFull.y = IM_TRUNC(size.y); if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); } @@ -7483,7 +7658,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const I window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos); } -void ImGui::SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window) +void ImGui::SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window) { window->Hidden = window->SkipItems = true; window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; @@ -7549,6 +7724,10 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; } +// For each axis: +// - Use 0.0f as min or FLT_MAX as max if you don't want limits, e.g. size_min = (500.0f, 0.0f), size_max = (FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) sets a minimum width. +// - Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size which itself is a constraint. +// - See "Demo->Examples->Constrained-resizing window" for examples. void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7564,7 +7743,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; - g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size); + g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImTrunc(size); } void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll) @@ -7653,7 +7832,7 @@ void ImGui::FocusItem() return; } - ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect; ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; SetNavWindow(window); NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, ImGuiDir_Up, move_flags, scroll_flags); @@ -7688,7 +7867,7 @@ void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) SetNavWindow(window); - ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight; ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. if (offset == -1) @@ -7775,7 +7954,7 @@ void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) } // Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call -// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. +// (note that when using this pattern, ID Stack Tool will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. // for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more) ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) { @@ -7865,6 +8044,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) // - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal] // - IsMouseDragging() // - GetMousePos() +// - SetMousePos() [Internal] // - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() // - IsMousePosValid() // - IsAnyMouseDown() @@ -7933,11 +8113,13 @@ static const char* const GKeyNames[] = "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H", "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z", "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12", + "F13", "F14", "F15", "F16", "F17", "F18", "F19", "F20", "F21", "F22", "F23", "F24", "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket", "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen", "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6", "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply", "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual", + "AppBack", "AppForward", "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", @@ -7974,7 +8156,7 @@ const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) } // ImGuiMod_Shortcut is translated to either Ctrl or Super. -void ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size) +const char* ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) @@ -7985,6 +8167,7 @@ void ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_ (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "", (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "", GetKeyName((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_))); + return out_buf; } // t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) @@ -8059,11 +8242,15 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt) rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point) + // This is the result of previous frame's SetShortcutRouting() call. if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods) { ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + { owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X) via Routing\n", GetKeyName(key), routing_entry->RoutingCurr); + } } } @@ -8140,22 +8327,25 @@ static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiWindow* location, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputF if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id) return 1; + // Early out when not in focus stack + if (focused == NULL || focused->RootWindow != location->RootWindow) + return 255; + // Score based on distance to focused window (lower is better) // Assuming both windows are submitting a routing request, // - When Window....... is focused -> Window scores 3 (best), Window/ChildB scores 255 (no match) // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4, Window/ChildB scores 3 (best) // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request, // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score. - if (focused != NULL && focused->RootWindow == location->RootWindow) - for (int next_score = 3; focused != NULL; next_score++) + for (int next_score = 3; focused != NULL; next_score++) + { + if (focused == location) { - if (focused == location) - { - IM_ASSERT(next_score < 255); - return next_score; - } - focused = (focused->RootWindow != focused) ? focused->ParentWindow : NULL; // FIXME: This could be later abstracted as a focus path + IM_ASSERT(next_score < 255); + return next_score; } + focused = (focused->RootWindow != focused) ? focused->ParentWindow : NULL; // FIXME: This could be later abstracted as a focus path + } return 255; } @@ -8182,9 +8372,14 @@ bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiI else IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting == key_chord) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused) if (g.NavWindow == NULL) return false; + // Note how ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways won't set routing and thus won't set owner. May want to rework this? if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways) return true; @@ -8248,13 +8443,28 @@ bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) if (t < 0.0f) return false; IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) // Setting any _RepeatXXX option enables _Repeat + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; bool pressed = (t == 0.0f); - if (!pressed && ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)) + if (!pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0) { float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0; + if (pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) + { + // Slightly bias 'key_pressed_time' as DownDuration is an accumulation of DeltaTime which we compare to an absolute time value. + // Ideally we'd replace DownDuration with KeyPressedTime but it would break user's code. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + double key_pressed_time = g.Time - t + 0.00001f; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeTime > key_pressed_time)) + pressed = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime > key_pressed_time)) + pressed = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress) && (g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime > key_pressed_time)) + pressed = false; + } } if (!pressed) return false; @@ -8306,7 +8516,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInput const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; if (t < 0.0f) return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! // FIXME: Could support RepeatRate and RepeatUntil flags here. const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0; const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0); @@ -8340,6 +8550,13 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } +bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); +} + int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8359,9 +8576,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool c if (clip) rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); - // Expand for touch input - const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); - if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + // Hit testing, expanded for touch input + if (!rect_clipped.ContainsWithPad(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)) return false; return true; } @@ -8392,6 +8608,17 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() return g.IO.MousePos; } +// This is called TeleportMousePos() and not SetMousePos() to emphasis that setting MousePosPrev will effectively clear mouse delta as well. +// It is expected you only call this if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) is set and supported by backend. +void ImGui::TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = pos; + g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("TeleportMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); +} + // NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() { @@ -8527,7 +8754,9 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper; } } +#endif + // Import legacy ImGuiNavInput_ io inputs and convert to gamepad keys #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active) @@ -8550,7 +8779,6 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown); #undef NAV_MAP_KEY } -#endif #endif // Update aliases @@ -8559,15 +8787,20 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH); UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel); - // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyXXX values. + // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/etc. values. // - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) -> -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. // - Legacy backends: set io.KeyXXX bools -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. // So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing. + const ImGuiKeyChord prev_key_mods = io.KeyMods; io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys(); io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0; io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0; io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0; io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0; + if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods) + g.LastKeyModsChangeTime = g.Time; + if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods && prev_key_mods == 0) + g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = g.Time; // Clear gamepad data if disabled if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0) @@ -8583,6 +8816,14 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i]; key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration; key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + if (key_data->DownDuration == 0.0f) + { + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET + i); + if (IsKeyboardKey(key)) + g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time; + else if (key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper) + g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time; + } } // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key @@ -8596,6 +8837,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down; // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore } + // Update key routing (for e.g. shortcuts) UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable); } @@ -8613,7 +8855,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos)) - io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos); + io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloor(io.MousePos); // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) @@ -8632,7 +8874,6 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) { io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; @@ -8769,8 +9010,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() { const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); - window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); - window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); + window->Size = ImTrunc(window->Size * scale); + window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(window->SizeFull * scale); } return; } @@ -8806,15 +9047,17 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() { LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.x); float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step); + g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount; } if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y]) { LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.y); float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step); + g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount; } } } @@ -8847,8 +9090,8 @@ static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source) static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MousePos.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseButton.MouseSource)); return; } if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } @@ -8880,6 +9123,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n]; if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { + if (g.IO.WantSetMousePos) + continue; // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted)) @@ -9036,10 +9281,11 @@ bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) // - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it) IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%08X)\n", GetKeyName(key), owner_id, flags); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id; @@ -9081,16 +9327,16 @@ void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags) } } -bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +// This is the only public API until we expose owner_id versions of the API as replacements. +bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) +{ + return IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_None); +} + +// This is equivalent to comparing KeyMods + doing a IsKeyPressed() +bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any. - if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; - if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags)) - return false; - if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); @@ -9101,11 +9347,30 @@ bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); if (key == ImGuiKey_None) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, mods); + if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_))) + return false; + return true; +} - if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)))) +bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + //ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("Shortcut(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%X)\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size), owner_id, flags); + + // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any. + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; + if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags)) + return false; + + // Default repeat behavior for Shortcut() + // So e.g. pressing Ctrl+W and releasing Ctrl while holding W will not trigger the W shortcut. + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange; + + if (!IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, owner_id, flags)) return false; IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! - return true; } @@ -9422,6 +9687,7 @@ void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx) // Advance cursor given item size for layout. // Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation. // See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different. +// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH. void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9441,8 +9707,8 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line - window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_TRUNC(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] @@ -9461,6 +9727,7 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) // Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. // Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface // declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. +// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH (UNTIL THE CLIPPING TEST AND EARLY-RETURN) bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9473,12 +9740,13 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb; g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | extra_flags; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + // Note: we don't copy 'g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData' to an hypothetical g.LastItemData.SelectionUserData: since the former is not cleared. - // Directional navigation processing if (id != 0) { KeepAliveID(id); + // Directional navigation processing // Runs prior to clipping early-out // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests @@ -9490,18 +9758,16 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) { + // FIMXE-NAV: investigate changing the window tests into a simple 'if (g.NavFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)' test. window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) NavProcessItem(); } - - // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". - // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". - // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq - IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); } + + // Lightweight clear of SetNextItemXXX data. g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; g.NextItemData.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; @@ -9511,7 +9777,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu #endif // Clipping test - // (FIXME: This is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value) + // (this is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value) //const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id); //if (is_clipped) // return false; @@ -9523,12 +9789,20 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu // [DEBUG] #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS - if (id != 0 && id == g.DebugLocateId) - DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); -#endif + if (id != 0) + { + if (id == g.DebugLocateId) + DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); + + // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". + // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". + // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq + IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); + } //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] //if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0) // window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG] +#endif // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) if (is_rect_visible) @@ -9541,7 +9815,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu // Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout // offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item // offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left) -// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0 +// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if offset_from_start_x == 0, no spacing if offset_from_start_x != 0 // spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) { @@ -9575,9 +9849,6 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() return window->DC.CursorPos; } -// 2022/08/05: Setting cursor position also extend boundaries (via modifying CursorMaxPos) used to compute window size, group size etc. -// I believe this was is a judicious choice but it's probably being relied upon (it has been the case since 1.31 and 1.50) -// It would be sane if we requested user to use SetCursorPos() + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) to extend CursorMaxPos... void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -9674,14 +9945,18 @@ void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(components > 0); const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); - for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++) - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); - window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one; + float w_items = w_full - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1); + float prev_split = w_items; + for (int i = components - 1; i > 0; i--) + { + float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * i / components); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(ImMax(prev_split - next_split, 1.0f)); + prev_split = next_split; + } + window->DC.ItemWidth = ImMax(prev_split, 1.0f); g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; } @@ -9708,7 +9983,7 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w); } - w = IM_FLOOR(w); + w = IM_TRUNC(w); return w; } @@ -9769,10 +10044,8 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; - return mx; + ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max; + return mx - window->Pos; } // [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features. @@ -9780,9 +10053,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max; return mx; } @@ -9817,6 +10088,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); group_data.WindowID = window->ID; group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine; group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset; @@ -9824,6 +10096,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0; + group_data.BackupIsSameLine = window->DC.IsSameLine; group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; group_data.EmitItem = true; @@ -9850,11 +10123,13 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine; window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent; window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset; window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.IsSameLine = group_data.BackupIsSameLine; if (g.LogEnabled) g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return @@ -9895,7 +10170,8 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; g.GroupStack.pop_back(); - //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] + if (g.DebugShowGroupRects) + window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] } @@ -9934,7 +10210,7 @@ static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) } scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]); } - scroll[axis] = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f)); + scroll[axis] = IM_ROUND(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f)); if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) scroll[axis] = ImMin(scroll[axis], window->ScrollMax[axis]); } @@ -9989,7 +10265,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGui else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX)) { if (can_be_fully_visible_x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f); + SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f); else SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); } @@ -10004,7 +10280,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGui else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY)) { if (can_be_fully_visible_y) - SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f); + SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f); else SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); } @@ -10089,7 +10365,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_TRUNC(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; } @@ -10097,7 +10373,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_TRUNC(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; } @@ -10182,7 +10458,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags ext if (window->Active) { // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. - SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(window); + SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(window); ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); } ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; @@ -10517,7 +10793,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) } // If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup. -// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here. +// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup). +// - *p_open set back to false in BeginPopupModal() when popup is not open. +// - if you set *p_open to false before calling BeginPopupModal(), it will close the popup. bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10526,6 +10804,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags fla if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) { g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + if (p_open && *p_open) + *p_open = false; return false; } @@ -10791,6 +11071,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : ""); g.NavWindow = window; + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); @@ -11010,6 +11291,11 @@ static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result) result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); + if (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + result->SelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData. + } } // True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. @@ -11022,7 +11308,7 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX() } // We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) -// This is called after LastItemData is set. +// This is called after LastItemData is set, but NextItemData is also still valid. static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11058,7 +11344,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { - const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0; + const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0; if (is_tabbing) { NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, g.NavMoveFlags); @@ -11086,6 +11372,11 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.NavIdIsAlive = true; + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData. + } window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) } } @@ -11104,6 +11395,8 @@ void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flag if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) == 0) if (g.NavLayer != g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent) return; + if (g.NavFocusScopeId != g.CurrentFocusScopeId) + return; // - Can always land on an item when using API call. // - Tabbing with _NavEnableKeyboard (space/enter/arrows): goes through every item. @@ -11164,7 +11457,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavM ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId; g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true; @@ -11174,7 +11467,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavM g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags; g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; - g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + g.NavMoveKeyMods = (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) ? 0 : g.IO.KeyMods; g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear(); g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); @@ -11191,6 +11484,19 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } +// Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + g.LastItemData.ID = tree_node_data->ID; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = tree_node_data->InFlags & ~ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; // Losing SelectionUserData, recovered next-frame (cheaper). + g.LastItemData.NavRect = tree_node_data->NavRect; + NavApplyItemToResult(result); // Result this instead of implementing a NavApplyPastTreeNodeToResult() + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11251,6 +11557,7 @@ void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) { ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow; g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests? + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; if (prev_nav_window) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name); } @@ -11337,7 +11644,7 @@ static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() } ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); - return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. + return ImTrunc(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImTrunc() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. } } @@ -11432,8 +11739,8 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() { const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)); const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false))); - const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput)); - const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false))); + const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput)); + const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, false))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false))); if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) { g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; @@ -11480,9 +11787,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) { if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); } // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick @@ -11492,9 +11799,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f; if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); } } @@ -11508,11 +11815,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // Update mouse position if requested // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied) if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) - { - io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - io.WantSetMousePos = true; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); - } + TeleportMousePos(NavCalcPreferredRefPos()); // [DEBUG] g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0; @@ -11546,6 +11849,8 @@ void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult() IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result + if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData; if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } @@ -11599,7 +11904,7 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove; + const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove; if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } @@ -11683,7 +11988,7 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) NavBiasScoringRect(scoring_rect, window->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer], g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveFlags); - IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure we have a non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG] } @@ -11705,14 +12010,13 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest() // Initiate tabbing request // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!) - // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests. // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping. const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; if (nav_keyboard_active) g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; else g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; - ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate; ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down; NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. @@ -11732,7 +12036,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL; // Tabbing forward wrap - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && result == NULL) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && result == NULL) if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID) result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst; @@ -11740,7 +12044,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() const ImGuiAxis axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; if (result == NULL) { - if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight; if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); @@ -11778,12 +12082,15 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name); g.NavWindow = result->Window; + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } if (g.ActiveId != result->ID) ClearActiveID(); - if (g.NavId != result->ID && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0) + + // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) + // PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior. + if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0) { - // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods; @@ -11793,17 +12100,19 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); ImVec2 preferred_scoring_pos_rel = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer]; SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); + if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData; // Restore last preferred position for current axis // (storing in RootWindowForNav-> as the info is desirable at the beginning of a Move Request. In theory all storage should use RootWindowForNav..) - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) == 0) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) == 0) { preferred_scoring_pos_rel[axis] = result->RectRel.GetCenter()[axis]; g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer] = preferred_scoring_pos_rel; } // Tabbing: Activates Inputable, otherwise only Focus - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0) g.NavMoveFlags &= ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate; // Activate @@ -11811,9 +12120,8 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() { g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; - g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight; - if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) - g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState; + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) + g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing; } // Enable nav highlight @@ -11912,14 +12220,14 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove; } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true)) { nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove; } else if (home_pressed) { @@ -12084,6 +12392,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection + // (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext/g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev defaults are ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiKey_Tab and ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiMod_Shift|ImGuiKey_Tab) const ImGuiID owner_id = ImHashStr("###NavUpdateWindowing"); const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; @@ -12185,7 +12494,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) { ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow; @@ -12317,6 +12626,14 @@ void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); } +bool ImGui::BeginTooltipHidden() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool ret = Begin("##Tooltip_Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize); + SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow); + return ret; +} + // When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource() // If the item has an identifier: // - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior). @@ -12419,12 +12736,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) { // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. - bool ret = BeginTooltip(); + bool ret; + if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) + ret = BeginTooltipHidden(); + else + ret = BeginTooltip(); IM_ASSERT(ret); // FIXME-NEWBEGIN: If this ever becomes false, we need to Begin("##Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(). IM_UNUSED(ret); - - if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) - SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow); } if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) @@ -12513,13 +12831,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); g.DragDropTargetRect = bb; + g.DragDropTargetClipRect = window->ClipRect; // May want to be overriden by user depending on use case? g.DragDropTargetId = id; g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; return true; } // We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because: -// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. +// 1) we use LastItemData's ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. // 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can. // Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case) bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() @@ -12547,6 +12866,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect; + g.DragDropTargetClipRect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) ? g.LastItemData.ClipRect : window->ClipRect; g.DragDropTargetId = id; g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; return true; @@ -12561,7 +12881,6 @@ bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted() const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ? IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ? @@ -12585,7 +12904,7 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously; flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame) if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) - window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + RenderDragDropTargetRect(r, g.DragDropTargetClipRect); g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount; payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting OS window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() @@ -12596,10 +12915,20 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop return &payload; } -// FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. -void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb) +// FIXME-STYLE FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. +void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect) { - GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), bb.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImRect bb_display = bb; + bb_display.ClipWith(item_clip_rect); // Clip THEN expand so we have a way to visualize that target is not entirely visible. + bb_display.Expand(3.5f); + bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(bb_display); + if (push_clip_rect) + window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb_display.Min, bb_display.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + if (push_clip_rect) + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() @@ -12947,9 +13276,9 @@ ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) - return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.TypeHash == type_hash) + return &handler; return NULL; } @@ -12958,9 +13287,9 @@ void ImGui::ClearIniSettings() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.SettingsIniData.clear(); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ClearAllFn != NULL) + handler.ClearAllFn(&g, &handler); } void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) @@ -12995,9 +13324,9 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) // Call pre-read handlers // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window) - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ReadInitFn != NULL) + handler.ReadInitFn(&g, &handler); void* entry_data = NULL; ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; @@ -13041,9 +13370,9 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); // Call post-read handlers - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ApplyAllFn != NULL) + handler.ApplyAllFn(&g, &handler); } void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) @@ -13069,11 +13398,8 @@ const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; - handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); - } + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + handler.WriteAllFn(&g, &handler, &g.SettingsIniData); if (out_size) *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); @@ -13139,8 +13465,8 @@ void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name) static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1; + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + window->SettingsOffset = -1; g.SettingsWindows.clear(); } @@ -13165,6 +13491,7 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); } + else if (sscanf(line, "IsChild=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->IsChild = (i != 0); } } // Apply to existing windows (if any) @@ -13185,9 +13512,8 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl // Gather data from windows that were active during this session // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings) ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) continue; @@ -13200,7 +13526,7 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID); settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos); settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull); - + settings->IsChild = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0; settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; settings->WantDelete = false; } @@ -13213,9 +13539,18 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl continue; const char* settings_name = settings->GetName(); buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name); - buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); - buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); - buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); + if (settings->IsChild) + { + buf->appendf("IsChild=1\n"); + buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); + } + else + { + buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); + buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); + if (settings->Collapsed) + buf->appendf("Collapsed=1\n"); + } buf->append("\n"); } } @@ -13266,10 +13601,8 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again. viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin; viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax; @@ -13487,16 +13820,15 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale; float alpha_mul = 1.0f; window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* thumb_window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i]; if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) continue; ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect(); ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect(); - thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); - title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height + thumb_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); + title_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb); title_r.ClipWithFull(bb); const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); @@ -13516,13 +13848,12 @@ static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports. float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f; ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + bb_full.Add(viewport->GetMainRect()); ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos; ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE); ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb); } @@ -13532,14 +13863,15 @@ static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() // Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) { - const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f); - const float key_rounding = 3.0f; - const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f); - const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f); - const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f; - const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f); + const float scale = ImGui::GetFontSize() / 13.0f; + const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f) * scale; + const float key_rounding = 3.0f * scale; + const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f) * scale; + const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f) * scale; + const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f * scale; + const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f) * scale; const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f); - const float key_row_offset = 9.0f; + const float key_row_offset = 9.0f * scale; ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos(); ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f); @@ -13614,6 +13946,35 @@ void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) EndTable(); } +static void DebugFlashStyleColorStop() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != ImGuiCol_COUNT) + g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx] = g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup; + g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT; +} + +// Flash a given style color for some + inhibit modifications of this color via PushStyleColor() calls. +void ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + DebugFlashStyleColorStop(); + g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.5f; + g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = idx; + g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup = g.Style.Colors[idx]; +} + +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime <= 0.0f) + return; + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(cosf(g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime * 6.0f) * 0.5f + 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].x, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].y, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].z); + g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].w = 1.0f; + if ((g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime -= g.IO.DeltaTime) <= 0.0f) + DebugFlashStyleColorStop(); +} + // Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) { @@ -13630,9 +13991,8 @@ static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) // [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) + for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts) { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; PushID(font); DebugNodeFont(font); PopID(); @@ -13656,8 +14016,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; if (cfg->ShowDebugLog) ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog); - if (cfg->ShowStackTool) - ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool); + if (cfg->ShowIDStackTool) + ShowIDStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowIDStackTool); if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { @@ -13665,11 +14025,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) return; } + // [DEBUG] Clear debug breaks hooks after exactly one cycle. + DebugBreakClearData(); + // Basic info Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion()); Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); - Text("%d visible windows, %d active allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + Text("%d visible windows, %d current allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalAllocCount - g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalFreeCount); //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } Separator(); @@ -13698,8 +14061,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -13724,34 +14087,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Tools if (TreeNode("Tools")) { - bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer"); - SameLine(); - MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); - if (show_encoding_viewer) - { - static char buf[100] = ""; - SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); - InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - if (buf[0] != 0) - DebugTextEncoding(buf); - TreePop(); - } - + // Debug Break features // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. - if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) - DebugStartItemPicker(); + SeparatorTextEx(0, "Debug breaks", NULL, CalcTextSize("(?)").x + g.Style.SeparatorTextPadding.x); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); + if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + Checkbox("Show \"Debug Break\" buttons in other sections", &g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent); + + SeparatorText("Visualize"); - // Stack Tool is your best friend! Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code."); - // Stack Tool is your best friend! - Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool); + Checkbox("Show ID Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowIDStackTool); SameLine(); - MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code."); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow() from your code."); Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder); Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects); @@ -13814,11 +14167,26 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Unindent(); } } + Checkbox("Show groups rectangles", &g.DebugShowGroupRects); // Storing in context as this is used by group code and prefers to be in hot-data + + SeparatorText("Validate"); Checkbox("Debug Begin/BeginChild return value", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running."); + Checkbox("UTF-8 Encoding viewer", &cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); + if (cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer) + { + static char buf[64] = ""; + SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + InputText("##DebugTextEncodingBuf", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (buf[0] != 0) + DebugTextEncoding(buf); + } + TreePop(); } @@ -13833,9 +14201,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship! ImVector& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer; temp_buffer.resize(0); - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - if (g.Windows[i]->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) - temp_buffer.push_back(g.Windows[i]); + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) + temp_buffer.push_back(window); struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } }; ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder); DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL); @@ -13847,19 +14215,15 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // DrawLists int drawlist_count = 0; - for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) - drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount(); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + drawlist_count += viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists.Size; if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count)) { Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); - for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i]; - for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) - for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) - DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); - } + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList"); TreePop(); } @@ -13869,22 +14233,21 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); RenderViewportsThumbnails(); Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) - DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + DebugNodeViewport(viewport); TreePop(); } // Details for Popups if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) { - for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) + for (const ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) { // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline. - const ImGuiPopupData* popup_data = &g.OpenPopupStack[i]; - ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data->Window; + ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data.Window; BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", - popup_data->PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", - popup_data->BackupNavWindow ? popup_data->BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); + popup_data.PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", + popup_data.BackupNavWindow ? popup_data.BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); } TreePop(); } @@ -13926,6 +14289,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) TreePop(); } + // Details for TypingSelect + if (TreeNode("TypingSelect", "TypingSelect (%d)", g.TypingSelectState.SearchBuffer[0] != 0 ? 1 : 0)) + { + DebugNodeTypingSelectState(&g.TypingSelectState); + TreePop(); + } + // Details for Docking #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK if (TreeNode("Docking")) @@ -13954,8 +14324,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++) - BulletText("\"%s\"", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + BulletText("\"%s\"", handler.TypeName); TreePop(); } if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) @@ -13983,6 +14353,21 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) TreePop(); } + // Settings + if (TreeNode("Memory allocations")) + { + ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info = &g.DebugAllocInfo; + Text("%d current allocations", info->TotalAllocCount - info->TotalFreeCount); + Text("Recent frames with allocations:"); + int buf_size = IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf); + for (int n = buf_size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[(info->LastEntriesIdx - n + buf_size) % buf_size]; + BulletText("Frame %06d: %+3d ( %2d malloc, %2d free )%s", entry->FrameCount, entry->AllocCount - entry->FreeCount, entry->AllocCount, entry->FreeCount, (n == 0) ? " (most recent)" : ""); + } + TreePop(); + } + if (TreeNode("Inputs")) { Text("KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS"); @@ -13993,7 +14378,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; #else - struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array //Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } } #endif Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text("(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } @@ -14036,8 +14421,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("KEY OWNERS"); { Indent(); - if (BeginListBox("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) - { + if (BeginChild("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); @@ -14047,15 +14431,15 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : ""); DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr); } - EndListBox(); - } + EndChild(); Unindent(); } Text("SHORTCUT ROUTING"); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Declared shortcut routes automatically set key owner when mods matches."); { Indent(); - if (BeginListBox("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) - { + if (BeginChild("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; @@ -14063,14 +14447,19 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { char key_chord_name[64]; ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; - GetKeyChordName(key | routing_data->Mods, key_chord_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(key_chord_name)); - Text("%s: 0x%08X", key_chord_name, routing_data->RoutingCurr); + ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = key | routing_data->Mods; + Text("%s: 0x%08X", GetKeyChordName(key_chord, key_chord_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(key_chord_name)), routing_data->RoutingCurr); DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent) + { + SameLine(); + if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in SetShortcutRouting() for this KeyChord")) + g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = key_chord; + } idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex; } } - EndListBox(); - } + EndChild(); Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); Unindent(); } @@ -14105,6 +14494,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId); Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource)); + Text("NavLastValidSelectionUserData = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 ")", g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData, g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData); Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId: %08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId); Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags); @@ -14119,9 +14509,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; if (!window->WasActive) continue; ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); @@ -14178,21 +14567,88 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) End(); } +void ImGui::DebugBreakClearData() +{ + // Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugBreakInWindow = 0; + g.DebugBreakInTable = 0; + g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None; +} + +void ImGui::DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location) +{ + if (!BeginItemTooltip()) + return; + Text("To call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() %s:", description_of_location); + Separator(); + TextUnformatted(keyboard_only ? "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard." : "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard.\n- or Click (may alter focus/active id).\n- or navigate using keyboard and press space."); + Separator(); + TextUnformatted("Choose one way that doesn't interfere with what you are trying to debug!\nYou need a debugger attached or this will crash!"); + EndTooltip(); +} + +// Special button that doesn't take focus, doesn't take input owner, and can be activated without a click etc. +// In order to reduce interferences with the contents we are trying to debug into. +bool ImGui::DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y); + + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + // WE DO NOT USE ButtonEx() or ButtonBehavior() in order to reduce our side-effects. + bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, g.CurrentItemFlags); + bool pressed = hovered && (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord) || IsMouseClicked(0) || g.NavActivateId == id); + DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, description_of_location); + + ImVec4 col4f = GetStyleColorVec4(hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + ImVec4 hsv; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z, hsv.x, hsv.y, hsv.z); + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(hsv.x + 0.20f, hsv.y, hsv.z, col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z); + + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(col4f), true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, g.Style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + // [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) { if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) return; BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) - BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + for (ImGuiOldColumnData& column : columns->Columns) + BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", (int)columns->Columns.index_from_ptr(&column), column.OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, column.OffsetNorm)); TreePop(); } +static void FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(char* buf, int buf_size, ImTextureID tex_id) +{ + if (sizeof(tex_id) >= sizeof(void*)) + ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%p", (void*)*(intptr_t*)(void*)&tex_id); + else + ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%04X", *(int*)(void*)&tex_id); +} + // [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList -void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(viewport); // Used in docking branch ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) @@ -14224,10 +14680,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, continue; } + char texid_desc[20]; + FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(texid_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(texid_desc), pcmd->TextureId); char buf[300]; - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", - pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, - pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex %s, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", + pcmd->ElemCount / 3, texid_desc, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list) DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); @@ -14307,8 +14764,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, co // Draw bounding boxes if (show_aabb) { - out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU - out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(clip_rect.Min), ImTrunc(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Min), ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles } out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; } @@ -14419,11 +14876,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) { if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) return; - for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) - { - const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; + for (const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p : storage->Data) BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. - } TreePop(); } @@ -14481,9 +14935,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : ""); - for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) - for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) - DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList"); TreePop(); } } @@ -14510,8 +14963,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) if (window->MemoryCompacted) TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in Begin()")) + g.DebugBreakInWindow = window->ID; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); + DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y); BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", @@ -14538,8 +14994,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); + for (ImGuiOldColumns& columns : window->ColumnsStorage) + DebugNodeColumns(&columns); TreePop(); } DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); @@ -14605,9 +15061,36 @@ void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size(); g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount); g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args); + g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size()); if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY) IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); - g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size()); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); +#endif +} + +// FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically via layout mode once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout. +static void SameLineOrWrap(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y); + if (window->ClipRect.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) + ImGui::SameLine(); +} + +static void ShowDebugLogFlag(const char* name, ImGuiDebugLogFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 size(ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + ImGui::CalcTextSize(name).x, ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + SameLineOrWrap(size); // FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout. + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags(name, &g.DebugLogFlags, flags) && g.IO.KeyShift && (g.DebugLogFlags & flags) != 0) + { + g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 2; + g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags |= flags; + } + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Hold SHIFT when clicking to enable for 2 frames only (useful for spammy log entries)"); } void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) @@ -14622,13 +15105,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) } CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); - SameLine(); if (CheckboxFlags("Clipper", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper)) { g.DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames = 2; } if (IsItemHovered()) SetTooltip("Clipper log auto-disabled after 2 frames"); - //SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Selection", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("IO", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); + ShowDebugLogFlag("ActiveId", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Clipper", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Focus", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); + ShowDebugLogFlag("IO", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Nav", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Popup", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); + //ShowDebugLogFlag("Selection", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection); if (SmallButton("Clear")) { @@ -14638,7 +15121,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) SameLine(); if (SmallButton("Copy")) SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str()); - BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + + const ImGuiDebugLogFlags backup_log_flags = g.DebugLogFlags; + g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper; ImGuiListClipper clipper; clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size()); @@ -14647,10 +15133,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) { const char* line_begin = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); const char* line_end = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); - TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); + TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); // Display line ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect; if (IsItemHovered()) - for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++) + for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++) // Search for 0x???????? identifiers { ImGuiID id = 0; if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1) @@ -14663,6 +15149,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) p += 10; } } + g.DebugLogFlags = backup_log_flags; if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY()) SetScrollHereY(1.0f); EndChild(); @@ -14671,9 +15158,41 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Draw a small cross at current CursorPos in current window's DrawList +void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, 1.0f); +} + +// Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList +void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y); + float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, 1.0f); +} + +// Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible) +void ImGui::DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); +} + +// [DEBUG] Locate item position/rectangle given an ID. static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255); // Green void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) @@ -14681,6 +15200,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugLocateId = target_id; g.DebugLocateFrames = 2; + g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false; } void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id) @@ -14690,11 +15210,24 @@ void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; DebugLocateItem(target_id); GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); + + // Can't easily use a context menu here because it will mess with focus, active id etc. + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && g.MouseStationaryTimer > 1.0f) + { + DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, "in ItemAdd()"); + if (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord)) + g.DebugBreakInLocateId = true; + } } void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInLocateId) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData; g.DebugLocateId = 0; ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow); @@ -14740,13 +15273,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() EndTooltip(); } -// [DEBUG] Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame() +// [DEBUG] ID Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame() void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; - // Clear hook when stack tool is not visible + // Clear hook when id stack tool is not visible g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0; if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1) return; @@ -14780,12 +15313,12 @@ void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() } } -// [DEBUG] Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions +// [DEBUG] ID Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; // Step 0: stack query // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget. @@ -14828,7 +15361,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* dat info->DataType = data_type; } -static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) +static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiIDStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) { ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL; @@ -14845,20 +15378,20 @@ static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???"); } -// Stack Tool: Display UI -void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) +// ID Stack Tool: Display UI +void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui ID Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { End(); return; } // Display hovered/active status - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE @@ -14927,7 +15460,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {} void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {} -void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {} @@ -14940,10 +15473,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {} void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {} void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {} -void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool*) {} void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {} void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() {} void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() {} +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor() {} #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS diff --git a/imgui.h b/imgui.h index 03e503e6..0ec19776 100644 --- a/imgui.h +++ b/imgui.h @@ -1,31 +1,30 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.7 +// dear imgui, v1.90.1 // (headers) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq -// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - See links below. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. -// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. +// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments. // Resources: -// - FAQ http://dearimgui.com/faq +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started // - Homepage https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6478 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) -// - Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Tests & Automation https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine -// Getting Started? -// - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started -// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: -// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there. // Library Version // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345') -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.89.7" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18971 +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.90.1" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19010 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE /* @@ -35,10 +34,11 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types // [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions // [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations +// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) // [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> // [SECTION] ImGuiStyle // [SECTION] ImGuiIO -// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload) // [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor) // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma once // Configuration file with compile-time options -// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') +// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system) #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #endif @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Index of this file: // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) // IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) -// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) +// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended: we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility + this is a call-heavy library and function call overhead adds up. #ifndef IMGUI_API #define IMGUI_API #endif @@ -86,7 +86,6 @@ Index of this file: #endif #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! #define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. -#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) // Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions. @@ -117,10 +116,14 @@ Index of this file: #endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind @@ -180,7 +183,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor() -// Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) +// Flags (declared as int to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! // In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. @@ -189,6 +192,7 @@ typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for InvisibleButton() +typedef int ImGuiChildFlags; // -> enum ImGuiChildFlags_ // Flags: for BeginChild() typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc. typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo() @@ -196,7 +200,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() -typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for storage only for now: an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. +typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for IsKeyChordPressed(), Shortcut() etc. an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. @@ -236,8 +240,8 @@ typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer // Character types // (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) -typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. #ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16] typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; #else @@ -252,6 +256,7 @@ typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type] // This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type. +// Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' in your imconfig.h file to benefit from courtesy maths operators for those types. IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF struct ImVec2 { @@ -295,7 +300,7 @@ namespace ImGui // Main IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags) - IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleColor(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame(). IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all! IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData(). @@ -305,7 +310,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc. IMGUI_API void ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events. - IMGUI_API void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. + IMGUI_API void ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. @@ -326,23 +331,33 @@ namespace ImGui // Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin(). // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting // anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value! - // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, - // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function - // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + // [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions + // such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding + // BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug". IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void End(); // Child Windows // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child. - // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400). - // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window. - // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. - // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, - // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function - // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + // - Before 1.90 (November 2023), the "ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0" parameter was "bool border = false". + // This API is backward compatible with old code, as we guarantee that ImGuiChildFlags_Border == true. + // Consider updating your old call sites: + // BeginChild("Name", size, false) -> Begin("Name", size, 0); or Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None); + // BeginChild("Name", size, true) -> Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border); + // - Manual sizing (each axis can use a different setting e.g. ImVec2(0.0f, 400.0f)): + // == 0.0f: use remaining parent window size for this axis. + // > 0.0f: use specified size for this axis. + // < 0.0f: right/bottom-align to specified distance from available content boundaries. + // - Specifying ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY makes the sizing automatic based on child contents. + // Combining both ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX _and_ ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY defeats purpose of a scrolling region and is NOT recommended. + // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting + // anything to the window. Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. + // [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions + // such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding + // BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndChild(); // Windows Utilities @@ -350,10 +365,10 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAppearing(); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed(); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options. - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ! + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using current layout pos instead, GetCursorScreenPos()) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using GetCursorScreenPos() and e.g. GetContentRegionAvail() instead) IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) @@ -361,7 +376,7 @@ namespace ImGui // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin() - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use 0.0f or FLT_MAX if you don't want limits. Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size (which itself is a constraint). Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin() @@ -431,13 +446,25 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. - // Cursor / Layout + // Layout cursor positioning // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down. // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget. // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API: - // Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos() - // Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. + // - Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. -> this is the preferred way forward. + // - Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos() + // - GetCursorScreenPos() = GetCursorPos() + GetWindowPos(). GetWindowPos() is almost only ever useful to convert from window-local to absolute coordinates. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (prefer using this, also more useful to work with ImDrawList API). + IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // [window-local] cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // [window-local] initial cursor position, in window coordinates + + // Other layout functions IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates. IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context. @@ -447,15 +474,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) - IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // (some functions are using window-relative coordinates, such as: GetCursorPos, GetCursorStartPos, GetContentRegionMax, GetWindowContentRegion* etc. - IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // other functions such as GetCursorScreenPos or everything in ImDrawList:: - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // are using the main, absolute coordinate system. - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.) - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (useful to work with ImDrawList API). generally top-left == GetMainViewport()->Pos == (0,0) in single viewport mode, and bottom-right == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size == io.DisplaySize in single-viewport mode. - IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item) IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text) @@ -502,7 +520,7 @@ namespace ImGui // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state. IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // button - IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text + IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with (FramePadding.y == 0) to easily embed within text IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); @@ -515,8 +533,10 @@ namespace ImGui // Widgets: Images // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples - IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); + // - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above. + // - Note that Image() may add +2.0f to provided size if a border is visible, ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size. + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown) // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. @@ -525,7 +545,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true! IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0" - IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Widgets: Drag Sliders // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. @@ -613,9 +633,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); - IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushID(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id); // " - IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() + IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopID() IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header. @@ -628,22 +648,22 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. // Widgets: List Boxes - // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with some stylistic changes. - // - The BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any items. + // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. + // - You can submit contents and manage your selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any other items. // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created. // - Choose frame width: size.x > 0.0f: custom / size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align / size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth // - Choose frame height: size.y > 0.0f: custom / size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align / size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items IMGUI_API bool BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region IMGUI_API void EndListBox(); // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true! IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); - IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Widgets: Data Plotting // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better! IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); - IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // Widgets: Value() Helpers. // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace) @@ -675,9 +695,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); // Tooltips: helpers for showing a tooltip when hovering an item - // - BeginItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip) && BeginTooltip())' idiom. - // - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom. - // - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'. + // - BeginItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) && BeginTooltip())' idiom. + // - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom. + // - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'. IMGUI_API bool BeginItemTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window if preceding item was hovered. IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip if preceeding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip(). IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); @@ -690,9 +710,7 @@ namespace ImGui // - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered(). // - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack. // This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future. - - // Popups: begin/end functions - // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. + // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards if returned true. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it. @@ -742,12 +760,10 @@ namespace ImGui // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed. // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column! // - Summary of possible call flow: - // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - // TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK - // TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK - // TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! - // TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! - // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // - TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // - TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // - TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! + // - TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! // - 5. Call EndTable() IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! @@ -765,8 +781,9 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0); IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. - IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) + IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit a row with headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu + IMGUI_API void TableAngledHeadersRow(); // submit a row with angled headers for every column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag. MUST BE FIRST ROW. // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. @@ -824,7 +841,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true! - IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. + IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. returns NULL when drag and drop is finished or inactive. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. // Disabling [BETA API] // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors) @@ -886,8 +903,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.). IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage(); - IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame - IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window) // Text Utilities IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f); @@ -906,6 +921,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key); // is key being held. IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); // was key chord (mods + key) pressed, e.g. you can pass 'ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S' as a key-chord. This doesn't do any routing or focus check, please consider using Shortcut() function instead. IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call. @@ -946,7 +962,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings. // Debug Utilities + // - Your main debugging friend is the ShowMetricsWindow() function, which is also accessible from Demo->Tools->Metrics Debugger IMGUI_API void DebugTextEncoding(const char* text); + IMGUI_API void DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx); IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. // Memory Allocators @@ -985,21 +1003,47 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14, // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15, // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x) - ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient) - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) - ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 16, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 17, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) + ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 18, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, // [Internal] - ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] On child window: allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] On child window: share focus scope, allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild() ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip() ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() + + // Obsolete names +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 30, // Obsoleted in 1.90: Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding in BeginChild() call. +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginChild() +// (Legacy: bot 0 must always correspond to ImGuiChildFlags_Border to be backward compatible with old API using 'bool border = false'. +// About using AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY flags: +// - May be combined with SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() to set a min/max size for each axis (see "Demo->Child->Auto-resize with Constraints"). +// - Size measurement for a given axis is only performed when the child window is within visible boundaries, or is just appearing. +// - This allows BeginChild() to return false when not within boundaries (e.g. when scrolling), which is more optimal. BUT it won't update its auto-size while clipped. +// While not perfect, it is a better default behavior as the always-on performance gain is more valuable than the occasional "resizing after becoming visible again" glitch. +// - You may also use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize to force an update even when child window is not in view. +// HOWEVER PLEASE UNDERSTAND THAT DOING SO WILL PREVENT BeginChild() FROM EVER RETURNING FALSE, disabling benefits of coarse clipping. +enum ImGuiChildFlags_ +{ + ImGuiChildFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiChildFlags_Border = 1 << 0, // Show an outer border and enable WindowPadding. (Important: this is always == 1 == true for legacy reason) + ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 1, // Pad with style.WindowPadding even if no border are drawn (no padding by default for non-bordered child windows because it makes more sense) + ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX = 1 << 2, // Allow resize from right border (layout direction). Enable .ini saving (unless ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings passed to window flags) + ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY = 1 << 3, // Allow resize from bottom border (layout direction). " + ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX = 1 << 4, // Enable auto-resizing width. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above. + ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY = 1 << 5, // Enable auto-resizing height. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above. + ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Combined with AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY. Always measure size even when child is hidden, always return true, always disable clipping optimization! NOT RECOMMENDED. + ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle = 1 << 7, // Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding. }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() @@ -1046,12 +1090,13 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Need double-click to open node ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open. ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes). - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow. IMPORTANT: node can still be marked open/close if you don't set the _Leaf flag! ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding(). ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default. ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) - //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 13, // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 14, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) + //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 15, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog, #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS @@ -1087,7 +1132,7 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ { ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column) ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one @@ -1108,6 +1153,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlags_ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button + ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview = 1 << 7, // Width dynamically calculated from preview contents ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest, }; @@ -1118,7 +1164,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 0, // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs = 1 << 1, // Automatically select new tabs when they appear ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton = 1 << 2, // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup - ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons = 1 << 4, // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 5, // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit @@ -1131,147 +1177,15 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ { ImGuiTabItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + set ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure. ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem() - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID()/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button) ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7, // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) -}; - -// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() -// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect. -// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. -// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: -// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. -// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. -// - When ScrollX is off: -// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. -// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. -// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). -// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight. -// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. -// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. -// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). -// - When ScrollX is on: -// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed -// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. -// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. -// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. -// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). -// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. -// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. -enum ImGuiTableFlags_ -{ - // Features - ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. - ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) - ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. - ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. - ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). - // Decorations - ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style - // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). - // Sizing Extra Options - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. - ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. - // Clipping - ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). - // Padding - ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). - // Scrolling - ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. - ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. - // Sorting - ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). - ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). - - // [Internal] Combinations and masks - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, -}; - -// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() -enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ -{ - // Input configuration flags - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state) - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will not submit label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. - - // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse - - // [Internal] Combinations and masks - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) -}; - -// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() -enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ -{ - ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) -}; - -// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() -// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: -// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. -// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. -// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. -// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. -// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. -// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. -// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. -enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ -{ - ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure = 1 << 8, // Tab is selected when trying to close + closure is not immediately assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. }; // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() @@ -1314,16 +1228,16 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // e.g. 'TooltipHoveredFlagsForMouse' defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'. // - for frequently actioned or hovered items providing a tooltip, you want may to use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip (stationary + delay) so the tooltip doesn't show too often. // - for items which main purpose is to be hovered, or items with low affordance, or in less consistent apps, prefer no delay or shorter delay. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip = 1 << 11, // Shortcut for standard flags when using IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip = 1 << 12, // Shortcut for standard flags when using IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence. // (Advanced) Mouse Hovering delays. // - generally you can use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to use application-standardized flags. // - use those if you need specific overrides. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary = 1 << 12, // Require mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (~0.15 sec) _at least one time_. After this, can move on same item/window. Using the stationary test tends to reduces the need for a long delay. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone = 1 << 13, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true immediately (default). As this is the default you generally ignore this. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 14, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.15 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). - ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 15, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.40 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). - ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 16, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary = 1 << 13, // Require mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (~0.15 sec) _at least one time_. After this, can move on same item/window. Using the stationary test tends to reduces the need for a long delay. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone = 1 << 14, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true immediately (default). As this is the default you generally ignore this. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 15, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.15 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 16, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.40 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 17, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload() @@ -1383,11 +1297,17 @@ enum ImGuiSortDirection_ ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. }; +// Since 1.90, defining IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS automatically defines IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO as well. +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +#endif + // A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value): can represent Keyboard, Mouse and Gamepad values. // All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87). // Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey. // Read details about the 1.87 and 1.89 transition : https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 // Note that "Keys" related to physical keys and are not the same concept as input "Characters", the later are submitted via io.AddInputCharacter(). +// The keyboard key enum values are named after the keys on a standard US keyboard, and on other keyboard types the keys reported may not match the keycaps. enum ImGuiKey : int { // Keyboard @@ -1416,6 +1336,8 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z, ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6, ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12, + ImGuiKey_F13, ImGuiKey_F14, ImGuiKey_F15, ImGuiKey_F16, ImGuiKey_F17, ImGuiKey_F18, + ImGuiKey_F19, ImGuiKey_F20, ImGuiKey_F21, ImGuiKey_F22, ImGuiKey_F23, ImGuiKey_F24, ImGuiKey_Apostrophe, // ' ImGuiKey_Comma, // , ImGuiKey_Minus, // - @@ -1441,6 +1363,8 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd, ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual, + ImGuiKey_AppBack, // Available on some keyboard/mouses. Often referred as "Browser Back" + ImGuiKey_AppForward, // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // NAVIGATION ACTION // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets) @@ -1509,7 +1433,7 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89 - ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 + //ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 #endif }; @@ -1564,15 +1488,15 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_FrameBg, // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, - ImGuiCol_TitleBg, - ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive, - ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed, + ImGuiCol_TitleBg, // Title bar + ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive, // Title bar when focused + ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed, // Title bar when collapsed ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive, - ImGuiCol_CheckMark, + ImGuiCol_CheckMark, // Checkbox tick and RadioButton circle ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive, ImGuiCol_Button, @@ -1643,6 +1567,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize, // float TabBarBorderSize ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize,// float SeparatorTextBorderSize @@ -1763,7 +1688,7 @@ enum ImGuiMouseSource : int ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT }; -// Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions +// Enumeration for ImGui::SetNextWindow***(), SetWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions // Represent a condition. // Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. enum ImGuiCond_ @@ -1775,6 +1700,170 @@ enum ImGuiCond_ ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3, // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() +// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect. +// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. +// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. +// - When ScrollX is off: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. +// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). +// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight. +// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. +// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). +// - When ScrollX is on: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. +// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. +// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. +// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). +// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. +// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. +enum ImGuiTableFlags_ +{ + // Features + ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. + ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. + ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). + // Decorations + ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). + // Sizing Extra Options + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. + ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. + // Clipping + ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). + // Padding + ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). + // Scrolling + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. + // Sorting + ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). + ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). + // Miscellaneous + ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn = 1 << 28, // Highlight column headers when hovered (may evolve into a fuller highlight) + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() +enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ +{ + // Input configuration flags + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state) + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will not submit horizontal label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu or in angled headers. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader = 1 << 18, // TableHeadersRow() will submit an angled header row for this column. Note this will add an extra row. + + // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() +enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) +}; + +// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() +// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: +// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. +// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. +// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. +// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. +// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. +// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. +// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. +enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ +{ + ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) +}; + +// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). +// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. +// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs +{ + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. + int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. + bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. + + ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs +{ + ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) + ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column + ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) + ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending + + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1864,6 +1953,7 @@ struct ImVector inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } inline T* find(const T& v) { T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } inline const T* find(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } + inline int find_index(const T& v) const { const T* data_end = Data + Size; const T* it = find(v); if (it == data_end) return -1; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } inline bool find_erase(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; } inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; } inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } @@ -1897,7 +1987,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines. ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label). - ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell + ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows. ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -1909,6 +1999,8 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + float TabBarBorderSize; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. + float TableAngledHeadersAngle; // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50.0f degrees to +50.0f degrees). ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. @@ -1998,16 +2090,22 @@ struct ImGuiIO // Debug options //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Option to enable various debug tools showing buttons that will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro. + // - The Item Picker tool will be available regardless of this being enabled, in order to maximize its discoverability. + // - Requires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application. + // e.g. io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent = ::IsDebuggerPresent() on Win32, or refer to ImOsIsDebuggerPresent() imgui_test_engine/imgui_te_utils.cpp for a Unix compatible version). + bool ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent; // = false // Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK(). + // Tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. - // Presently Begin()/End() and BeginChild()/EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX() - // This is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users. - // We expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provide tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior. + // - Presently Begin()/End() and BeginChild()/EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX() + // - This is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users. + // - We expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provide tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior. bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce;// = false // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows. bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop;// = false // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running. - // Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling. May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data. - // Backends may have other side-effects on focus loss, so this will reduce side-effects but not necessary remove all of them. - // Consider using e.g. Win32's IsDebuggerPresent() as an additional filter (or see ImOsIsDebuggerPresent() in imgui_test_engine/imgui_te_utils.cpp for a Unix compatible version). + // Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling. + // - May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data. + // - Backends may have other side-effects on focus loss, so this will reduce side-effects but not necessary remove all of them. bool ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss; // = false // Ignore io.AddFocusEvent(false), consequently not calling io.ClearInputKeys() in input processing. // Options to audit .ini data @@ -2034,11 +2132,9 @@ struct ImGuiIO // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // [Obsolete] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. -#else - void* _UnusedPadding; // Unused field to keep data structure the same size. -#endif + + // Optional: Platform locale + ImWchar PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' // [Experimental] Configure decimal point e.g. '.' or ',' useful for some languages (e.g. German), generally pulled from *localeconv()->decimal_point //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Input - Call before calling NewFrame() @@ -2058,8 +2154,11 @@ struct ImGuiIO IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. - IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually - IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // [Internal] Release all keys + IMGUI_API void ClearEventsQueue(); // Clear all incoming events. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // Clear current keyboard/mouse/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Obsoleted in 1.89.8] Clear the current frame text input buffer. Now included within ClearInputKeys(). +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() @@ -2079,7 +2178,6 @@ struct ImGuiIO int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows - int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame. @@ -2090,6 +2188,11 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. #endif +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // [Obsoleted in 1.87] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. +#else + void* _UnusedPadding; +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! @@ -2140,7 +2243,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Misc data structures +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used. @@ -2214,30 +2317,6 @@ struct ImGuiPayload bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; } }; -// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) -struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs -{ - ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) - ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column - ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) - ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending (you can use this or SortSign, whichever is more convenient for your sort function) - - ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - -// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) -// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). -// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. -// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! -struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs -{ - const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. - int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. - bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. - - ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2321,9 +2400,9 @@ struct ImGuiStorage { ImGuiID key; union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; }; - ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; } - ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; } - ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val) { key = _key; val_i = _val; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val) { key = _key; val_f = _val; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val) { key = _key; val_p = _val; } }; ImVector Data; @@ -2350,11 +2429,10 @@ struct ImGuiStorage IMGUI_API float* GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void** GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL); - // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes) - IMGUI_API void SetAllInt(int val); - - // For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. + // Advanced: for quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey(); + // Obsolete: use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes) + IMGUI_API void SetAllInt(int val); }; // Helper: Manually clip large list of items. @@ -2395,12 +2473,14 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. - // Call IncludeRangeByIndices() *BEFORE* first call to Step() if you need a range of items to not be clipped, regardless of their visibility. + // Call IncludeItemByIndex() or IncludeItemsByIndex() *BEFORE* first call to Step() if you need a range of items to not be clipped, regardless of their visibility. // (Due to alignment / padding of certain items it is possible that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range). - IMGUI_API void IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end); // item_end is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 never clipped. + inline void IncludeItemByIndex(int item_index) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_index, item_index + 1); } + IMGUI_API void IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end); // item_end is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 never clipped. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - inline void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeRangeByIndices(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.6] + inline void IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.9] + inline void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.6] //inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] #endif }; @@ -2425,9 +2505,13 @@ static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline bool operator==(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y; } +static inline bool operator!=(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y; } static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } +static inline bool operator==(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y && lhs.z == rhs.z && lhs.w == rhs.w; } +static inline bool operator!=(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y || lhs.z != rhs.z || lhs.w != rhs.w; } IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE #endif @@ -2464,8 +2548,8 @@ struct ImColor constexpr ImColor() { } constexpr ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) : Value(r, g, b, a) { } constexpr ImColor(const ImVec4& col) : Value(col) {} - ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; } - ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; } + constexpr ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) : Value((float)r * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)g * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)b * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)a* (1.0f / 255.0f)) {} + constexpr ImColor(ImU32 rgba) : Value((float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f)) {} inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; } @@ -2497,9 +2581,9 @@ typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* c // Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state. // The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. -// This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. -// It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). -#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1) +// This is useful, for example, if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. +// Render state is not reset by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). +#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-8) // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback) // - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, @@ -2663,6 +2747,8 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments); + IMGUI_API void AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); @@ -2687,6 +2773,7 @@ struct ImDrawList inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle + IMGUI_API void PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); // Ellipse IMGUI_API void PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) IMGUI_API void PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); @@ -2699,7 +2786,7 @@ struct ImDrawList // Advanced: Channels // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives) // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) - // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! + // - This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! // Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them. // Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another. inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); } @@ -2740,18 +2827,20 @@ struct ImDrawList // as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList) struct ImDrawData { - bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. - int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render - int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size - int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size - ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. - ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) - ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. + bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. + int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render (should always be == CmdLists.size) + int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size + int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size + ImVector CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawLists are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. + ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. + ImGuiViewport* OwnerViewport; // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not). // Functions ImDrawData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! + IMGUI_API void Clear(); + IMGUI_API void AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list); // Helper to add an external draw list into an existing ImDrawData. IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. }; @@ -2767,7 +2856,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). - int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. + int OversampleH; // 2 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal. You can reduce this to 1 for large glyphs save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. @@ -2777,7 +2866,8 @@ struct ImFontConfig float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure. - float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. + float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Linearly brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. This is a silly thing we may remove in the future. + float RasterizerDensity; // 1.0f // DPI scale for rasterization, not altering other font metrics: make it easy to swap between e.g. a 100% and a 400% fonts for a zooming display. IMPORTANT: If you increase this it is expected that you increase font scale accordingly, otherwise quality may look lowered. ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used. // [Internal] @@ -2861,8 +2951,8 @@ struct ImFontAtlas IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); - IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed. - IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp. IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter. IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts. IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory. @@ -3081,6 +3171,14 @@ namespace ImGui #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { + // OBSOLETED in 1.90.0 (from September 2023) + static inline bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0) { return BeginChild(id, size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle, window_flags); } + static inline void EndChildFrame() { EndChild(); } + //static inline bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags){ return BeginChild(str_id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border + //static inline bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) { return BeginChild(id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border + static inline void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL) { ShowIDStackToolWindow(p_open); } + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // OBSOLETED in 1.89.7 (from June 2023) IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before item. // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023) @@ -3091,12 +3189,12 @@ namespace ImGui // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. - // OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) - IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. - // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) - static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) + //IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Code removed, see 1.90 for last version of the code. Calculate range of visible items for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) + //static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } //-- OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) { float height = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * ((height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f) + GetStyle().FramePadding.y * 2.0f; return BeginListBox(label, ImVec2(0.0f, height)); } // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items @@ -3147,21 +3245,21 @@ namespace ImGui //static inline void SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.42 } -// OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() -typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; -enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ -{ - ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. - ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, -}; +//-- OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() +//typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; +//enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +//{ +// ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit +// ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). +// ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. +// ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. +// ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. +// ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, +//}; // RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022) // RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place. @@ -3170,6 +3268,8 @@ enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl //typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int //enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; +#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // OBSOLETED IN 1.90 (now using C++11 standard version) + #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022) @@ -3192,9 +3292,14 @@ enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl #pragma warning (pop) #endif -// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h) +// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h +// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included. #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H +#ifdef IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME +#else #include "imgui_user.h" #endif +#endif #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/imgui_demo.cpp b/imgui_demo.cpp index 431cd4c7..4a116922 100644 --- a/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.7 +// dear imgui, v1.90.1 // (demo code) // Help: @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ // Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments. // Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// ------------------------------------------------- +//--------------------------------------------------- // PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS FILE FROM YOUR PROJECT! -// ------------------------------------------------- +//--------------------------------------------------- // Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase: // Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders will want to refer to and call. // Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of your game/app! @@ -26,14 +26,23 @@ // Thank you, // -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete) -// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: -// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persists across calls, -// so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to -// gather code and data in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller -// in size. It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function -// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, -// but most of the real data you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions. +//-------------------------------------------- +// ABOUT THE MEANING OF THE 'static' KEYWORD: +//-------------------------------------------- +// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. +// A static variable persists across calls. It is essentially a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. +// Think of "static int n = 0;" as "global int n = 0;" ! +// We do this IN THE DEMO because we want: +// - to gather code and data in the same place. +// - to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to change, smaller in size. +// - it is also a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function +// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. +// This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the data you would be working +// with in a complex codebase is likely going to be stored outside your functions. +//----------------------------------------- +// ABOUT THE CODING STYLE OF OUR DEMO CODE +//----------------------------------------- // The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application! // Because of this: // - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace. @@ -45,7 +54,7 @@ // Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp. // Navigating this file: -// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. /* @@ -93,10 +102,9 @@ Index of this file: #include // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #include // NULL, malloc, free, atoi -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t +#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER >= 1800 +#include // PRId64/PRIu64, not avail in some MinGW headers. #endif // Visual Studio warnings @@ -146,14 +154,13 @@ Index of this file: #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf #endif -// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... -// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" -#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" -#else -#define IM_PRId64 "lld" -#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +// Format specifiers for 64-bit values (hasn't been decently standardized before VS2013) +#if !defined(PRId64) && defined(_MSC_VER) +#define PRId64 "I64d" +#define PRIu64 "I64u" +#elif !defined(PRId64) +#define PRId64 "lld" +#define PRIu64 "llu" #endif // Helpers macros @@ -164,7 +171,8 @@ Index of this file: #define IM_MAX(A, B) (((A) >= (B)) ? (A) : (B)) #define IM_CLAMP(V, MN, MX) ((V) < (MN) ? (MN) : (V) > (MX) ? (MX) : (V)) -// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, +// in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall #ifndef IMGUI_CDECL #ifdef _MSC_VER #define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl @@ -180,19 +188,19 @@ Index of this file: #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) // Forward Declarations -static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); // We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions @@ -248,59 +256,59 @@ void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup - // Most functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. - IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); + // Most functions would normally just assert/crash if the context is missing. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing Dear ImGui context. Refer to examples app!"); // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; - static bool show_app_documents = false; static bool show_app_console = false; + static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; + static bool show_app_documents = false; static bool show_app_log = false; static bool show_app_layout = false; static bool show_app_property_editor = false; - static bool show_app_long_text = false; + static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; static bool show_app_auto_resize = false; static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false; - static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; static bool show_app_fullscreen = false; + static bool show_app_long_text = false; static bool show_app_window_titles = false; - static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); + if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor); - if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); + if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize); if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize); - if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen); + if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); - if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - // Dear ImGui Tools/Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) - static bool show_app_metrics = false; - static bool show_app_debug_log = false; - static bool show_app_stack_tool = false; - static bool show_app_about = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; + // Dear ImGui Tools (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + static bool show_tool_metrics = false; + static bool show_tool_debug_log = false; + static bool show_tool_id_stack_tool = false; + static bool show_tool_style_editor = false; + static bool show_tool_about = false; - if (show_app_metrics) - ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); - if (show_app_debug_log) - ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_app_debug_log); - if (show_app_stack_tool) - ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool); - if (show_app_about) - ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); - if (show_app_style_editor) + if (show_tool_metrics) + ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_tool_metrics); + if (show_tool_debug_log) + ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_tool_debug_log); + if (show_tool_id_stack_tool) + ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(&show_tool_id_stack_tool); + if (show_tool_style_editor) { - ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); + ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_tool_style_editor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } + if (show_tool_about) + ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_tool_about); // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default! static bool no_titlebar = false; @@ -361,18 +369,23 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Mini apps"); ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console); - ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout); - ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); - ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); - ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); - ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering); ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); + ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); + ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Concepts"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); + ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); + ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); + ImGui::EndMenu(); } //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! @@ -384,11 +397,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) #else const bool has_debug_tools = false; #endif - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_app_debug_log, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_tool_metrics, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_tool_debug_log, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("ID Stack Tool", NULL, &show_tool_id_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_tool_style_editor); + ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_tool_about); ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::EndMenuBar(); @@ -410,7 +423,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp."); ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder."); - ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.com/faq/"); + ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at https://www.dearimgui.com/faq/"); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); @@ -465,10 +478,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options."); ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug"); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent", &io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK().\n\nRequires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application."); ImGui::BeginDisabled(); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce); // . ImGui::EndDisabled(); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("First calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nTHIS OPTION IS DISABLED because it needs to be set at application boot-time to make sense. Showing the disabled option is a way to make this feature easier to discover"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("First calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nTHIS OPTION IS DISABLED because it needs to be set at application boot-time to make sense. Showing the disabled option is a way to make this feature easier to discover."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss", &io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss); @@ -747,7 +762,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static int item_current = 0; ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); + "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\n" + "Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); } { @@ -758,7 +774,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static int item_current = 1; ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); + "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\n" + "Refer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); } ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -816,13 +833,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SeparatorText("Custom"); + HelpMarker( + "Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() is the preferred way to standardize" + "tooltip activation details across your application. You may however decide to use custom" + "flags for a specific tooltip instance."); + // The following examples are passed for documentation purpose but may not be useful to most users. - // Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip to IsItemHovered() will pull ImGuiHoveredFlags flags values from + // Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() will pull ImGuiHoveredFlags flags values from // 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on whether mouse or gamepad/keyboard is being used. - // With default settings, ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip is equivalent to ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary. + // With default settings, ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip is equivalent to ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary. ImGui::Button("Manual", sz); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a manually emitted tooltip"); + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a manually emitted tooltip."); ImGui::Button("DelayNone", sz); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone)) @@ -834,12 +856,21 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Button("DelayLong", sz); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a long delay (%0.2f sec)", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayNormal); + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a long delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayNormal); ImGui::Button("Stationary", sz); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)) ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip requiring mouse to be stationary before activating."); + // Using ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip will pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav', + // which default value include the ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled flag. + // As a result, Set + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::Button("Disabled item", sz); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a a tooltip for a disabled item."); + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -849,10 +880,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // if (once) // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree Nodes")) { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Basic trees"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Basic trees"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) { for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) @@ -873,7 +904,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) { HelpMarker( @@ -886,6 +917,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("For use in Tables only."); ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position); ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop); ImGui::Text("Hello!"); @@ -1061,7 +1093,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); - ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string. + ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis @@ -1105,7 +1137,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right - ImVec4 tint_col = use_text_color_for_tint ? ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + ImVec4 tint_col = use_text_color_for_tint ? ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint ImVec4 border_col = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col); if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) @@ -1164,16 +1196,29 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo"); if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear incompatible flags if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview); // Clear incompatible flags + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview)) + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; + + // Override default popup height + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest); // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively // stored in the object itself, etc.) const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. - const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx]; // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could be anything) + + // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could technically be different contents or not pulled from items[]) + const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx]; + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags)) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) @@ -1189,6 +1234,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::EndCombo(); } + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("One-liner variants"); + HelpMarker("Flags above don't apply to this section."); + // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time. static int item_current_2 = 0; @@ -1200,9 +1249,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function - struct Funcs { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int n, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[n]; return true; } }; static int item_current_4 = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &Funcs::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, [](void* data, int n) { return ((const char**)data)[n]; }, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1210,6 +1258,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes")) { + // BeginListBox() is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild()/EndChild() + // using the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. + // You may be tempted to simply use BeginChild() directly. However note that BeginChild() requires EndChild() + // to always be called (inconsistent with BeginListBox()/EndListBox()). + // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively // stored in the object itself, etc.) @@ -1262,16 +1315,16 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { - static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false }; + static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false }; ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); - ImGui::Text("(I am not selectable)"); - ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]); - if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) + ImGui::Selectable("3. I am selectable", &selection[2]); + if (ImGui::Selectable("4. I am double clickable", selection[3], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) - selection[4] = !selection[4]; + selection[3] = !selection[3]; ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) { @@ -1303,17 +1356,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more text into the same line"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more items on the same line"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more items on the same line")) { - // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, - // this function toggle your bool value automatically. + // (1) Using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() + // (2) Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, the bool value is toggled automatically. static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; - ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 1"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 2"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 3"); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) { @@ -1349,6 +1403,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) { @@ -1434,6 +1489,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include in here)"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When _AllowTabInput is set, passing through the widget with Tabbing doesn't automatically activate it, in order to also cycling through subsequent widgets."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -1482,6 +1538,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Completion, History, Edit Callbacks"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks")) { struct Funcs @@ -1523,16 +1580,21 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() }; static char buf1[64]; ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. " + "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); static char buf2[64]; ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. " + "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); static char buf3[64]; static int edit_count = 0; ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -1581,6 +1643,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Miscellaneous"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Miscellaneous")) + { + static char buf1[16]; + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo); + ImGui::InputText("Hello", buf1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf1), flags); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1695,8 +1769,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::EndPopup(); } - // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab (in your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") - // Note that we submit it before the regular tabs, but because of the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. + // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab. + // (In your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") + // We submit it before the regular tabs, but thanks to the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. if (show_trailing_button) if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab @@ -1980,7 +2055,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel")) ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel); - // Always both a small version of both types of pickers (to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) + // Always display a small version of both types of pickers + // (that's in order to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) ImGui::Text("Both types:"); float w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y) * 0.40f; ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); @@ -2133,12 +2209,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e"); @@ -2151,8 +2227,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs"); static bool inputs_step = true; @@ -2385,6 +2461,36 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Tooltip at target location"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltip at target location")) + { + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + // Drop targets + ImGui::Button(n ? "drop here##1" : "drop here##0"); + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + ImGuiDragDropFlags drop_target_flags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip; + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, drop_target_flags)) + { + IM_UNUSED(payload); + ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed); + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::Text("Cannot drop here!"); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); + } + + // Drop source + static ImVec4 col4 = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f, 1.0f }; + if (n == 0) + ImGui::ColorButton("drag me", col4); + + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -2506,7 +2612,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window for testing _RootWindow flag.", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) - ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border); // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. ImGui::BulletText( @@ -2554,7 +2660,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)); - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), ImGuiChildFlags_Border); ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag."); ImGui::EndChild(); if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) @@ -2638,7 +2744,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; if (disable_mouse_wheel) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; - ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); ImGui::EndChild(); @@ -2654,7 +2760,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() if (!disable_menu) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f); - ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), true, window_flags); + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, window_flags); if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) @@ -2679,6 +2785,35 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PopStyleVar(); } + // Child 3: manual-resize + ImGui::SeparatorText("Manual-resize"); + { + HelpMarker("Drag bottom border to resize. Double-click bottom border to auto-fit to vertical contents."); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_FrameBg)); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ResizableChild", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + for (int n = 0; n < 10; n++) + ImGui::Text("Line %04d", n); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + // Child 4: auto-resizing height with a limit + ImGui::SeparatorText("Auto-resize with constraints"); + { + static int draw_lines = 3; + static int max_height_in_lines = 10; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Lines Count", &draw_lines, 0.2f); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Max Height (in Lines)", &max_height_in_lines, 0.2f); + + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * max_height_in_lines)); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ConstrainedChild", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) + for (int n = 0; n < draw_lines; n++) + ImGui::Text("Line %04d", n); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc/Advanced"); // Demonstrate a few extra things @@ -2690,19 +2825,33 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details. { static int offset_x = 0; + static bool override_bg_color = true; + static ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY; ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000); + ImGui::Checkbox("Override ChildBg color", &override_bg_color); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_Border", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_Border); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding."); + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle) + override_bg_color = false; ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); - ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (override_bg_color) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); + ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (override_bg_color) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++) ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n); ImGui::EndChild(); bool child_is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); ImGui::Text("Hovered: %d", child_is_hovered); ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y); } @@ -2795,11 +2944,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // Text IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine"); ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor"); // Adjust spacing ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor"); // Button ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); @@ -3091,7 +3240,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() const ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0; const ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); - const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags); + const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, child_flags); if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc"); @@ -3138,7 +3287,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0); ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); - bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags); + bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, child_flags); if (scroll_to_off) ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px); if (scroll_to_pos) @@ -3180,7 +3329,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f)); ImVec2 scrolling_child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) { // Display random stuff. For the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button() + SameLine() @@ -3249,7 +3398,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal contents size demo window"); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0)); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0)); - HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); + HelpMarker( + "Test how different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\n" + "Use 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); ImGui::Checkbox("H-scrollbar", &show_h_scrollbar); ImGui::Checkbox("Button", &show_button); // Will grow contents size (unless explicitly overwritten) ImGui::Checkbox("Tree nodes", &show_tree_nodes); // Will grow contents size and display highlight over full width @@ -3324,7 +3475,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() } if (show_child) { - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Border); ImGui::EndChild(); } ImGui::End(); @@ -3397,6 +3548,37 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Overlap Mode"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Overlap Mode")) + { + static bool enable_allow_overlap = true; + + HelpMarker( + "Hit-testing is by default performed in item submission order, which generally is perceived as 'back-to-front'.\n\n" + "By using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() you can notify that an item may be overlapped by another. " + "Doing so alters the hovering logic: items using AllowOverlap mode requires an extra frame to accept hovered state."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable AllowOverlap", &enable_allow_overlap); + + ImVec2 button1_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 button2_pos = ImVec2(button1_pos.x + 50.0f, button1_pos.y + 50.0f); + if (enable_allow_overlap) + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); + ImGui::Button("Button 1", ImVec2(80, 80)); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(button2_pos); + ImGui::Button("Button 2", ImVec2(80, 80)); + + // This is typically used with width-spanning items. + // (note that Selectable() has a dedicated flag ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, which is a shortcut + // for using SetNextItemAllowOverlap(). For demo purpose we use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() here.) + if (enable_allow_overlap) + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); + ImGui::Selectable("Some Selectable", false); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("++"); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } } static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() @@ -3728,6 +3910,14 @@ struct MyItem // very often by the sorting algorithm it would be a little wasteful. static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + static void SortWithSortSpecs(ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs, MyItem* items, int items_count) + { + s_current_sort_specs = sort_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items_count > 1) + qsort(items, (size_t)items_count, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + } + // Compare function to be used by qsort() static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { @@ -3754,7 +3944,8 @@ struct MyItem } // qsort() is instable so always return a way to differenciate items. - // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs. + // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs. + // e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs. return (a->ID - b->ID); } }; @@ -3838,6 +4029,7 @@ static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags) ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentEnable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column 0"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentDisable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column >0"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_AngledHeader", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader); } static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) @@ -3862,10 +4054,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::PushID("Tables"); int open_action = -1; - if (ImGui::Button("Open all")) + if (ImGui::Button("Expand all")) open_action = 1; ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Close all")) + if (ImGui::Button("Collapse all")) open_action = 0; ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -3936,8 +4128,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new rows as needed. // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data. HelpMarker( - "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains the same type of contents.\n" - "This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); + "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains " + "the same type of contents.\n This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the " + "Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3)) { for (int item = 0; item < 14; item++) @@ -3993,8 +4186,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) { - // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders. - // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them too much. See other sections for details) + // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders + // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them now. See other sections for details) if (display_headers) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); @@ -4033,7 +4226,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() PushStyleCompact(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, " + "this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this."); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -4151,6 +4346,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -4173,7 +4369,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::EndTable(); } - // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column) + // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible + // (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column) if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, flags | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f))) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); @@ -4206,7 +4403,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() "e.g.:\n" "- BorderOuterV\n" "- any form of row selection\n" - "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" + "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. " + "Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n" "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasize how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); @@ -4322,7 +4520,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() EditTableSizingFlags(&sizing_policy_flags[table_n]); // To make it easier to understand the different sizing policy, - // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, and one where the columns have different contents width. + // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, + // and one where the columns have different contents width. if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1)) { for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) @@ -4351,7 +4550,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::Spacing(); ImGui::TextUnformatted("Advanced"); ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns."); + HelpMarker( + "This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies " + "depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns."); enum ContentsType { CT_ShowWidth, CT_ShortText, CT_LongText, CT_Button, CT_FillButton, CT_InputText }; static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; @@ -4366,7 +4567,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) { ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width."); + HelpMarker( + "Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop " + "where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width."); } ImGui::DragInt("Columns", &column_count, 0.1f, 1, 64, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); @@ -4412,7 +4615,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Vertical scrolling, with clipping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical scrolling, with clipping")) { - HelpMarker("Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\nWe also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); + HelpMarker( + "Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\n" + "We also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4458,8 +4663,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker( "When ScrollX is enabled, the default sizing policy becomes ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, " "as automatically stretching columns doesn't make much sense with horizontal scrolling.\n\n" - "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX," - "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents (this may be improved in future versions)."); + "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX, " + "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents " + "(this may be improved in future versions)."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; static int freeze_cols = 1; static int freeze_rows = 1; @@ -4516,7 +4722,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker( "Showcase using Stretch columns + ScrollX together: " "this is rather unusual and only makes sense when specifying an 'inner_width' for the table!\n" - "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns + ScrollX together doesn't make sense."); + "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns " + "along with ScrollX doesn't make sense."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; static float inner_width = 1000.0f; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4574,8 +4781,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } // Create the real table we care about for the example! - // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, otherwise in - // a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + resizing the parent window down) + // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, + // otherwise in a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + // + resizing the parent window down). const ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV @@ -4583,15 +4791,22 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 9); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags", column_count, flags, outer_size)) { + bool has_angled_header = false; for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + { + has_angled_header |= (column_flags[column] & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) != 0; ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[column], column_flags[column]); + } + if (has_angled_header) + ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) column_flags_out[column] = ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column); float indent_step = (float)((int)TEXT_BASE_WIDTH / 2); for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) { - ImGui::Indent(indent_step); // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags. + // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags. + ImGui::Indent(indent_step); ImGui::TableNextRow(); for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) { @@ -4640,7 +4855,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::EndTable(); } - HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host."); + HelpMarker( + "Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, " + "fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_None; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4650,7 +4867,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 4, flags2)) { - // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. + // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and then all columns + // will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f); ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30.0f); @@ -4722,10 +4940,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Row height"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height")) { - HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)) + HelpMarker( + "You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, " + "so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\n" + "We cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { - for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) { float min_row_height = (float)(int)(TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 0.30f * row); ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, min_row_height); @@ -4734,6 +4955,48 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } ImGui::EndTable(); } + + HelpMarker( + "Showcase using SameLine(0,0) to share Current Line Height between cells.\n\n" + "Please note that Tables Row Height is not the same thing as Current Line Height, " + "as a table cell may contains multiple lines."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_share_lineheight", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::ColorButton("##1", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40)); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Line 1"); + ImGui::Text("Line 2"); + + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::ColorButton("##2", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40)); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); // Reuse line height from previous column + ImGui::Text("Line 1, with SameLine(0,0)"); + ImGui::Text("Line 2"); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + HelpMarker("Showcase altering CellPadding.y between rows. Note that CellPadding.x is locked for the entire table."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_changing_cellpadding_y", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) + { + if ((row % 3) == 2) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, ImVec2(style.CellPadding.x, 20.0f)); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("CellPadding.y = %.2f", style.CellPadding.y); + if ((row % 3) == 2) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -4869,6 +5132,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); + + HelpMarker("See \"Columns flags\" section to configure how indentation is applied to individual columns."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("3ways", 3, flags)) { // The first column will use the default _WidthStretch when ScrollX is Off and _WidthFixed when ScrollX is On @@ -4892,7 +5160,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() const bool is_folder = (node->ChildCount > 0); if (is_folder) { - bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::TextDisabled("--"); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); @@ -4906,7 +5174,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } else { - ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("%d", node->Size); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); @@ -4941,7 +5209,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { HelpMarker( "Showcase using PushItemWidth() and how it is preserved on a per-column basis.\n\n" - "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense."); + "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for " + "e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_item_width", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("small"); @@ -5027,13 +5296,69 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TreePop(); } - // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() + // Demonstrate using ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag to create angled headers + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Angled headers"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Angled headers")) + { + const char* column_names[] = { "Track", "cabasa", "ride", "smash", "tom-hi", "tom-mid", "tom-low", "hihat-o", "hihat-c", "snare-s", "snare-c", "clap", "rim", "kick" }; + const int columns_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(column_names); + const int rows_count = 12; + + static ImGuiTableFlags table_flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn; + static bool bools[columns_count * rows_count] = {}; // Dummy storage selection storage + static int frozen_cols = 1; + static int frozen_rows = 2; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollX", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollY", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoBordersInBody", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_HighlightHoveredColumn", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen columns", &frozen_cols, 0, 2); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen rows", &frozen_rows, 0, 2); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_angled_headers", columns_count, table_flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[0], ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder); + for (int n = 1; n < columns_count; n++) + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[n], ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(frozen_cols, frozen_rows); + + ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); // Draw angled headers for all columns with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag. + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Draw remaining headers and allow access to context-menu and other functions. + for (int row = 0; row < rows_count; row++) + { + ImGui::PushID(row); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Track %d", row); + for (int column = 1; column < columns_count; column++) + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column)) + { + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::Checkbox("", &bools[row * columns_count + column]); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, + // while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Context menus"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) { - HelpMarker("By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\nUsing ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); + HelpMarker( + "By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\n" + "Using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -5070,7 +5395,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup // [2.3] Right-click in columns to open another custom popup - HelpMarker("Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) and custom per-colum context menu (over column body)."); + HelpMarker( + "Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) " + "and custom per-colunm context menu (over column body)."); ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders; if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu_2", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags2)) { @@ -5145,6 +5472,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) { char buf[32]; @@ -5225,14 +5553,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! - if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) - if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sort_specs->SpecsDirty) { - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. - if (items.Size > 1) - qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; - sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false; } // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists @@ -5275,6 +5600,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags columns_base_flags = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_Button, CT_SmallButton, CT_FillButton, CT_Selectable, CT_SelectableSpanRow }; static int contents_type = CT_SelectableSpanRow; @@ -5368,9 +5694,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Headers:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) { ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader", &columns_base_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable AngledHeader on all columns. Best enabled on selected narrow columns (see \"Angled headers\" section of the demo)."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { ImGui::Checkbox("show_wrapped_text", &show_wrapped_text); ImGui::DragFloat2("##OuterSize", &outer_size_value.x); @@ -5431,24 +5765,22 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Declare columns // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications. // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index! - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", columns_base_flags | ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch), 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! - ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); - if (sorts_specs && sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); + if (sort_specs && sort_specs->SpecsDirty) items_need_sort = true; - if (sorts_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) + if (sort_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) { - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. - qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; - sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false; } items_need_sort = false; @@ -5457,6 +5789,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() const bool sorts_specs_using_quantity = (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(3) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted) != 0; // Show headers + if (show_headers && (columns_base_flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) != 0) + ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); if (show_headers) ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); @@ -5522,7 +5856,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Here we demonstrate marking our data set as needing to be sorted again if we modified a quantity, // and we are currently sorting on the column showing the Quantity. // To avoid triggering a sort while holding the button, we only trigger it when the button has been released. - // You will probably need a more advanced system in your code if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes. + // You will probably need some extra logic if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes. if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2)) { if (ImGui::SmallButton("Chop")) { item->Quantity += 1; } @@ -5724,7 +6058,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() { ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f)); ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f); - ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); ImGui::Columns(10); // Also demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists @@ -5810,13 +6144,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); - // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. - // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. + // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges. This is a little unusual/odd but this allows + // displaying the data for old/new backends. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops! + // You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; ImGuiKey start_key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; #else - struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array ImGuiKey start_key = (ImGuiKey)0; #endif ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = start_key; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } @@ -5850,7 +6186,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() { HelpMarker( "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n" - "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking."); + "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering " + "and true when clicking."); static int capture_override_mouse = -1; static int capture_override_keyboard = -1; const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" }; @@ -6016,7 +6353,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard"); ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18); - ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); if (copy_to_clipboard) { ImGui::LogToClipboard(); @@ -6132,7 +6469,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::LogText("\n```\n"); ImGui::LogFinish(); } - ImGui::EndChildFrame(); + ImGui::EndChild(); } ImGui::End(); } @@ -6156,9 +6493,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) ImFont* font_current = ImGui::GetFont(); if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName())) { - for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++) + for (ImFont* font : io.Fonts->Fonts) { - ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n]; ImGui::PushID((void*)font); if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current)) io.FontDefault = font; @@ -6244,7 +6580,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SeparatorText("Main"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); @@ -6258,6 +6593,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarBorderSize", &style.TabBarBorderSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SeparatorText("Rounding"); ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); @@ -6268,6 +6604,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Tables"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderAngle("TableAngledHeadersAngle", &style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, -50.0f, +50.0f); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1; @@ -6338,14 +6678,21 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) "Left-click on color square to open color picker,\n" "Right-click to open edit options menu."); - ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 10), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) { const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); if (!filter.PassFilter(name)) continue; ImGui::PushID(i); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (ImGui::Button("?")) + ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor((ImGuiCol)i); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Flash given color to identify places where it is used."); + ImGui::SameLine(); +#endif ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags); if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) { @@ -6565,7 +6912,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() { static bool enabled = true; ImGui::MenuItem("Enabled", "", &enabled); - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), ImGuiChildFlags_Border); for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) ImGui::Text("Scrolling Text %d", i); ImGui::EndChild(); @@ -6731,7 +7078,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); - if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) { @@ -6766,9 +7113,8 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing if (copy_to_clipboard) ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + for (const char* item : Items) { - const char* item = Items[i]; if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) continue; @@ -7043,7 +7389,7 @@ struct ExampleAppLog ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { if (clear) Clear(); @@ -7162,7 +7508,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) // Left static int selected = 0; { - ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX); for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) { // FIXME: Good candidate to use ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav @@ -7257,6 +7603,7 @@ static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid) } // Demonstrate create a simple property editor. +// This demo is a bit lackluster nowadays, would be nice to improve. static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) { ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); @@ -7265,23 +7612,24 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); HelpMarker( "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n" - "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n" - "Remember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\n" - "your cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); + "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n"); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2)); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Object"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Contents"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data) for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++) - { ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i); - //ImGui::Separator(); - } + ImGui::EndTable(); } ImGui::PopStyleVar(); @@ -7388,18 +7736,31 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) { // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints // FIXME: This doesn't take account of decoration size (e.g. title bar), library should make this easier. - static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize.x = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); } - static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); } - static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->CurrentSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->CurrentSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } + // FIXME: None of the three demos works consistently when resizing from borders. + static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) + { + float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; + data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); + } + static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) + { + data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y); + } + static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) + { + float step = *(float*)data->UserData; + data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); + } }; const char* test_desc[] = { "Between 100x100 and 500x500", "At least 100x100", - "Resize vertical only", - "Resize horizontal only", + "Resize vertical + lock current width", + "Resize horizontal + lock current height", "Width Between 400 and 500", + "Height at least 400", "Custom: Aspect Ratio 16:9", "Custom: Always Square", "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", @@ -7408,7 +7769,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) // Options static bool auto_resize = false; static bool window_padding = true; - static int type = 5; // Aspect Ratio + static int type = 6; // Aspect Ratio static int display_lines = 10; // Submit constraint @@ -7416,12 +7777,13 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) float fixed_step = 100.0f; if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(500, 500)); // Between 100x100 and 500x500 if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 - if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only - if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only + if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Resize vertical + lock current width + if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Resize horizontal + lock current height if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width Between and 400 and 500 - if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio - if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square - if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step + if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 500), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Height at least 400 + if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio + if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square + if (type == 8) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step // Submit window if (!window_padding) @@ -7673,6 +8035,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddEllipse(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, sz*0.3f, col, -0.3f, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Ellipse draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners @@ -7693,8 +8056,9 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) x = p.x + 4; y += sz + spacing; } - draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddEllipseFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, sz * 0.3f, col, -0.3f, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing;// Ellipse draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col); x += sz + spacing; // Square draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners @@ -7705,7 +8069,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 10.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 11.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f)); ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -7727,7 +8091,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) // To use a child window instead we could use, e.g: // ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Disable padding // ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); // Set a background color - // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // ImGui::PopStyleColor(); // ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // [...] @@ -7825,6 +8189,43 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + // Demonstrate out-of-order rendering via channels splitting + // We use functions in ImDrawList as each draw list contains a convenience splitter, + // but you can also instantiate your own ImDrawListSplitter if you need to nest them. + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Draw Channels")) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + { + ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first: appears in back"); + ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after: appears in front"); + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x, p0.y), ImVec2(p0.x + 50, p0.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x + 25, p0.y + 25), ImVec2(p0.x + 75, p0.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75)); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + { + ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first, into channel 1: appears in front"); + ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after, into channel 0: appears in back"); + ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + + // Create 2 channels and draw a Blue shape THEN a Red shape. + // You can create any number of channels. Tables API use 1 channel per column in order to better batch draw calls. + draw_list->ChannelsSplit(2); + draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x, p1.y), ImVec2(p1.x + 50, p1.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue + draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x + 25, p1.y + 25), ImVec2(p1.x + 75, p1.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red + + // Flatten/reorder channels. Red shape is in channel 0 and it appears below the Blue shape in channel 1. + // This works by copying draw indices only (vertices are not copied). + draw_list->ChannelsMerge(); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75)); + ImGui::Text("After reordering, contents of channel 0 appears below channel 1."); + } + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); } @@ -7916,12 +8317,11 @@ struct ExampleAppDocuments // Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app) { - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open && doc->OpenPrev) - ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc->Name); - doc->OpenPrev = doc->Open; + if (!doc.Open && doc.OpenPrev) + ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc.Name); + doc.OpenPrev = doc.Open; } } @@ -7946,23 +8346,19 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) { int open_count = 0; - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - open_count += app.Documents[doc_n].Open ? 1 : 0; + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + open_count += doc.Open ? 1 : 0; if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size)) { - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) - if (ImGui::MenuItem(doc->Name)) - doc->DoOpen(); - } + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + if (!doc.Open && ImGui::MenuItem(doc.Name)) + doc.DoOpen(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + doc.DoQueueClose(); if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndMenu(); @@ -7973,13 +8369,13 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + MyDocument& doc = app.Documents[doc_n]; if (doc_n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(doc); - if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc->Name, &doc->Open)) - if (!doc->Open) - doc->DoForceClose(); + ImGui::PushID(&doc); + if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc.Name, &doc.Open)) + if (!doc.Open) + doc.DoForceClose(); ImGui::PopID(); } @@ -8008,26 +8404,25 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name); // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway.. // Submit Tabs - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) + if (!doc.Open) continue; - ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); - bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc->Name, &doc->Open, tab_flags); + ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc.Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); + bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc.Name, &doc.Open, tab_flags); // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup. - if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty) + if (!doc.Open && doc.Dirty) { - doc->Open = true; - doc->DoQueueClose(); + doc.Open = true; + doc.DoQueueClose(); } - MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc); + MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(&doc); if (visible) { - MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc); + MyDocument::DisplayContents(&doc); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } } @@ -8041,15 +8436,12 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (close_queue.empty()) { // Close queue is locked once we started a popup - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (doc->WantClose) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + if (doc.WantClose) { - doc->WantClose = false; - close_queue.push_back(doc); + doc.WantClose = false; + close_queue.push_back(&doc); } - } } // Display closing confirmation UI @@ -8075,13 +8467,13 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) { ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?"); float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); - if (ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height))) + if (ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)) { for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name); } - ImGui::EndChildFrame(); + ImGui::EndChild(); ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f); if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size)) diff --git a/imgui_draw.cpp b/imgui_draw.cpp index a50255b5..40a840c4 100644 --- a/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.7 +// dear imgui, v1.90.1 // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used @@ -134,7 +135,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #define STBTT_sqrt(x) ImSqrt(x) #define STBTT_pow(x,y) ImPow(x,y) #define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x) -#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorSigned(x)) +#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloor(x)) #define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x)) #define STBTT_STATIC #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION @@ -385,9 +386,9 @@ void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error) void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() { // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory. - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); if (_Splitter._Count > 1) _Splitter.Merge(this); @@ -474,7 +475,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) } // Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp() -#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) #define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset #define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset #define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1) (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset) @@ -560,7 +561,7 @@ int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const { // Automatic segment count const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy - if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + if (radius_idx >= 0 && radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value else return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); @@ -1190,8 +1191,8 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f); const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f); - const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloorSigned(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f); - const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloorSigned(a_max_sample_f); + const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloor(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f); + const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloor(a_max_sample_f); const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0); const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; @@ -1216,6 +1217,27 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa } } +void ImDrawList::PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +{ + if (num_segments <= 0) + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius_x, radius_y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here. + + _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1)); + + const float cos_rot = ImCos(rot); + const float sin_rot = ImSin(rot); + for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++) + { + const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min); + ImVec2 point(ImCos(a) * radius_x, ImSin(a) * radius_y); + const float rel_x = (point.x * cos_rot) - (point.y * sin_rot); + const float rel_y = (point.x * sin_rot) + (point.y * cos_rot); + point.x = rel_x + center.x; + point.y = rel_y + center.y; + _Path.push_back(point); + } +} + ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) { float u = 1.0f - t; @@ -1311,33 +1333,22 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, } } -IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) { + /* + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021) - // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) - // ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 - if (flags == ~0) - return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; - - // Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations) - // 0x01 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft (VALUE 0x01 OVERLAPS ImDrawFlags_Closed but ImDrawFlags_Closed is never valid in this path!) - // 0x02 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight - // 0x03 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight - // 0x04 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft - // 0x05 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft - // ... - // 0x0F --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 - // (See all values in ImDrawCornerFlags_) - if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) - return (flags << 4); - + // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021). This code was stripped/simplified and mostly commented in 1.90 (from September 2023) + // - Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) + if (flags == ~0) { return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; } + // - Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations). Read details in older version of this code. + if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) { return (flags << 4); } // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f' #endif - - // If this triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. - // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc... + */ + // If this assert triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. + // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc. anyway. + // See details in 1.82 Changelog as well as 2021/03/12 and 2023/09/08 entries in "API BREAKING CHANGES" section. IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!"); if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) @@ -1348,10 +1359,12 @@ static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { - flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - + if (rounding >= 0.5f) + { + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f); + } if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); @@ -1544,6 +1557,35 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, in PathFillConvex(col); } +// Ellipse +void ImDrawList::AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + if (num_segments <= 0) + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius_x, radius_y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here. + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius_x, radius_y, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathStroke(col, true, thickness); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + if (num_segments <= 0) + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius_x, radius_y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here. + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius_x, radius_y, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathFillConvex(col); +} + // Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) { @@ -1808,6 +1850,63 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) // [SECTION] ImDrawData //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ImDrawData::Clear() +{ + Valid = false; + CmdListsCount = TotalIdxCount = TotalVtxCount = 0; + CmdLists.resize(0); // The ImDrawList are NOT owned by ImDrawData but e.g. by ImGuiContext, so we don't clear them. + DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + OwnerViewport = NULL; +} + +// Important: 'out_list' is generally going to be draw_data->CmdLists, but may be another temporary list +// as long at it is expected that the result will be later merged into draw_data->CmdLists[]. +void ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) + return; + + // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. + // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) + IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + + // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) + // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: + // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. + // Be mindful that the lower-level ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. + // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: + // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. + // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. + // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. + // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. + // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: + // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); + // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. + // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. + // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching + // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); + + // Add to output list + records state in ImDrawData + out_list->push_back(draw_list); + draw_data->CmdListsCount++; + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; +} + +void ImDrawData::AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + IM_ASSERT(CmdLists.Size == CmdListsCount); + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(this, &CmdLists, draw_list); +} + // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() { @@ -1832,15 +1931,9 @@ void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() // or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale) { - for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++) - { - ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i]; - for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) - { - ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); - } - } + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : CmdLists) + for (ImDrawCmd& cmd : draw_list->CmdBuffer) + cmd.ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd.ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd.ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1896,6 +1989,14 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int ve } } +void ImGui::ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out) +{ + ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; + ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; + for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex) + vertex->pos = ImRotate(vertex->pos- pivot_in, cos_a, sin_a) + pivot_out; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImFontConfig //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1904,10 +2005,11 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; - OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default? + OversampleH = 2; OversampleV = 1; GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX; RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f; + RasterizerDensity = 1.0f; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; } @@ -1981,19 +2083,19 @@ ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++) - if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas) + for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : ConfigData) + if (font_cfg.FontData && font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas) { - IM_FREE(ConfigData[i].FontData); - ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL; + IM_FREE(font_cfg.FontData); + font_cfg.FontData = NULL; } // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font. - for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) - if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) + for (ImFont* font : Fonts) + if (font->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && font->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) { - Fonts[i]->ConfigData = NULL; - Fonts[i]->ConfigDataCount = 0; + font->ConfigData = NULL; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; } ConfigData.clear(); CustomRects.clear(); @@ -2090,6 +2192,8 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar; + ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(this); + // Invalidate texture TexReady = false; ClearTexData(); @@ -2126,7 +2230,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template) if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels); font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085; - font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_FLOOR(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units + font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_TRUNC(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault(); @@ -2156,13 +2260,14 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, } // NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build(). -ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) +ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); - font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data; - font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size; + IM_ASSERT(font_data_size > 100 && "Incorrect value for font_data_size!"); // Heuristic to prevent accidentally passing a wrong value to font_data_size. + font_cfg.FontData = font_data; + font_cfg.FontDataSize = font_data_size; font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels; if (glyph_ranges) font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges; @@ -2377,7 +2482,10 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found."); if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset)) + { + IM_ASSERT(0 && "stbtt_InitFont(): failed to parse FontData. It is correct and complete? Check FontDataSize."); return false; + } // Measure highest codepoints ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; @@ -2459,7 +2567,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; - src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels; + src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity; src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0; src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data; src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; @@ -2468,7 +2576,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV; // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects) - const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels); + const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0.0f) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity); const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding; for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++) { @@ -2564,12 +2672,14 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap; stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap); - const float ascent = ImFloor(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); - const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); + const float ascent = ImTrunc(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); + const float descent = ImTrunc(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent); const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x; const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); + const float inv_rasterization_scale = 1.0f / cfg.RasterizerDensity; + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) { // Register glyph @@ -2578,7 +2688,11 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) stbtt_aligned_quad q; float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f; stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0); - dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + font_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + font_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance); + float x0 = q.x0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x; + float y0 = q.y0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y; + float x1 = q.x1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x; + float y1 = q.y1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y; + dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance * inv_rasterization_scale); } } @@ -2598,19 +2712,31 @@ const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype() #endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : atlas->ConfigData) + { + ImFont* font = font_cfg.DstFont; + if (!font_cfg.MergeMode) + { + font->ConfigData = &font_cfg; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; + } + font->ConfigDataCount++; + } +} + void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent) { if (!font_config->MergeMode) { font->ClearOutputData(); font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels; - font->ConfigData = font_config; - font->ConfigDataCount = 0; + IM_ASSERT(font->ConfigData == font_config); font->ContainerAtlas = atlas; font->Ascent = ascent; font->Descent = descent; } - font->ConfigDataCount++; } void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque) @@ -2757,6 +2883,13 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { + // Round font size + // - We started rounding in 1.90 WIP (18991) as our layout system currently doesn't support non-rounded font size well yet. + // - Note that using io.FontGlobalScale or SetWindowFontScale(), with are legacy-ish, partially supported features, can still lead to unrounded sizes. + // - We may support it better later and remove this rounding. + for (ImFontConfig& cfg : atlas->ConfigData) + cfg.SizePixels = ImTrunc(cfg.SizePixels); + // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0) { @@ -2798,9 +2931,9 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) } // Build all fonts lookup tables - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables) - atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); + for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts) + if (font->DirtyLookupTables) + font->BuildLookupTable(); atlas->TexReady = true; } @@ -3165,6 +3298,7 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint); // Build lookup table + IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size > 0 && "Font has not loaded glyph!"); IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved IndexAdvanceX.clear(); IndexLookup.clear(); @@ -3281,7 +3415,7 @@ void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, floa advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX); if (advance_x != advance_x_original) { - float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; + float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImTrunc((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; x0 += char_off_x; x1 += char_off_x; } @@ -3549,8 +3683,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im if (glyph->Colored) col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; - float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x); + float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y); draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); } @@ -3562,8 +3696,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. // Align to be pixel perfect - float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x); + float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y); if (y > clip_rect.w) return; @@ -4071,8 +4205,8 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ProggyClean.ttf // Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer -// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.upperbounds.net/download/ProggyClean.ttf.zip) -// Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net +// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.proggyfonts.net/index.php?menu=download) +// Download and more information at http://www.proggyfonts.net or http://upperboundsinteractive.com/fonts.php //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes) // Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding). diff --git a/imgui_internal.h b/imgui_internal.h index 30990481..1a55e171 100644 --- a/imgui_internal.h +++ b/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,12 +1,7 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.7 +// dear imgui, v1.90.1 // (internal structures/api) // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility. -// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not conflict with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA with your own math types+operators), use: -/* -#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -#include "imgui_internal.h" -*/ /* @@ -23,6 +18,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Inputs support // [SECTION] Clipper support // [SECTION] Navigation support +// [SECTION] Typing-select support // [SECTION] Columns support // [SECTION] Multi-select support // [SECTION] Docking support @@ -81,7 +77,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #endif #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloorSigned() +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloor() #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" @@ -135,6 +131,7 @@ struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items struct ImGuiLocEntry; // A localization entry. struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result +struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData; // Temporary storage for last TreeNode() being a Left arrow landing candidate. struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions @@ -152,6 +149,8 @@ struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings +struct ImGuiTypingSelectState; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() +struct ImGuiTypingSelectRequest; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() (aimed to be public) struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window) struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) @@ -177,6 +176,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags; // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ // F typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() +typedef int ImGuiTypingSelectFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_ // Flags: for GetTypingSelectRequest() typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); @@ -196,13 +196,13 @@ extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer namespace ImStb { -#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING -#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING +#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 #include "imstb_textedit.h" } // namespace ImStb @@ -227,13 +227,13 @@ namespace ImStb #else #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0) #endif -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection)IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) // Static Asserts #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") @@ -266,10 +266,13 @@ namespace ImStb #define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 -#define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds +#define IM_TRUNC(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImTrunc() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds #define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) // #define IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) #_X #define IM_STRINGIFY(_X) IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) // Preprocessor idiom to stringify e.g. an integer. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +#define IM_FLOOR IM_TRUNC +#endif // Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -304,6 +307,18 @@ namespace ImStb #endif #endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK +// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... +// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" +#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" +#define IM_PRIX64 "I64X" +#else +#define IM_PRId64 "lld" +#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +#define IM_PRIX64 "llX" +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Generic helpers // Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions. @@ -347,18 +362,18 @@ static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } // Helpers: String -IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); -IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); -IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); -IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); -IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); -IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); -IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); +IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); // Case insensitive compare. +IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); // Case insensitive compare to a certain count. +IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); // Copy to a certain count and always zero terminate (strncpy doesn't). +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); // Duplicate a string. +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); // Copy in provided buffer, recreate buffer if needed. +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); // Find first occurrence of 'c' in string range. IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line -IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line -IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); -IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); -IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); // Find a substring in a string range. +IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); // Remove leading and trailing blanks from a buffer. +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); // Find first non-blank character. +IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); // Computer string length (ImWchar string) +IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line (ImWchar string) IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF static inline char ImToUpper(char c) { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; } static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } @@ -385,6 +400,7 @@ IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, co IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 +IMGUI_API const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr); // return previous UTF-8 code-point. // Helpers: File System #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS @@ -420,7 +436,6 @@ IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF #define ImAcos(X) acosf(X) #define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X)) #define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR) -//#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We use our own, see ImFloor() and ImFloorSigned() #define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X) static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); } @@ -458,10 +473,10 @@ static inline float ImSaturate(float f) static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); } static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); } static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; } -static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } -static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() -static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } -static inline ImVec2 ImFloorSigned(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(v.x), ImFloorSigned(v.y)); } +static inline float ImTrunc(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } +static inline ImVec2 ImTrunc(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } +static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() +static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloor(v.x), ImFloor(v.y)); } static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } @@ -524,6 +539,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; } bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; } + bool ContainsWithPad(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& pad) const { return p.x >= Min.x - pad.x && p.y >= Min.y - pad.y && p.x < Max.x + pad.x && p.y < Max.y + pad.y; } bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; } void Add(const ImVec2& p) { if (Min.x > p.x) Min.x = p.x; if (Min.y > p.y) Min.y = p.y; if (Max.x < p.x) Max.x = p.x; if (Max.y < p.y) Max.y = p.y; } void Add(const ImRect& r) { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; } @@ -534,7 +550,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect void TranslateY(float dy) { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; } void ClipWith(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); } // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display. void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped. - void Floor() { Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x); Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y); Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x); Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y); } + void Floor() { Min.x = IM_TRUNC(Min.x); Min.y = IM_TRUNC(Min.y); Max.x = IM_TRUNC(Max.x); Max.y = IM_TRUNC(Max.y); } bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); } }; @@ -699,7 +715,6 @@ struct ImChunkStream int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } void swap(ImChunkStream& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); } - }; // Helper: ImGuiTextIndex<> @@ -772,12 +787,10 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData struct ImDrawDataBuilder { - ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip + ImVector* Layers[2]; // Pointers to global layers for: regular, tooltip. LayersP[0] is owned by DrawData. + ImVector LayerData1; - void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } - int GetDrawListCount() const { int count = 0; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) count += Layers[n].Size; return count; } - IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + ImDrawDataBuilder() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -802,10 +815,11 @@ enum ImGuiItemFlags_ ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 8, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() - ImGuiItemflags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 9, // false // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame. + ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 9, // false // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame. // Controlled by widget code ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 10, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. + ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData = 1 << 11, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() }; // Status flags for an already submitted item @@ -821,8 +835,8 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing (FIXME: to be removed soon) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 9, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 8, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect = 1 << 9, // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE @@ -886,7 +900,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_ enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? - ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, + ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, // Consider using g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly instead. }; // Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ @@ -1044,6 +1058,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData ImGuiID WindowID; ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine; ImVec1 BackupIndent; ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; @@ -1051,6 +1066,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive; + bool BackupIsSameLine; bool EmitItem; }; @@ -1105,7 +1121,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } - int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } + int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation // Cursor & Selection @@ -1145,6 +1161,7 @@ enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags = 1 << 8, }; // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions @@ -1159,6 +1176,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData ImVec2 SizeVal; ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; ImVec2 ScrollVal; + ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags; bool CollapsedVal; ImRect SizeConstraintRect; ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback; @@ -1170,6 +1188,10 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } }; +// Multi-Selection item index or identifier when using SetNextItemSelectionUserData()/BeginMultiSelect() +// (Most users are likely to use this store an item INDEX but this may be used to store a POINTER as well.) +typedef ImS64 ImGuiSelectionUserData; + enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, @@ -1180,13 +1202,14 @@ enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ struct ImGuiNextItemData { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; - ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemflags_AllowOverlap. - float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() - ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemMultiSelectData() (!= 0 signify value has been set, so it's an alternate version of HasSelectionData, we don't use Flags for this because they are cleared too early. This is mostly used for debugging) + ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap. + // Non-flags members are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during NavProcessItem() + float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() + ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values) ImGuiCond OpenCond; - bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() + bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() - ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; } inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! }; @@ -1198,11 +1221,23 @@ struct ImGuiLastItemData ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ ImRect Rect; // Full rectangle ImRect NavRect; // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed) - ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle (only if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags is set. + ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle (ONLY VALID IF ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + ImRect ClipRect; // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item (ONLY VALID IF ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect is set) ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; +// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere. +// This is the minimum amount of data that we need to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult() and which we can't infer in TreePop() +// Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump. +struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; + ImRect NavRect; +}; + struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes { short SizeOfIDStack; @@ -1223,9 +1258,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes // Data saved for each window pushed into the stack struct ImGuiWindowStackData { - ImGuiWindow* Window; - ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup; - ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting + ImGuiWindow* Window; + ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup; + ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting }; struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem @@ -1369,23 +1404,29 @@ struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData // Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (for ImGui::InputText() function) enum ImGuiInputFlags_ { - // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() + // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1. ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster - ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, + + // Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted. + // In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease = 1 << 4, // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange = 1 << 5, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut) + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress = 1 << 7, // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat // Flags for SetItemKeyOwner() - ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 4, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) - ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 5, // Only set if item is active (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 8, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 9, // Only set if item is active (default to both) ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() - ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 6, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. - ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 7, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 10, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 11, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. // Routing policies for Shortcut() + low-level SetShortcutRouting() // - The general idea is that several callers register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it. @@ -1397,18 +1438,22 @@ enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // - Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(key) + testing mods. // - Priorities: GlobalHigh > Focused (when owner is active item) > Global > Focused (when focused window) > GlobalLow. // - Can select only 1 policy among all available. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 8, // (Default) Register focused route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow = 1 << 9, // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 10, // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText). - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh = 1 << 11, // Register route globally (highest priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items) + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 12, // (Default) Register focused route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow = 1 << 13, // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 14, // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText). + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh = 1 << 15, // Register route globally (highest priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items) ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh, // _Always not part of this! - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 12, // Do not register route, poll keys directly. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 13, // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 16, // Do not register route, poll keys directly. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 17, // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications. ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused, // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags - ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_, - ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress, + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_, ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease, ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_, }; @@ -1453,6 +1498,7 @@ enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key. ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used. ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2, // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection) + ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing = 1 << 3, // Activation requested by a tabbing request }; // Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem() @@ -1493,10 +1539,11 @@ enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded = 1 << 7, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult = 1 << 8, // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, // Requests from focus API can land/focus/activate items even if they are marked with _NoTabStop (see NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for details) - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 11, // Activate/select target item. - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect = 1 << 12, // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight = 1 << 13, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove = 1 << 11, // Identify a PageDown/PageUp request. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 12, // Activate/select target item. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect = 1 << 13, // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight = 1 << 14, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight }; enum ImGuiNavLayer @@ -1513,19 +1560,57 @@ struct ImGuiNavItemData ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // ????,Move // Best candidate item flags + ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionData() value. float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } + void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Typing-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for GetTypingSelectRequest() +enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace = 1 << 0, // Backspace to delete character inputs. If using: ensure GetTypingSelectRequest() is not called more than once per frame (filter by e.g. focus state) + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode = 1 << 1, // Allow "single char" search mode which is activated when pressing the same character multiple times. +}; + +// Returned by GetTypingSelectRequest(), designed to eventually be public. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest +{ + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags Flags; // Flags passed to GetTypingSelectRequest() + int SearchBufferLen; + const char* SearchBuffer; // Search buffer contents (use full string. unless SingleCharMode is set, in which case use SingleCharSize). + bool SelectRequest; // Set when buffer was modified this frame, requesting a selection. + bool SingleCharMode; // Notify when buffer contains same character repeated, to implement special mode. In this situation it preferred to not display any on-screen search indication. + ImS8 SingleCharSize; // Length in bytes of first letter codepoint (1 for ascii, 2-4 for UTF-8). If (SearchBufferLen==RepeatCharSize) only 1 letter has been input. +}; + +// Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectState +{ + ImGuiTypingSelectRequest Request; // User-facing data + char SearchBuffer[64]; // Search buffer: no need to make dynamic as this search is very transient. + ImGuiID FocusScope; + int LastRequestFrame = 0; + float LastRequestTime = 0.0f; + bool SingleCharModeLock = false; // After a certain single char repeat count we lock into SingleCharMode. Two benefits: 1) buffer never fill, 2) we can provide an immediate SingleChar mode without timer elapsing. + + ImGuiTypingSelectState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void Clear() { SearchBuffer[0] = 0; SingleCharModeLock = false; } // We preserve remaining data for easier debugging }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Columns support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). Prefix using BeginTable() nowadays! +// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). This is an obsolete API. Prefer using BeginTable() nowadays! enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ { ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0, @@ -1533,16 +1618,16 @@ enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window - ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, #endif }; @@ -1581,6 +1666,9 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns // [SECTION] Multi-select support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// We always assume that -1 is an invalid value (which works for indices and pointers) +#define ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid ((ImGuiSelectionUserData)-1) + #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT // #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT @@ -1601,18 +1689,17 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns // Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport { - int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used - ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. + int BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used + ImDrawList* BgFgDrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. ImDrawData DrawDataP; - ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; - + ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; // Temporary data while building final ImDrawData ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!) ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height). ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f. ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f. - ImGuiViewportP() { DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; } - ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } + ImGuiViewportP() { BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[0] = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; BgFgDrawLists[0] = BgFgDrawLists[1] = NULL; } + ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (BgFgDrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[0]); if (BgFgDrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[1]); } // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect) ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); } @@ -1638,6 +1725,7 @@ struct ImGuiWindowSettings ImVec2ih Pos; ImVec2ih Size; bool Collapsed; + bool IsChild; bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) bool WantDelete; // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry @@ -1692,27 +1780,47 @@ struct ImGuiLocEntry enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ { // Event types - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection = 1 << 5, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 6, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 10, // Also send output to TTY + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection = 1 << 5, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 6, + + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 20, // Also send output to TTY + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine = 1 << 21, // Also send output to Test Engine +}; + +struct ImGuiDebugAllocEntry +{ + int FrameCount; + ImS16 AllocCount; + ImS16 FreeCount; +}; + +struct ImGuiDebugAllocInfo +{ + int TotalAllocCount; // Number of call to MemAlloc(). + int TotalFreeCount; + ImS16 LastEntriesIdx; // Current index in buffer + ImGuiDebugAllocEntry LastEntriesBuf[6]; // Track last 6 frames that had allocations + + ImGuiDebugAllocInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; struct ImGuiMetricsConfig { bool ShowDebugLog = false; - bool ShowStackTool = false; + bool ShowIDStackTool = false; bool ShowWindowsRects = false; bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false; bool ShowTablesRects = false; bool ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; + bool ShowTextEncodingViewer = false; bool ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false; int ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; int ShowTablesRectsType = -1; @@ -1729,8 +1837,8 @@ struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo ImGuiStackLevelInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -// State for Stack tool queries -struct ImGuiStackTool +// State for ID Stack tool queries +struct ImGuiIDStackTool { int LastActiveFrame; int StackLevel; // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level @@ -1739,7 +1847,7 @@ struct ImGuiStackTool bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC; float CopyToClipboardLastTime; - ImGuiStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } + ImGuiIDStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1799,6 +1907,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING) + ImGuiID DebugBreakInWindow; // Set to break in Begin() call. ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set. @@ -1806,12 +1915,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; int WheelingWindowStartFrame; // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL + int WheelingWindowScrolledFrame; float WheelingWindowReleaseTimer; ImVec2 WheelingWindowWheelRemainder; ImVec2 WheelingAxisAvg; // Item/widgets state and tracking information - ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] + ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; @@ -1842,10 +1952,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner. // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame(). + double LastKeyModsChangeTime; // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic) + double LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime; // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic) + double LastKeyboardKeyPressTime; // Record the last time a keyboard key (ignore mouse/gamepad ones) was pressed. ImGuiKeyOwnerData KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; ImGuiKeyRoutingTable KeysRoutingTable; ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency) + ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakInShortcutRouting; // Set to break in SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() calls. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' #endif @@ -1857,16 +1971,20 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd) ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions + bool DebugShowGroupRects; // Shared stacks - ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() - ImVectorItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() - ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() - ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) - ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + ImGuiCol DebugFlashStyleColorIdx; // (Keep close to ColorStack to share cache line) + ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() + ImVector ItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector GroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() + ImVector OpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) + ImVector BeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + ImVector NavTreeNodeStack; // Stack for TreeNode() when a NavLeft requested is emitted. + int BeginMenuCount; // Viewports @@ -1887,6 +2005,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiActivateFlags NavNextActivateFlags; ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS CAN ONLY BE ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard or ImGuiInputSource_Mouse ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. + ImGuiSelectionUserData NavLastValidSelectionUserData; // Last valid data passed to SetNextItemSelectionUser(), or -1. For current window. Not reset when focusing an item that doesn't have selection data. bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) @@ -1940,6 +2059,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext int DragDropMouseButton; ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload; ImRect DragDropTargetRect; // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping) + ImRect DragDropTargetClipRect; // Store ClipRect at the time of item's drawing ImGuiID DragDropTargetId; ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropAcceptFlags; float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface) @@ -1956,6 +2076,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Tables ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; + ImGuiID DebugBreakInTable; // Set to break in BeginTable() call. int TablesTempDataStacked; // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size) ImVector TablesTempData; // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting) ImPool Tables; // Persistent table data @@ -1994,6 +2115,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImU32 ColorEditSavedColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData; + ImRect WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect; // Expected border rect, switch to relative edit if moving + bool WindowResizeRelativeMode; float SliderGrabClickOffset; float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls. bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it? @@ -2003,14 +2126,15 @@ struct ImGuiContext float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled() short DisabledStackSize; + short LockMarkEdited; short TooltipOverrideCount; ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once + ImGuiTypingSelectState TypingSelectState; // State for GetTypingSelectRequest() // Platform support ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeData; // Data updated by current frame ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn - char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point // Settings bool SettingsLoaded; @@ -2042,14 +2166,20 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogFlags; ImGuiTextBuffer DebugLogBuf; ImGuiTextIndex DebugLogIndex; - ImU8 DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames; + ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogAutoDisableFlags; + ImU8 DebugLogAutoDisableFrames; ImU8 DebugLocateFrames; // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above. + bool DebugBreakInLocateId; // Debug break in ItemAdd() call for g.DebugLocateId. + ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakKeyChord; // = ImGuiKey_Pause ImS8 DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth; // Cycle between 0..9 then wrap around. bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) ImU8 DebugItemPickerMouseButton; ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID + float DebugFlashStyleColorTime; + ImVec4 DebugFlashStyleColorBackup; ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; - ImGuiStackTool DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool DebugIDStackTool; + ImGuiDebugAllocInfo DebugAllocInfo; // Misc float FramerateSecPerFrame[60]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames.. @@ -2088,7 +2218,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; MovingWindow = NULL; WheelingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1; + WheelingWindowStartFrame = WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = -1; WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; DebugHookIdInfo = 0; @@ -2116,6 +2246,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext LastActiveId = 0; LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = LastKeyModsChangeTime = LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = -1.0; + ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -2124,6 +2256,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; + DebugShowGroupRects = false; BeginMenuCount = 0; NavWindow = NULL; @@ -2133,6 +2266,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; NavIdIsAlive = false; NavMousePosDirty = false; NavDisableHighlight = true; @@ -2188,6 +2322,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0; ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f; ColorEditSavedColor = 0; + WindowResizeRelativeMode = false; SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; @@ -2197,11 +2332,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; DisabledStackSize = 0; + LockMarkEdited = 0; TooltipOverrideCount = 0; PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission - PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; SettingsLoaded = false; SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; @@ -2220,12 +2355,22 @@ struct ImGuiContext DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; DebugLocateId = 0; - DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames = 0; + DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None; + DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 0; DebugLocateFrames = 0; DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1; DebugItemPickerActive = false; DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.0f; + DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT; + + // Same as DebugBreakClearData(). Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations + DebugBreakInWindow = 0; + DebugBreakInTable = 0; + DebugBreakInLocateId = false; + DebugBreakKeyChord = ImGuiKey_Pause; + DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None; memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; @@ -2296,6 +2441,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) ImGuiWindowFlags Flags; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ + ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags; // Set when window is a child window. See enum ImGuiChildFlags_ ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded. ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel) ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) @@ -2330,6 +2476,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window. bool IsExplicitChild; // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked() bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) + signed char ResizeBorderHovered; // Current border being hovered for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) short BeginCountPreviousFrame; // Number of Begin() during the previous frame @@ -2338,7 +2485,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused. ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; - ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises; bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames @@ -2472,6 +2618,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar float ScrollingSpeed; float ScrollingRectMinX; float ScrollingRectMaxX; + float SeparatorMinX; + float SeparatorMaxX; ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; ImS16 ReorderRequestOffset; ImS8 BeginCount; @@ -2569,14 +2717,17 @@ struct ImGuiTableCellData }; // Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?) +// sizeof() ~ 24 bytes struct ImGuiTableInstanceData { ImGuiID TableInstanceID; float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame - float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame (FIXME: this is used as "header height" and may be reworked) + float LastTopHeadersRowHeight; // Height of first consecutive header rows from last frame (FIXME: this is used assuming consecutive headers are in same frozen set) float LastFrozenHeight; // Height of frozen section from last frame + int HoveredRowLast; // Index of row which was hovered last frame. + int HoveredRowNext; // Index of row hovered this frame, set after encountering it. - ImGuiTableInstanceData() { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; } + ImGuiTableInstanceData() { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastTopHeadersRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; } }; // FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs, incoming RowData @@ -2604,6 +2755,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float RowPosY1; float RowPosY2; float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow() + float RowCellPaddingY; // Top and bottom padding. Reloaded during row change. float RowTextBaseline; float RowIndentOffsetX; ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_ @@ -2617,9 +2769,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float HostIndentX; float MinColumnWidth; float OuterPaddingX; - float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders - float CellPaddingY; - float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells + float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. + float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. float CellSpacingX2; float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width @@ -2628,6 +2779,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float ResizedColumnNextWidth; float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + float AngledHeadersHeight; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() + float AngledHeadersSlope; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable(). ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is ImRect WorkRect; @@ -2650,8 +2803,10 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) ImGuiTableColumnIdx DeclColumnsCount; // Count calls to TableSetupColumn() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx AngledHeadersCount; // Count columns with angled headers ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBody; // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column! ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBorder; // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing). + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HighlightColumnHeader; // Index of column which should be highlighted. ImGuiTableColumnIdx AutoFitSingleColumn; // Index of single column requesting auto-fit. ImGuiTableColumnIdx ResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0. ImGuiTableColumnIdx LastResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized from previous frame. @@ -2677,6 +2832,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable bool IsSortSpecsDirty; bool IsUsingHeaders; // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag. bool IsContextPopupOpen; // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted). + bool DisableDefaultContextMenu; // Disable default context menu contents. You may submit your own using TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/EndPopup() bool IsSettingsRequestLoad; bool IsSettingsDirty; // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data. bool IsDefaultDisplayOrder; // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1) @@ -2684,6 +2840,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest; bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row. bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable() + bool IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable; + bool IsActiveIdInTable; bool HasScrollbarYCurr; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the current frame. bool HasScrollbarYPrev; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the previous. bool MemoryCompacted; @@ -2696,11 +2854,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable // Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table). // - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure. // - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics. -// sizeof() ~ 112 bytes. +// sizeof() ~ 120 bytes. struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData { int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used + float AngledheadersExtraWidth; // Used in EndTable() ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable() ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; @@ -2781,7 +2940,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); - IMGUI_API void SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window); inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } inline ImVec2 WindowPosRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x + off.x, p.y + off.y); } @@ -2802,6 +2961,7 @@ namespace ImGui inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches. IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API void AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); // Init IMGUI_API void Initialize(); @@ -2897,7 +3057,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix); // Popups, Modals, Tooltips - IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); @@ -2905,6 +3065,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltipHidden(); IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); @@ -2929,10 +3090,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); IMGUI_API void NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); IMGUI_API void NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); @@ -2966,13 +3129,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key); inline ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return GetKeyData(&g, key); } - IMGUI_API void GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size); + IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size); inline ImGuiKey MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button) { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); } IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down); IMGUI_API float GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); IMGUI_API void GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos); IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } @@ -3006,6 +3170,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); // [EXPERIMENTAL] Shortcut Routing // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey optionally OR-red with ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super. @@ -3017,6 +3182,10 @@ namespace ImGui // - Route is granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route. // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id and will all get the granted route. // - For routing: when owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a default owner in order to identify our location. + // - TL;DR; + // - IsKeyChordPressed() compares mods + call IsKeyPressed() -> function has no side-effect. + // - Shortcut() submits a route then if currently can be routed calls IsKeyChordPressed() -> function has (desirable) side-effects. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id); @@ -3039,7 +3208,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); - IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb); + IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect); + + // Typing-Select API + IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags = ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None); + IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx); + IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx); + IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data); // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); @@ -3057,10 +3232,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs); - IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredRow(); // Retrieve *PREVIOUS FRAME* hovered row. This difference with TableGetHoveredColumn() is the reason why this is not public yet. IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth(); IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel(); IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + IMGUI_API void TableAngledHeadersRowEx(float angle, float label_width = 0.0f); // Tables: Internals inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; } @@ -3073,7 +3251,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); - IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display); IMGUI_API bool TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } @@ -3154,7 +3332,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); @@ -3179,6 +3357,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data); // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). @@ -3217,6 +3396,7 @@ namespace ImGui // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out); // Garbage collection IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); @@ -3226,20 +3406,26 @@ namespace ImGui // Debug Log IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size); // size >= 0 : alloc, size = -1 : free // Debug Tools IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id); // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time! IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id); // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time! IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); - inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); } + IMGUI_API void DebugBreakClearData(); + IMGUI_API bool DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location); + IMGUI_API void DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location); inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); - IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph); @@ -3248,6 +3434,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* state); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); @@ -3290,6 +3477,7 @@ struct ImFontBuilderIO #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); #endif +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); diff --git a/imgui_tables.cpp b/imgui_tables.cpp index d3967a5f..eab542d8 100644 --- a/imgui_tables.cpp +++ b/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.7 +// dear imgui, v1.90.1 // (tables and columns code) /* @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ Index of this file: // - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow(). // | TableSetupDrawChannels() - setup ImDrawList channels // | TableUpdateBorders() - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission -// | TableDrawContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu +// | TableBeginContextMenuPopup() +// | - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu contents //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader() user submit a headers row (optional) // | TableSortSpecsClickColumn() - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ Index of this file: // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window // - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) -// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtenY is set) +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling // - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window. @@ -198,11 +199,7 @@ Index of this file: #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -323,14 +320,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping criteria may evolve. const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0; const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); - ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); - ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); - if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0)) + const ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); + const ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); + const bool outer_window_is_measuring_size = (outer_window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (outer_window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); // Doesn't apply to AlwaysAutoResize windows! + if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0) && !outer_window_is_measuring_size) { ItemSize(outer_rect); return false; } + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInTable == id) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + // Acquire storage for the table ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id); const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags; @@ -349,7 +351,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window); // Initialize - const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; + const int previous_frame_active = table->LastFrameActive; + const int instance_no = (previous_frame_active != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; table->ID = id; table->Flags = flags; table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; @@ -408,13 +411,17 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect; IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f); + // Allow submitting when host is measuring + if (table->InnerWindow->SkipItems && outer_window_is_measuring_size) + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; + // When using multiple instances, ensure they have the same amount of horizontal decorations (aka vertical scrollbar) so stretched columns can be aligned) if (instance_no == 0) { table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr; table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; } - table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= (table->InnerWindow->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY; } else { @@ -443,6 +450,18 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size; inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Make left and top borders not overlap our contents by offsetting HostClipRect (#6765) + // (we normally shouldn't alter HostClipRect as we rely on TableMergeDrawChannels() expanding non-clipped column toward the + // limits of that rectangle, in order for ImDrawListSplitter::Merge() to merge the draw commands. However since the overlap + // problem only affect scrolling tables in this case we can get away with doing it without extra cost). + if (inner_window != outer_window) + { + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) + table->HostClipRect.Min.x = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.x + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.x); + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) + table->HostClipRect.Min.y = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.y + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.y); + } + // Padding and Spacing // - None ........Content..... Pad .....Content........ // - PadOuter | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad | @@ -456,7 +475,6 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border; table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit; table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit; - table->CellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; @@ -473,10 +491,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow() + table->RowCellPaddingY = 0.0f; table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0; table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; - table->DeclColumnsCount = 0; + table->DeclColumnsCount = table->AngledHeadersCount = 0; + if (previous_frame_active + 1 < g.FrameCount) + table->IsActiveIdInTable = false; + temp_data->AngledheadersExtraWidth = 0.0f; // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping lines of the grid, otherwise we'd need to improve TableDrawBorders() table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong); @@ -850,8 +872,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0); - // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible - // to avoid the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). + // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible to avoid + // the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). Also see #6510. // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time. if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow) table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; @@ -936,7 +958,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) { float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights; - column->WidthRequest = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); + column->WidthRequest = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest; } @@ -946,7 +968,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_; // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink - column->WidthGiven = ImFloor(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + column->WidthGiven = ImTrunc(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven; } @@ -971,17 +993,25 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem). // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop. ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); - table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; - table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + table_instance->HoveredRowLast = table_instance->HoveredRowNext; + table_instance->HoveredRowNext = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId; g.ActiveId = 0; const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0, ImGuiItemFlags_None); g.ActiveId = backup_active_id; + // Determine skewed MousePos.x to support angled headers. + float mouse_skewed_x = g.IO.MousePos.x; + if (table->AngledHeadersHeight > 0.0f) + if (g.IO.MousePos.y >= table->OuterRect.Min.y && g.IO.MousePos.y <= table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight) + mouse_skewed_x += ImTrunc((table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight - g.IO.MousePos.y) * table->AngledHeadersSlope); + // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. int visible_n = 0; + bool has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = false; bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1; ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect; @@ -1019,7 +1049,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) } // Detect hovered column - if (is_hovering_table && g.IO.MousePos.x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && g.IO.MousePos.x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) + if (is_hovering_table && mouse_skewed_x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && mouse_skewed_x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; // Lock start position @@ -1038,7 +1068,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter. column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1; column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max - column->ItemWidth = ImFloor(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); + column->ItemWidth = ImTrunc(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX; column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX; @@ -1062,9 +1092,12 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0; // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout) + // (table->HostSkipItems is a copy of inner_window->SkipItems before we cleared it above in Part 2) column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems; if (column->IsSkipItems) IM_ASSERT(!is_visible); + if (column->IsRequestOutput && !column->IsSkipItems) + has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = true; // Update status flags column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled; @@ -1102,18 +1135,26 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) visible_n++; } + // In case the table is visible (e.g. decorations) but all columns clipped, we keep a column visible. + // Else if give no chance to a clipper-savy user to submit rows and therefore total contents height used by scrollbar. + if (has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output == false) + { + table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsRequestOutput = true; + table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsSkipItems = false; + } + // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it) // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu. const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x); if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1) - { - if (g.IO.MousePos.x >= unused_x1) + if (mouse_skewed_x >= unused_x1) table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; - } if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0); + // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position. // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need. // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point. @@ -1125,8 +1166,16 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1); } table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect; - table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); - table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : +1.0f); + table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x; + table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x; + + // Setup window's WorkRect.Max.y for GetContentRegionAvail(). Other values will be updated in each TableBeginCell() call. + float window_content_max_y; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) + window_content_max_y = table->OuterRect.Max.y; + else + window_content_max_y = ImMax(table->InnerWindow->ContentRegionRect.Max.y, (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? 0.0f : table->OuterRect.Max.y); + table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y = ImClamp(window_content_max_y - g.Style.CellPadding.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Min.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y); // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect TableSetupDrawChannels(table); @@ -1134,14 +1183,26 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) TableUpdateBorders(table); - table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight = 0.0f; table->IsLayoutLocked = true; table->IsUsingHeaders = false; - // [Part 11] Context menu - if (TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) + // Highlight header + table->HighlightColumnHeader = -1; + if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn != -1 && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent) + table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->ContextPopupColumn; + else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn) && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != table->ColumnsCount && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1) + if (g.ActiveId == 0 || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive)) + table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->HoveredColumnBody; + + // [Part 11] Default context menu + // - To append to this menu: you can call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup(). + // - To modify or replace this: set table->IsContextPopupNoDefaultContents = true, then call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup(). + // - You may call TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() with selected flags to display specific sections of the default menu, + // e.g. TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) will display everything EXCEPT columns visibility options. + if (table->DisableDefaultContextMenu == false && TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) { - TableDrawContextMenu(table); + TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags); EndPopup(); } @@ -1178,9 +1239,9 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS; - const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y; + const float hit_y1 = (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->OuterRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight; const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); - const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight; + const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight; for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { @@ -1211,7 +1272,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) { TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); ClearActiveID(); - held = hovered = false; + held = false; } if (held) { @@ -1283,7 +1344,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border); if (table->ResizedColumn != -1) max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2); - table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x; + table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledheadersExtraWidth; } // Pop clipping rect @@ -1355,10 +1416,12 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn]; const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS); - const float new_width = ImFloor(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); + const float new_width = ImTrunc(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width; } + table->IsActiveIdInTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0 && table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable == false); + // Pop from id stack IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table_instance->TableInstanceID, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!"); @@ -1399,7 +1462,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() } else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f) { - const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f; + const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledheadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f); outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x); outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth)); } @@ -1438,7 +1501,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } -// See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file +// See "COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file // If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id) { @@ -1466,6 +1529,11 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) + { + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel; + table->AngledHeadersCount++; + } TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags); column->UserID = user_id; @@ -1547,6 +1615,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) // - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal] // - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal] // - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal] +// - TableGetHoveredRow() [Internal] // - TableSetBgColor() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1651,6 +1720,19 @@ int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody; } +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. Return maxrow+1 if in table but below last submitted row. +// *IMPORTANT* Unlike TableGetHoveredColumn(), this has a one frame latency in updating the value. +// This difference with is the reason why this is not public yet. +int ImGui::TableGetHoveredRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return -1; + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + return (int)table_instance->HoveredRowLast; +} + void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1725,19 +1807,20 @@ void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height) table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags; table->RowFlags = row_flags; + table->RowCellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height; TableBeginRow(table); // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height, // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell. - table->RowPosY2 += table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f; + table->RowPosY2 += table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f; table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height); // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn() table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true; } -// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +// [Internal] Only called by TableNextRow() void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; @@ -1758,8 +1841,10 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1; table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. + window->DC.PrevLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns, and to call it from first column too. window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; @@ -1796,12 +1881,17 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2; const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); - if (table->CurrentRow == 0) - TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) && (table->CurrentRow == 0 || (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers))) + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight += bg_y2 - bg_y1; const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); if (is_visible) { + // Update data for TableGetHoveredRow() + if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && g.IO.MousePos.y >= bg_y1 && g.IO.MousePos.y < bg_y2) + table_instance->HoveredRowNext = table->CurrentRow; + // Decide of background color for the row ImU32 bg_col0 = 0; ImU32 bg_col1 = 0; @@ -1813,15 +1903,14 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1]; // Decide of top border color - ImU32 border_col = 0; + ImU32 top_border_col = 0; const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; - if (table->CurrentRow > 0 || table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) - border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + if (table->CurrentRow > 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH)) + top_border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0; const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual; - if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) + if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | top_border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) { // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here. @@ -1860,8 +1949,8 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) } // Draw top border - if (border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), border_col, border_size); + if (top_border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), top_border_col, border_size); // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong) if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) @@ -1879,7 +1968,7 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; - TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); @@ -1989,12 +2078,14 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row. window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->CellPaddingY; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->RowCellPaddingY; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; // PrevLine.y is preserved. This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent; + // Note how WorkRect.Max.y is only set once during layout window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX; window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; @@ -2045,7 +2136,7 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); if (column->IsEnabled) - table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; // Propagate text baseline for the entire row @@ -2255,6 +2346,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) // - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal] // - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal] // - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnBorderCol() [Internal] // - TableDrawBorders() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2538,6 +2630,18 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) } } +static ImU32 TableGetColumnBorderCol(ImGuiTable* table, int order_n, int column_n) +{ + const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); + const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); + if (is_resized || is_hovered) + return ImGui::GetColorU32(is_resized ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered); + if (is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize))) + return table->BorderColorStrong; + return table->BorderColorLight; +} + // FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow) void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) { @@ -2552,9 +2656,9 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // Draw inner border and resizing feedback ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; - const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y; + const float draw_y1 = ImMax(table->InnerRect.Min.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight) + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; - const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; + const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight) : draw_y1; if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) { for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) @@ -2580,21 +2684,9 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling. - ImU32 col; - float draw_y2; - if (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator) - { - draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; - col = is_resized ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive) : is_hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered) : table->BorderColorStrong; - } - else - { - draw_y2 = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? draw_y2_head : draw_y2_body; - col = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; - } - + float draw_y2 = (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) == 0) ? draw_y2_body : draw_y2_head; if (draw_y2 > draw_y1) - inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n), border_size); } } @@ -2611,7 +2703,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong; if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) { - inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size); } else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) { @@ -2626,7 +2718,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) } if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y) { - // Draw bottom-most row border + // Draw bottom-most row border between it is above outer border. const float border_y = table->RowPosY2; if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size); @@ -2647,8 +2739,9 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set) -// You can sort your data again when 'SpecsChanged == true'. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since -// last call, or the first time. +// When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have +// changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, +// else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! // Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()! ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() { @@ -2836,6 +2929,8 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) // - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal] // - TableHeadersRow() // - TableHeader() +// - TableAngledHeadersRow() +// - TableAngledHeadersRowEx() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() @@ -2844,16 +2939,26 @@ float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others. // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height. // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height... - float row_height = GetTextLineHeight(); - int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) - { - ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = TableGetColumnFlags(column_n); - if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) && !(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel)) - row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y); - } - row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f; - return row_height; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + float row_height = g.FontSize; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) + if ((table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) == 0) + row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n)).y); + return row_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; +} + +float ImGui::TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + float width = 0.0f; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) + if (table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) + width = ImMax(width, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n), NULL, true).x); + return width + g.Style.CellPadding.x * 2.0f; } // [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn(). @@ -2873,9 +2978,9 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() TableUpdateLayout(table); // Open row - const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code. return; @@ -2897,7 +3002,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos(); if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count) if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height) - TableOpenContextMenu(-1); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. + TableOpenContextMenu(columns_count); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. } // Emit a column header (text + optional sort order) @@ -2926,16 +3031,19 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) // If we already got a row height, there's use that. // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect? ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n); - float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f); + float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f); // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow float w_arrow = 0.0f; float w_sort_text = 0.0f; + bool sort_arrow = false; char sort_order_suf[4] = ""; const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f; if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) { - w_arrow = ImFloor(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + w_arrow = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + sort_arrow = true; if (column->SortOrder > 0) { ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1); @@ -2943,13 +3051,12 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) } } - // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considering for merging. + // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considered for merging. float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow; - column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, column->WorkMaxX); + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, sort_arrow ? cell_r.Max.x : ImMin(max_pos_x, cell_r.Max.x)); column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x); // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open. - const bool selected = (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn == column_n && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f)); ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal @@ -2960,9 +3067,10 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] // Using AllowOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + const bool highlight = (table->HighlightColumnHeader == column_n); bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); - if (held || hovered || selected) + if (held || hovered || highlight) { const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); @@ -3040,11 +3148,126 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) TableOpenContextMenu(column_n); } +// Unlike TableHeadersRow() it is not expected that you can reimplement or customize this with custom widgets. +// FIXME: highlight without ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn +// FIXME: No hit-testing/button on the angled header. +void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + TableAngledHeadersRowEx(g.Style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, 0.0f); +} + +void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(float angle, float max_label_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentRow == -1 && "Must be first row"); + + if (max_label_width == 0.0f) + max_label_width = TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth(); + + // Angle argument expressed in (-IM_PI/2 .. +IM_PI/2) as it is easier to think about for user. + const bool flip_label = (angle < 0.0f); + angle -= IM_PI * 0.5f; + const float cos_a = ImCos(angle); + const float sin_a = ImSin(angle); + const float label_cos_a = flip_label ? ImCos(angle + IM_PI) : cos_a; + const float label_sin_a = flip_label ? ImSin(angle + IM_PI) : sin_a; + const ImVec2 unit_right = ImVec2(cos_a, sin_a); + + // Calculate our base metrics and set angled headers data _before_ the first call to TableNextRow() + // FIXME-STYLE: Would it be better for user to submit 'max_label_width' or 'row_height' ? One can be derived from the other. + const float header_height = table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f + g.FontSize; + const float row_height = ImFabs(ImRotate(ImVec2(max_label_width, flip_label ? +header_height : -header_height), cos_a, sin_a).y); + const ImVec2 header_angled_vector = unit_right * (row_height / -sin_a); + table->AngledHeadersHeight = row_height; + table->AngledHeadersSlope = (sin_a != 0.0f) ? (cos_a / sin_a) : 0.0f; + + // Declare row, override and draw our own background + TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + TableNextColumn(); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + float clip_rect_min_x = table->BgClipRect.Min.x; + if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) + clip_rect_min_x = ImMax(clip_rect_min_x, table->Columns[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1].MaxX); + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, 0); // Cancel + PushClipRect(table->BgClipRect.Min, table->BgClipRect.Max, false); // Span all columns + draw_list->AddRectFilled(table->BgClipRect.Min, table->BgClipRect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, 0.25f)); // FIXME-STYLE: Change row background with an arbitrary color. + PushClipRect(ImVec2(clip_rect_min_x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y), table->BgClipRect.Max, true); // Span all columns + + const ImRect row_r(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y, table->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + row_height); + const ImGuiID row_id = GetID("##AngledHeaders"); + ButtonBehavior(row_r, row_id, NULL, NULL); + KeepAliveID(row_id); + + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + int highlight_column_n = table->HighlightColumnHeader; + if (highlight_column_n == -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1) + if (table_instance->HoveredRowLast == 0 && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == row_id || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive))) + highlight_column_n = table->HoveredColumnBody; + + float max_x = 0.0f; + for (int pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++) + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) + continue; + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) == 0) // Note: can't rely on ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible test here. + continue; + + ImVec2 bg_shape[4]; + bg_shape[0] = ImVec2(column->MaxX, row_r.Max.y); + bg_shape[1] = ImVec2(column->MinX, row_r.Max.y); + bg_shape[2] = bg_shape[1] + header_angled_vector; + bg_shape[3] = bg_shape[0] + header_angled_vector; + if (pass == 0) + { + // Draw shape + draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg)); + if (column_n == highlight_column_n) + draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header)); // Highlight on hover + //draw_list->AddQuad(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight), 1.0f); + max_x = ImMax(max_x, bg_shape[3].x); + + // Draw label (first draw at an offset where RenderTextXXX() function won't meddle with applying current ClipRect, then transform to final offset) + // FIXME: May be worth tidying up all those operations to make them easier to understand. + const char* label_name = TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); + const float clip_width = max_label_width - (sin_a * table->RowCellPaddingY); + ImRect label_r(window->ClipRect.Min, window->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(clip_width + (flip_label ? 0.0f : table->CellPaddingX), header_height + table->RowCellPaddingY)); + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label_name, NULL, true); + ImVec2 label_off = ImVec2(flip_label ? ImMax(0.0f, max_label_width - label_size.x - table->CellPaddingX) : table->CellPaddingX, table->RowCellPaddingY); + int vtx_idx_begin = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, label_r.Min + label_off, label_r.Max, label_r.Max.x, label_r.Max.x, label_name, NULL, &label_size); + //if (g.IO.KeyShift) { draw_list->AddRect(label_r.Min, label_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); } + int vtx_idx_end = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + + // Rotate and offset label + ImVec2 pivot_in = label_r.GetBL(); + ImVec2 pivot_out = ImVec2(column->WorkMinX, row_r.Max.y) + (flip_label ? (unit_right * clip_width) : ImVec2(header_height, 0.0f)); + ShadeVertsTransformPos(draw_list, vtx_idx_begin, vtx_idx_end, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); // Rotate and offset + } + if (pass == 1) + { + // Draw border + draw_list->AddLine(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[3], TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n)); + } + } + PopClipRect(); + PopClipRect(); + table->TempData->AngledheadersExtraWidth = ImMax(0.0f, max_x - table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX); +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal] -// - TableDrawContextMenu() [Internal] +// - TableBeginContextMenuPopup() [Internal] +// - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column. @@ -3080,7 +3303,13 @@ bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table) // Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) // FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? -void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) +// Sections to display are pulled from 'flags_for_section_to_display', which is typically == table->Flags. +// - ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable -> display Sizing menu items +// - ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable -> display "Reset Order" +////- ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable -> display sorting options (disabled) +// - ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable -> display columns visibility menu items +// It means if you have a custom context menus you can call this section and omit some sections, and add your own. +void ImGui::TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -3092,7 +3321,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL; // Sizing - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) { if (column != NULL) { @@ -3112,7 +3341,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) } // Ordering - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) { if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder), NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; @@ -3126,7 +3355,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) // Sorting // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this) #if 0 - if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) + if ((flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) { if (want_separator) Separator(); @@ -3141,7 +3370,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) #endif // Hiding / Visibility - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) + if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) { if (want_separator) Separator(); @@ -3577,7 +3806,8 @@ static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_poli void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) { - const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= g.FrameCount - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } bool open = TreeNode(table, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } @@ -3589,12 +3819,24 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) return; if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent) + { + if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in BeginTable()")) + g.DebugBreakInTable = table->ID; + SameLine(); + } + bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX); BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder); BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn); + for (int n = 0; n < table->InstanceCurrent + 1; n++) + { + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, n); + BulletText("Instance %d: HoveredRow: %d, LastOuterHeight: %.2f", n, table_instance->HoveredRowLast, table_instance->LastOuterHeight); + } //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen); float sum_weights = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) @@ -3904,7 +4146,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl // Set state for first column // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); + const float half_clip_extend_x = ImTrunc(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); @@ -3951,8 +4193,9 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl float width = offset_1 - offset_0; PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; + window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y; } void ImGui::NextColumn() @@ -3966,7 +4209,7 @@ void ImGui::NextColumn() if (columns->Count == 1) { - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); return; } @@ -3998,7 +4241,7 @@ void ImGui::NextColumn() window->DC.IsSameLine = false; columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; } - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; @@ -4062,7 +4305,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() // Draw column const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); - const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); + const float xi = IM_TRUNC(x); window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); } @@ -4083,7 +4326,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect; window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } diff --git a/imgui_widgets.cpp b/imgui_widgets.cpp index 43132447..e3f420a2 100644 --- a/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.7 +// dear imgui, v1.90.1 // (widgets code) /* @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. // [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. // [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable +// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox // [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram // [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers @@ -41,11 +43,7 @@ Index of this file: #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Warnings @@ -124,7 +122,7 @@ static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // For InputTextEx() -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); @@ -496,7 +494,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // Note that _both_ ButtonFlags and ItemFlags are valid sources, so copy one into the item_flags and only check that. ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap) - item_flags |= ImGuiItemflags_AllowOverlap; + item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap; if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat; @@ -806,14 +804,14 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825) // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible? - const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize)); ImRect bb_interact = bb; const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea(); if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f) - bb_interact.Expand(ImFloor(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); + bb_interact.Expand(ImTrunc(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window. - // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + // (this isn't the common behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user because navigation tends to keep items visible in scrolling layer). bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id); bool hovered, held; @@ -842,17 +840,19 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); - ItemAdd(bb, id); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize)); + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); + if (is_clipped) + return pressed; // Render ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter()/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col); - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0)) @@ -875,9 +875,9 @@ ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar) IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) - return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y); + return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x - border_size, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size); else - return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x, inner_rect.Max.y); + return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size, inner_rect.Max.y - border_size); } void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f); ImRect bb = bb_frame; - bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); + bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar) const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); @@ -1007,33 +1007,30 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 return held; } -void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) +// - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples +// - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above. +void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - bb.Max += ImVec2(2, 2); + const float border_size = (border_col.w > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 padding(border_size, border_size); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) return; - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f); - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + ImVec2(1, 1), bb.Max - ImVec2(1, 1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } - else - { - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } + // Render + if (border_size > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); } // ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390) // We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API. -bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -1041,7 +1038,7 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size return false; const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.FramePadding; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; @@ -1060,14 +1057,15 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size return pressed; } -bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +// Note that ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size. This is in order to facilitate fitting an image in a button. +bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; - return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); + return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, image_size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); } #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS @@ -1134,12 +1132,12 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) { // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox) - ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f))); + ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f))); window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); } else if (*v) { - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f)); RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f); } @@ -1234,7 +1232,7 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), num_segment); if (active) { - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f)); window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark)); } @@ -1414,26 +1412,19 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness) else if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal) { // Horizontal Separator - float x1 = window->Pos.x; - float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; - - // FIXME-WORKRECT: old hack (#205) until we decide of consistent behavior with WorkRect/Indent and Separator - if (g.GroupStack.Size > 0 && g.GroupStack.back().WindowID == window->ID) - x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; - - // FIXME-WORKRECT: In theory we should simply be using WorkRect.Min.x/Max.x everywhere but it isn't aesthetically what we want, - // need to introduce a variant of WorkRect for that purpose. (#4787) - if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) - { - x1 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MinX; - x2 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MaxX; - } + float x1 = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + float x2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + // Preserve legacy behavior inside Columns() // Before Tables API happened, we relied on Separator() to span all columns of a Columns() set. // We currently don't need to provide the same feature for tables because tables naturally have border features. ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; if (columns) + { + x1 = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x; // Used to be Pos.x before 2023/10/03 + x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; PushColumnsBackground(); + } // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell) @@ -1467,7 +1458,11 @@ void ImGui::Separator() // Those flags should eventually be configurable by the user // FIXME: We cannot g.Style.SeparatorTextBorderSize for thickness as it relates to SeparatorText() which is a decorated separator, not defaulting to 1.0f. ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; - flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; // NB: this only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. + + // Only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; + SeparatorEx(flags, 1.0f); } @@ -1484,14 +1479,14 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end const float separator_thickness = style.SeparatorTextBorderSize; const ImVec2 min_size(label_size.x + extra_w + padding.x * 2.0f, ImMax(label_size.y + padding.y * 2.0f, separator_thickness)); const ImRect bb(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + min_size.y)); - const float text_baseline_y = ImFloor((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.99999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImFloor((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f)); + const float text_baseline_y = ImTrunc((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.99999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImFloor((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f)); ItemSize(min_size, text_baseline_y); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return; const float sep1_x1 = pos.x; const float sep2_x2 = bb.Max.x; - const float seps_y = ImFloor((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.99999f); + const float seps_y = ImTrunc((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.99999f); const float label_avail_w = ImMax(0.0f, sep2_x2 - sep1_x1 - padding.x * 2.0f); const ImVec2 label_pos(pos.x + padding.x + ImMax(0.0f, (label_avail_w - label_size.x - extra_w) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.x), pos.y + text_baseline_y); // FIXME-ALIGN @@ -1566,8 +1561,7 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float ImRect bb_render = bb; if (held) { - ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min; - float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x; + float mouse_delta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min)[axis]; // Minimum pane size float size_1_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size1 - min_size1); @@ -1580,12 +1574,8 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float // Apply resize if (mouse_delta != 0.0f) { - if (mouse_delta < 0.0f) - IM_ASSERT(*size1 + mouse_delta >= min_size1); - if (mouse_delta > 0.0f) - IM_ASSERT(*size2 - mouse_delta >= min_size2); - *size1 += mouse_delta; - *size2 -= mouse_delta; + *size1 = ImMax(*size1 + mouse_delta, min_size1); + *size2 = ImMax(*size2 - mouse_delta, min_size2); bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta)); MarkItemEdited(id); } @@ -1639,7 +1629,7 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc width_excess = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) { - float width_rounded = ImFloor(items[n].Width); + float width_rounded = ImTrunc(items[n].Width); width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded; items[n].Width = width_rounded; } @@ -1685,10 +1675,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | (ImGuiComboFlags)ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)) == 0); const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight(); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth(); + const float preview_width = ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) && (preview_value != NULL)) ? CalcTextSize(preview_value, NULL, true).x : 0.0f; + const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) ? (arrow_size + preview_width + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : CalcItemWidth()); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); @@ -1870,18 +1863,15 @@ void ImGui::EndComboPreview() } // Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] -static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +static const char* Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx) { const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data; - if (out_text) - *out_text = items[idx]; - return true; + return items[idx]; } // Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0" -static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +static const char* Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx) { - // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited. const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data; int items_count = 0; const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; @@ -1892,22 +1882,18 @@ static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) p += strlen(p) + 1; items_count++; } - if (!*p) - return false; - if (out_text) - *out_text = p; - return true; + return *p ? p : NULL; } // Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can. -bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo() const char* preview_value = NULL; if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count) - items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_value); + preview_value = getter(user_data, *current_item); // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here. if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)) @@ -1921,11 +1907,12 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi bool value_changed = false; for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) { + const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i); + if (item_text == NULL) + item_text = "*Unknown item*"; + PushID(i); const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) - item_text = "*Unknown item*"; if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i) { value_changed = true; @@ -1965,6 +1952,30 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa return value_changed; } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +struct ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData { void* UserData; bool (*OldCallback)(void*, int, const char**); }; +static const char* ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback(void* user_data, int idx) +{ + ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData* data = (ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData*)user_data; + const char* s = NULL; + data->OldCallback(data->UserData, idx, &s); + return s; +} + +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter }; + return ListBox(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, height_in_items); +} +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter }; + return Combo(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, popup_max_height_in_items); +} + +#endif + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2418,14 +2429,13 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (!temp_input_is_active) { // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText - const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id)); - const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); + const bool make_active = (clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked)) SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) + if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) temp_input_is_active = true; // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText @@ -2776,14 +2786,14 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); - const SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); + const float v_range_f = (float)(v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); // We don't need high precision for what we do with it. // Calculate bounds const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style. const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; - if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows - grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + if (!is_floating_point && v_range_f >= 0.0f) // v_range_f < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax(slider_sz / (v_range_f + 1), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; @@ -2852,8 +2862,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } else { - if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || tweak_slow) - input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps + if ((v_range_f >= -100.0f && v_range_f <= 100.0f && v_range_f != 0.0f) || tweak_slow) + input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / v_range_f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps else input_delta /= 100.0f; } @@ -2900,6 +2910,10 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } } + if (set_new_value) + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + set_new_value = false; + if (set_new_value) { TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); @@ -2945,11 +2959,6 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); - // Those are the things we can do easily outside the SliderBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) - return false; - switch (data_type) { case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min, *(const ImS8*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } @@ -3011,13 +3020,12 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (!temp_input_is_active) { // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box - const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); - const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); + const bool make_active = (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); if (make_active && clicked) SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) + if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) temp_input_is_active = true; if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) @@ -3389,14 +3397,6 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* return value_changed; } -static inline ImGuiInputTextFlags InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(ImGuiDataType data_type, const char* format) -{ - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - return ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; - const char format_last_char = format[0] ? format[strlen(format) - 1] : 0; - return (format_last_char == 'x' || format_last_char == 'X') ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; -} - // Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set! // This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. // However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. @@ -3413,8 +3413,7 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format); ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); - ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; - flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; bool value_changed = false; if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) @@ -3458,10 +3457,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data char buf[64]; DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); - // Testing ActiveId as a minor optimization as filtering is not needed until active - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) - flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. bool value_changed = false; if (p_step == NULL) @@ -3555,7 +3551,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } @@ -3598,7 +3593,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } @@ -3696,8 +3690,8 @@ namespace ImStb { static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } -static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } +static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= obj->CurLenW); return obj->TextW[idx]; } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; } static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx) @@ -3815,12 +3809,13 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const Im #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN 0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x400000 -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove #include "imstb_textedit.h" // stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling // the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?) -static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) +static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) { stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len); ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW); @@ -3908,7 +3903,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons } // Return false to discard a character. -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source) +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source) { IM_ASSERT(input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard); unsigned int c = *p_char; @@ -3918,8 +3913,8 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f if (c < 0x20) { bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) - pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); + pass |= (c == '\n') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) + pass |= (c == '\t') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) != 0; if (!pass) return false; apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted. @@ -3947,10 +3942,13 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'. // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point. // Change the default decimal_point with: - // ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; + // ImGui::GetIO()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.IO.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) + if (c == '.' || c == ',') + c = c_decimal_point; // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block) // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may @@ -4036,7 +4034,7 @@ static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* st const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1; const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1; if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0) - if (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) + if (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++) p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i); } @@ -4088,12 +4086,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ const bool RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE = false; const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; - const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; - const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; - const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; - const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; - if (is_resizable) - IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar) BeginGroup(); @@ -4107,7 +4099,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size; - ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_status_flags = 0; ImGuiLastItemData item_data_backup; if (is_multiline) { @@ -4118,17 +4109,25 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ EndGroup(); return false; } - item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; item_data_backup = g.LastItemData; window->DC.CursorPos = backup_pos; + // Prevent NavActivation from Tabbing when our widget accepts Tab inputs: this allows cycling through widgets without stopping. + if (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) + g.NavActivateId = 0; + + // Prevent NavActivate reactivating in BeginChild() when we are already active. + const ImGuiID backup_activate_id = g.NavActivateId; + if (g.ActiveId == id) // Prevent reactivation + g.NavActivateId = 0; + // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug. - // FIXME-NAV: Pressing NavActivate will trigger general child activation right before triggering our own below. Harmless but bizarre. PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + g.NavActivateId = backup_activate_id; PopStyleVar(3); PopStyleColor(); if (!child_visible) @@ -4149,7 +4148,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem)) if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) return false; - item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); if (hovered) @@ -4158,7 +4156,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget. ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); - const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly; + const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; + const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; + const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; + const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + if (is_resizable) + IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! + const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateId == id) && ((g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) || (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))); const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; @@ -4170,7 +4176,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX; const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); // state != NULL means its our state. - const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav || input_requested_by_tabbing); + const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav); const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs) { @@ -4220,7 +4226,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ select_all = true; if (input_requested_by_nav && (!recycle_state || !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState))) select_all = true; - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)) + if (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl) select_all = true; } @@ -4383,10 +4389,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336) // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes) - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id) && !is_readonly) + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && !is_readonly) { unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } @@ -4402,7 +4408,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above. continue; - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } @@ -4485,7 +4491,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (!is_readonly) { unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } } @@ -4493,7 +4499,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { - if (state->CurLenA > 0) + if (buf[0] != 0) { revert_edit = true; } @@ -4552,7 +4558,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { unsigned int c; s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); - if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) + if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) continue; clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; } @@ -4581,10 +4587,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { // Clear input + IM_ASSERT(buf[0] != 0); apply_new_text = ""; apply_new_text_length = 0; - value_changed |= (buf[0] != 0); - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; + value_changed = true; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, &empty_string, 0); } else if (strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) @@ -4612,9 +4619,12 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); } - // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer + // before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. - // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). + // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage + // (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object + // unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !revert_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) { @@ -4690,7 +4700,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } if (buf_dirty) { - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0); + IM_ASSERT(!is_readonly); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ? if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) @@ -4715,11 +4725,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Handle reapplying final data on deactivation (see InputTextDeactivateHook() for details) if (g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID == id) { - if (g.ActiveId != id && IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() && !is_readonly) + if (g.ActiveId != id && IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() && !is_readonly && strcmp(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, buf) != 0) { apply_new_text = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Size - 1; - value_changed |= (strcmp(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, buf) != 0); + value_changed = true; //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(): apply Deactivated data for 0x%08X: \"%.*s\".\n", id, apply_new_text_length, apply_new_text); } g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = 0; @@ -4861,9 +4871,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f; const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x; if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX) - state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); + state->ScrollX = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX) - state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); + state->ScrollX = IM_TRUNC(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); } else { @@ -4913,7 +4923,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else { ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); - if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines + if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_TRUNC(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) @@ -4936,7 +4946,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; - ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImFloor(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll); + ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImTrunc(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll); ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f); if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); @@ -5020,10 +5030,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state) Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenW, state->CurLenA, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); Text("has_preferred_x: %d (%.2f)", stb_state->has_preferred_x, stb_state->preferred_x); Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point); - if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state + if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 10), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) // Visualize undo state { PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); - for (int n = 0; n < STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) + for (int n = 0; n < IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) { ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n]; const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' '; @@ -5105,10 +5115,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); - const float w_full = CalcItemWidth(); - const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - const float w_inputs = w_full - w_button; const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + float w_full = CalcItemWidth(); g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); BeginGroup(); @@ -5142,6 +5150,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3; + const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + const float w_inputs = ImMax(w_full - w_button, 1.0f); + w_full = w_inputs + w_button; // Convert to the formats we need float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f }; @@ -5165,10 +5176,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); + const float w_items = w_inputs - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1); - const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); + const bool hide_prefix = (IM_TRUNC(w_items / components) <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; static const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] = { @@ -5184,11 +5194,14 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag }; const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) ? 2 : 1; + float prev_split = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < components; n++) { if (n > 0) SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - SetNextItemWidth((n + 1 < components) ? w_item_one : w_item_last); + float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * (n + 1) / components); + SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(next_split - prev_split, 1.0f)); + prev_split = next_split; // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0. if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) @@ -5213,7 +5226,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag else ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255)); SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs); - if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) + if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) { value_changed = true; char* p = buf; @@ -5311,7 +5324,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // Drag and Drop Target // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. - if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) { bool accepted_drag_drop = false; if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) @@ -5376,6 +5389,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; const float width = CalcItemWidth(); + const bool is_readonly = ((g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | g.CurrentItemFlags) & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); PushID(label); @@ -5410,7 +5424,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, width - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_FLOOR(bars_width * 0.20f); + float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_TRUNC(bars_width * 0.20f); float backup_initial_col[4]; memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)); @@ -5446,7 +5460,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) + if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly) { ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; @@ -5481,7 +5495,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { // SV rectangle logic InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) + if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly) { S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); @@ -5494,7 +5508,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl // Hue bar logic SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) + if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly) { H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); value_changed = value_changed_h = true; @@ -5578,7 +5592,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) @@ -5700,7 +5714,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl } // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) - float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; + float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? wheel_thickness * 0.55f : wheel_thickness * 0.40f; int sv_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(sv_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others. draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, sv_cursor_segments); draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, sv_cursor_segments); @@ -5878,6 +5892,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LockMarkEdited++; ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; if (allow_opt_inputs) { @@ -5920,6 +5935,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) g.ColorEditOptions = opts; EndPopup(); + g.LockMarkEdited--; } void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) @@ -5929,6 +5945,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LockMarkEdited++; if (allow_opt_picker) { ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function @@ -5958,6 +5975,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); } EndPopup(); + g.LockMarkEdited--; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -6130,42 +6148,69 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2); + const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0 && (g.CurrentTable != NULL); ImRect frame_bb; - frame_bb.Min.x = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; + frame_bb.Min.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - frame_bb.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + frame_bb.Max.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x; frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height; if (display_frame) { // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f); - frame_bb.Max.x += IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f); + frame_bb.Max.x += IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); } - const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing + const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2); // Collapsing arrow width + Spacing const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it - const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x * 2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser + const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x * 2 : 0.0f); // Include collapsing ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y); ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y); // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb; - if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth)) == 0) + if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns)) == 0) interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f; - // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child. - // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). - // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. - const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; - bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); - if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + if (span_all_columns) + { + window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; + } + // Compute open and multi-select states before ItemAdd() as it clear NextItem data. + bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb; + if (span_all_columns) + { + window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; + } + + // If a NavLeft request is happening and ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere enabled: + // Store data for the current depth to allow returning to this node from any child item. + // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). + // It will become tempting to enable ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere by default or move it to ImGuiStyle. + // Currently only supports 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero, easy to increase. + if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + { + g.NavTreeNodeStack.resize(g.NavTreeNodeStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back(); + nav_tree_node_data->ID = id; + nav_tree_node_data->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + nav_tree_node_data->NavRect = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + } + + const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; if (!item_add) { if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) @@ -6174,8 +6219,15 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l return is_open; } + if (span_all_columns) + { + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect; + g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect; + } + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; - if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemflags_AllowOverlap)) + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; if (!is_leaf) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; @@ -6274,7 +6326,6 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l if (g.LogEnabled) LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); } else { @@ -6291,9 +6342,17 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); if (g.LogEnabled) LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); - RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); } + if (span_all_columns) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + // Label + if (display_frame) + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); + else + RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); + if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); @@ -6335,12 +6394,14 @@ void ImGui::TreePop() ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) - if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) - { - SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } + if (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask) // Only set during request + { + ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back(); + IM_ASSERT(nav_tree_node_data->ID == window->IDStack.back()); + if (g.NavIdIsAlive && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(&g.NavMoveResultLocal, nav_tree_node_data); + g.NavTreeNodeStack.pop_back(); + } window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. @@ -6392,7 +6453,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader; if (p_visible) - flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap | (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags)ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label); if (p_visible != NULL) { @@ -6402,8 +6463,8 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; float button_size = g.FontSize; - float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); - float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y; + float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_size); + float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y; ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id); if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) *p_visible = false; @@ -6458,8 +6519,8 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl { const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x; const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; - const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); - const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); + const float spacing_L = IM_TRUNC(spacing_x * 0.50f); + const float spacing_U = IM_TRUNC(spacing_y * 0.50f); bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); @@ -6467,7 +6528,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl } //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } - // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackground for every Selectable.. + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; if (span_all_columns) @@ -6493,10 +6554,15 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only, // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected. - if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - PushColumnsBackground(); - else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) - TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + if (span_all_columns) + { + if (g.CurrentTable) + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect; + g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect; + } // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; @@ -6505,7 +6571,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemflags_AllowOverlap)) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; } + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; } const bool was_selected = selected; bool hovered, held; @@ -6544,12 +6610,16 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); } - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + if (g.NavId == id) + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); - if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - PopColumnsBackground(); - else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) - TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + if (span_all_columns) + { + if (g.CurrentTable) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PopColumnsBackground(); + } RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); @@ -6574,6 +6644,212 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags return false; } + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Experimental] Currently not exposed in public API. +// Consume character inputs and return search request, if any. +// This would typically only be called on the focused window or location you want to grab inputs for, e.g. +// if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused(...)) +// if (ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req = ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest()) +// focus_idx = ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(req, my_items.size(), [](void*, int n) { return my_items[n]->Name; }, &my_items, -1); +// However the code is written in a way where calling it from multiple locations is safe (e.g. to obtain buffer). +ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTypingSelectState* data = &g.TypingSelectState; + ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* out_request = &data->Request; + + // Clear buffer + const float TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER = 1.80f; // FIXME: Potentially move to IO config. + const int TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK = 4; // Lock single char matching when repeating same char 4 times + if (data->SearchBuffer[0] != 0) + { + bool clear_buffer = false; + clear_buffer |= (g.NavFocusScopeId != data->FocusScope); + clear_buffer |= (data->LastRequestTime + TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER < g.Time); + clear_buffer |= g.NavAnyRequest; + clear_buffer |= g.ActiveId != 0 && g.NavActivateId == 0; // Allow temporary SPACE activation to not interfere + clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter); + clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) == 0; + //if (clear_buffer) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("GetTypingSelectRequest(): Clear SearchBuffer.\n"); } + if (clear_buffer) + data->Clear(); + } + + // Append to buffer + const int buffer_max_len = IM_ARRAYSIZE(data->SearchBuffer) - 1; + int buffer_len = (int)strlen(data->SearchBuffer); + bool select_request = false; + for (ImWchar w : g.IO.InputQueueCharacters) + { + const int w_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(&w, &w + 1); + if (w < 32 || (buffer_len == 0 && ImCharIsBlankW(w)) || (buffer_len + w_len > buffer_max_len)) // Ignore leading blanks + continue; + char w_buf[5]; + ImTextCharToUtf8(w_buf, (unsigned int)w); + if (data->SingleCharModeLock && w_len == out_request->SingleCharSize && memcmp(w_buf, data->SearchBuffer, w_len) == 0) + { + select_request = true; // Same character: don't need to append to buffer. + continue; + } + if (data->SingleCharModeLock) + { + data->Clear(); // Different character: clear + buffer_len = 0; + } + memcpy(data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len, w_buf, w_len + 1); // Append + buffer_len += w_len; + select_request = true; + } + g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + + // Handle backspace + if ((flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + { + char* p = (char*)(void*)ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(data->SearchBuffer, data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len); + *p = 0; + buffer_len = (int)(p - data->SearchBuffer); + } + + // Return request if any + if (buffer_len == 0) + return NULL; + if (select_request) + { + data->FocusScope = g.NavFocusScopeId; + data->LastRequestFrame = g.FrameCount; + data->LastRequestTime = (float)g.Time; + } + out_request->Flags = flags; + out_request->SearchBufferLen = buffer_len; + out_request->SearchBuffer = data->SearchBuffer; + out_request->SelectRequest = (data->LastRequestFrame == g.FrameCount); + out_request->SingleCharMode = false; + out_request->SingleCharSize = 0; + + // Calculate if buffer contains the same character repeated. + // - This can be used to implement a special search mode on first character. + // - Performed on UTF-8 codepoint for correctness. + // - SingleCharMode is always set for first input character, because it usually leads to a "next". + if (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode) + { + const char* buf_begin = out_request->SearchBuffer; + const char* buf_end = out_request->SearchBuffer + out_request->SearchBufferLen; + const int c0_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(buf_begin, buf_end); + const char* p = buf_begin + c0_len; + for (; p < buf_end; p += c0_len) + if (memcmp(buf_begin, p, (size_t)c0_len) != 0) + break; + const int single_char_count = (p == buf_end) ? (out_request->SearchBufferLen / c0_len) : 0; + out_request->SingleCharMode = (single_char_count > 0 || data->SingleCharModeLock); + out_request->SingleCharSize = (ImS8)c0_len; + data->SingleCharModeLock |= (single_char_count >= TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK); // From now on we stop search matching to lock to single char mode. + } + + return out_request; +} + +static int ImStrimatchlen(const char* s1, const char* s1_end, const char* s2) +{ + int match_len = 0; + while (s1 < s1_end && ImToUpper(*s1++) == ImToUpper(*s2++)) + match_len++; + return match_len; +} + +// Default handler for finding a result for typing-select. You may implement your own. +// You might want to display a tooltip to visualize the current request SearchBuffer +// When SingleCharMode is set: +// - it is better to NOT display a tooltip of other on-screen display indicator. +// - the index of the currently focused item is required. +// if your SetNextItemSelectionData() values are indices, you can obtain it from ImGuiMultiSelectIO::NavIdItem, otherwise from g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData. +int ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx) +{ + if (req == NULL || req->SelectRequest == false) // Support NULL parameter so both calls can be done from same spot. + return -1; + int idx = -1; + if (req->SingleCharMode && (req->Flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode)) + idx = TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data, nav_item_idx); + else + idx = TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data); + if (idx != -1) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + return idx; +} + +// Special handling when a single character is repeated: perform search on a single letter and goes to next. +int ImGui::TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx) +{ + // FIXME: Assume selection user data is index. Would be extremely practical. + //if (nav_item_idx == -1) + // nav_item_idx = (int)g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData; + + int first_match_idx = -1; + bool return_next_match = false; + for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++) + { + const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx); + if (ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SingleCharSize, item_name) < req->SingleCharSize) + continue; + if (return_next_match) // Return next matching item after current item. + return idx; + if (first_match_idx == -1 && nav_item_idx == -1) // Return first match immediately if we don't have a nav_item_idx value. + return idx; + if (first_match_idx == -1) // Record first match for wrapping. + first_match_idx = idx; + if (nav_item_idx == idx) // Record that we encountering nav_item so we can return next match. + return_next_match = true; + } + return first_match_idx; // First result +} + +int ImGui::TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data) +{ + int longest_match_idx = -1; + int longest_match_len = 0; + for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++) + { + const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx); + const int match_len = ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SearchBufferLen, item_name); + if (match_len <= longest_match_len) + continue; + longest_match_idx = idx; + longest_match_len = match_len; + if (match_len == req->SearchBufferLen) + break; + } + return longest_match_idx; +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* data) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + Text("SearchBuffer = \"%s\"", data->SearchBuffer); + Text("SingleCharMode = %d, Size = %d, Lock = %d", data->Request.SingleCharMode, data->Request.SingleCharSize, data->SingleCharModeLock); + Text("LastRequest = time: %.2f, frame: %d", data->LastRequestTime, data->LastRequestFrame); +#else + IM_UNUSED(data); +#endif +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data) +{ + // Note that flags will be cleared by ItemAdd(), so it's only useful for Navigation code! + // This designed so widgets can also cheaply set this before calling ItemAdd(), so we are not tied to MultiSelect api. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; + g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData = selection_user_data; +} + + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -6582,6 +6858,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags // - ListBox() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. // Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" // Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height). bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) @@ -6597,7 +6874,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - ImVec2 size = ImFloor(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 size = ImTrunc(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); @@ -6607,10 +6884,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb); + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values return false; } - // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. + // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x == 0.0f but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. BeginGroup(); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) { @@ -6619,7 +6897,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size); } - BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); + BeginChild(id, frame_bb.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); return true; } @@ -6630,7 +6908,7 @@ void ImGui::EndListBox() IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?"); IM_UNUSED(window); - EndChildFrame(); + EndChild(); EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label } @@ -6642,7 +6920,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const item // This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox(). // Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently. -bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6650,7 +6928,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v if (height_in_items < 0) height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f; - ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImTrunc(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); if (!BeginListBox(label, size)) return false; @@ -6663,8 +6941,8 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v while (clipper.Step()) for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) { - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) + const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i); + if (item_text == NULL) item_text = "*Unknown item*"; PushID(i); @@ -7011,12 +7289,18 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() PopClipRect(); PopID(); window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. - g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; - EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 + + // FIXME: Extremely confusing, cleanup by (a) working on WorkRect stack system (b) not using a Group confusingly here. + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + group_data.EmitItem = false; + ImVec2 restore_cursor_max_pos = group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos; + window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Scroll.x); // Convert ideal extents for scrolling layer equivalent. + EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = restore_cursor_max_pos; } // Important: calling order matters! @@ -7172,15 +7456,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction. // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin() - popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight()); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight()); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); float w = label_size.x; ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, label_size.y)); RenderText(text_pos, label); PopStyleVar(); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { @@ -7189,7 +7473,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; - float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f); float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); @@ -7217,18 +7501,18 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (child_popup && child_popup->Window && child_popup->Window->ParentWindow == window) ? child_popup->Window : NULL; if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL) { - float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI - float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; - ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); + const float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI + const float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; + const ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta); ImVec2 tb = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); ImVec2 tc = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); - float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // add a bit of extra slack. + const float pad_farmost_h = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // Add a bit of extra slack. ta.x += child_dir * -0.5f; tb.x += child_dir * ref_unit; tc.x += child_dir * ref_unit; - tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus - tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // Triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus + tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] } @@ -7236,14 +7520,17 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not) // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon. // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.) - if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover) + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.ActiveId == 0) want_close = true; // Open + // (note: at this point 'hovered' actually includes the NavDisableMouseHover == false test) if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open want_open = true; else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open want_open = true; + else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= 0.30f && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= 0.30f) // Hover to open (timer fallback) + want_open = true; if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open { want_open = true; @@ -7366,14 +7653,14 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark. float w = label_size.x; - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); PopStyleVar(); if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) RenderText(text_pos, label); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { @@ -7382,7 +7669,7 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; - float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f); float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y)); @@ -7527,6 +7814,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetOrAddByKey(id); ImRect tab_bar_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); tab_bar->ID = id; + tab_bar->SeparatorMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags | ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused); } @@ -7537,6 +7826,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG if (window->SkipItems) return false; + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ID != 0); if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) PushOverrideID(tab_bar->ID); @@ -7579,12 +7869,12 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); // Draw separator + // (it would be misleading to draw this in EndTabBar() suggesting that it may be drawn over tabs, as tab bar are appendable) const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive); - const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y - 1.0f; + if (g.Style.TabBarBorderSize > 0.0f) { - const float separator_min_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); - const float separator_max_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f); + const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMinX, y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize), ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX, y), col); } return true; } @@ -7791,7 +8081,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index]; - float shrinked_width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); + float shrinked_width = IM_TRUNC(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); if (shrinked_width < 0.0f) continue; @@ -7951,7 +8241,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) return; // A button appended with TabItemButton(). - if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + if ((tab->Flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure)) == 0) { // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure @@ -8378,7 +8668,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0; size.x = tab->Width; if (is_central_section) - window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_TRUNC(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); else window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f); ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; @@ -8432,7 +8722,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) { // Enlarge tab display when hovering - bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); + bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_TRUNC(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); display_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive)); } @@ -8526,7 +8816,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f); const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f; - const float y2 = bb.Max.y - 1.0f; + const float y2 = bb.Max.y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize; draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2)); draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); @@ -8577,7 +8867,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, } const float button_sz = g.FontSize; - const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - button_sz), bb.Min.y); + const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x - button_sz), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y); // Close Button & Unsaved Marker // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() @@ -8595,10 +8885,8 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, if (close_button_visible) { ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding); if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos)) close_button_pressed = true; - PopStyleVar(); g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; // Close with middle mouse button @@ -8607,7 +8895,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, } else if (unsaved_marker_visible) { - const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz)); RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } diff --git a/imstb_textedit.h b/imstb_textedit.h index a8a82311..c30f1a12 100644 --- a/imstb_textedit.h +++ b/imstb_textedit.h @@ -2,8 +2,9 @@ // This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14. // Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: // - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) -// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000) +// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000 + #6783) // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. +// - Also renamed macros used or defined outside of IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION block from STB_TEXTEDIT_* to IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_* // stb_textedit.h - v1.14 - public domain - Sean Barrett // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools @@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ // DEPENDENCIES // // Uses the C runtime function 'memmove', which you can override -// by defining STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation. +// by defining IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation. // Uses no other functions. Performs no runtime allocations. // // @@ -274,8 +275,8 @@ //// //// -#ifndef INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H -#define INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H +#ifndef INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H +#define INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // @@ -286,33 +287,33 @@ // and undo state. // -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 #endif -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 #endif -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE int +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE int #endif -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE int +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE int #endif typedef struct { // private data - STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where; - STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE insert_length; - STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE delete_length; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE insert_length; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE delete_length; int char_storage; } StbUndoRecord; typedef struct { // private data - StbUndoRecord undo_rec [STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT]; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT]; + StbUndoRecord undo_rec [IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT]; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT]; short undo_point, redo_point; int undo_char_point, redo_char_point; } StbUndoState; @@ -371,7 +372,7 @@ typedef struct float ymin,ymax; // height of row above and below baseline int num_chars; } StbTexteditRow; -#endif //INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H +#endif //INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -384,11 +385,11 @@ typedef struct // implementation isn't include-guarded, since it might have indirectly // included just the "header" portion -#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove #include -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove #endif @@ -398,7 +399,7 @@ typedef struct // // traverse the layout to locate the nearest character to a display position -static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) +static int stb_text_locate_coord(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) { StbTexteditRow r; int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); @@ -458,7 +459,7 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) } // API click: on mouse down, move the cursor to the clicked location, and reset the selection -static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +static void stb_textedit_click(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) { // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse // goes off the top or bottom of the text @@ -476,7 +477,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat } // API drag: on mouse drag, move the cursor and selection endpoint to the clicked location -static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +static void stb_textedit_drag(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) { int p = 0; @@ -502,11 +503,11 @@ static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state // // forward declarations -static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); -static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); -static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); +static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); -static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length); +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length); typedef struct { @@ -518,7 +519,7 @@ typedef struct // find the x/y location of a character, and remember info about the previous row in // case we get a move-up event (for page up, we'll have to rescan) -static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line) +static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line) { StbTexteditRow r; int prev_start = 0; @@ -549,7 +550,10 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s i += r.num_chars; find->y += r.baseline_y_delta; if (i == z) // [DEAR IMGUI] + { + r.num_chars = 0; // [DEAR IMGUI] break; // [DEAR IMGUI] + } } find->first_char = first = i; @@ -566,7 +570,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s #define STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(s) ((s)->select_start != (s)->select_end) // make the selection/cursor state valid if client altered the string -static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_textedit_clamp(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { @@ -580,7 +584,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat } // delete characters while updating undo -static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len) +static void stb_textedit_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len) { stb_text_makeundo_delete(str, state, where, len); STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, where, len); @@ -588,7 +592,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *sta } // delete the section -static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { @@ -625,7 +629,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_first(STB_TexteditState *state) } // move cursor to last character of selection -static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { stb_textedit_sortselection(state); @@ -637,13 +641,13 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditStat } #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE -static int is_word_boundary( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx ) +static int is_word_boundary( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx ) { return idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str,idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, idx) ) ) : 1; } #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT -static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) { --c; // always move at least one character while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) ) @@ -658,7 +662,7 @@ static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) #endif #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT -static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) { const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); ++c; // always move at least one character @@ -685,7 +689,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state) } // API cut: delete selection -static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static int stb_textedit_cut(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps @@ -696,7 +700,7 @@ static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) } // API paste: replace existing selection with passed-in text -static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) +static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) { // if there's a selection, the paste should delete it stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); @@ -717,14 +721,14 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditSta #endif // API key: process a keyboard input -static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key) +static void stb_textedit_key(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key) { retry: switch (key) { default: { int c = STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(key); if (c > 0) { - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c; // can't add newline in single-line mode if (c == '\n' && state->single_line) @@ -889,8 +893,8 @@ retry: x = row.x0; for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, start, i); - #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE - if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) break; #endif x += dx; @@ -951,8 +955,8 @@ retry: x = row.x0; for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, find.prev_first, i); - #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE - if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) break; #endif x += dx; @@ -1109,8 +1113,8 @@ retry: static void stb_textedit_flush_redo(StbUndoState *state) { - state->redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; - state->redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; + state->redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; } // discard the oldest entry in the undo list @@ -1122,13 +1126,13 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state) int n = state->undo_rec[0].insert_length, i; // delete n characters from all other records state->undo_char_point -= n; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); for (i=0; i < state->undo_point; ++i) if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) state->undo_rec[i].char_storage -= n; // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it } --state->undo_point; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); } } @@ -1138,7 +1142,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state) // fill up even though the undo buffer didn't static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) { - int k = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1; + int k = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1; if (state->redo_point <= k) { // if the k'th undo state has characters, clean those up @@ -1146,7 +1150,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) int n = state->undo_rec[k].insert_length, i; // move the remaining redo character data to the end of the buffer state->redo_char_point += n; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); // adjust the position of all the other records to account for above memmove for (i=state->redo_point; i < k; ++i) if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) @@ -1154,12 +1158,12 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) } // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point' // [DEAR IMGUI] - size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); + size_t move_size = (size_t)((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin; const char* buf_end = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end; IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point)) >= buf_begin); IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point + 1) + move_size) <= buf_end); - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size); // now move redo_point to point to the new one ++state->redo_point; @@ -1173,32 +1177,32 @@ static StbUndoRecord *stb_text_create_undo_record(StbUndoState *state, int numch // if we have no free records, we have to make room, by sliding the // existing records down - if (state->undo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + if (state->undo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); // if the characters to store won't possibly fit in the buffer, we can't undo - if (numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + if (numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { state->undo_point = 0; state->undo_char_point = 0; return NULL; } // if we don't have enough free characters in the buffer, we have to make room - while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) + while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); return &state->undo_rec[state->undo_point++]; } -static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len) +static IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len) { StbUndoRecord *r = stb_text_create_undo_record(state, insert_len); if (r == NULL) return NULL; r->where = pos; - r->insert_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len; - r->delete_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len; + r->insert_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len; + r->delete_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len; if (insert_len == 0) { r->char_storage = -1; @@ -1210,7 +1214,7 @@ static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, } } -static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; StbUndoRecord u, *r; @@ -1237,7 +1241,7 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // characters stored for *undoing* don't leave room for redo // if the last is true, we have to bail - if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { // the undo records take up too much character space; there's no space to store the redo characters r->insert_length = 0; } else { @@ -1246,7 +1250,7 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // there's definitely room to store the characters eventually while (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length > s->redo_char_point) { // should never happen: - if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) return; // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record stb_textedit_discard_redo(s); @@ -1278,11 +1282,11 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) s->redo_point--; } -static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; StbUndoRecord *u, r; - if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) return; // we need to do two things: apply the redo record, and create an undo record @@ -1334,20 +1338,20 @@ static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int le stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, 0, length); } -static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) { int i; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0); if (p) { for (i=0; i < length; ++i) p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); } } -static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length) +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length) { int i; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length); if (p) { for (i=0; i < old_length; ++i) p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); @@ -1359,8 +1363,8 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin { state->undostate.undo_point = 0; state->undostate.undo_char_point = 0; - state->undostate.redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; - state->undostate.redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; + state->undostate.redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->undostate.redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; state->select_end = state->select_start = 0; state->cursor = 0; state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -1383,16 +1387,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_singl #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" #endif -static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len) +static int stb_textedit_paste(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len) { - return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len); + return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len); } #if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif -#endif//STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif//IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.cpp b/misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.cpp index c9060e88..cf69aa89 100644 --- a/misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.cpp +++ b/misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.cpp @@ -10,6 +10,12 @@ #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_stdlib.h" +// Clang warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#endif + struct InputTextCallback_UserData { std::string* Str; @@ -73,3 +79,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, std::string* cb_user_data.ChainCallbackUserData = user_data; return InputTextWithHint(label, hint, (char*)str->c_str(), str->capacity() + 1, flags, InputTextCallback, &cb_user_data); } + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif diff --git a/misc/freetype/README.md b/misc/freetype/README.md index b25b85d5..275a5386 100644 --- a/misc/freetype/README.md +++ b/misc/freetype/README.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ See https://gist.github.com/ocornut/b3a9ecf13502fd818799a452969649ad ### Known issues -- Oversampling settins are ignored but also not so much necessary with the higher quality rendering. +- Oversampling settings are ignored but also not so much necessary with the higher quality rendering. ### Comparison @@ -35,3 +35,10 @@ You can use the `ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor` flag to load certain color ["Using Colorful Glyphs/Emojis"](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md#using-colorful-glyphsemojis) section of FONTS.md. ![colored glyphs](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/8225057/106171241-9dc4ba80-6191-11eb-8a69-ca1467b206d1.png) + +### Using OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT) +- *SVG in Open Type* is a standard by Adobe and Mozilla for color OpenType and Open Font Format fonts. It allows font creators to embed complete SVG files within a font enabling full color and even animations. +- Popular fonts such as [twemoji](https://github.com/13rac1/twemoji-color-font) and fonts made with [scfbuild](https://github.com/13rac1/scfbuild) is SVGinOT +- Requires: [lunasvg](https://github.com/sammycage/lunasvg) v2.3.2 and above + 1. Add `#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG` in your `imconfig.h`. + 2. Get latest lunasvg binaries or build yourself. Under Windows you may use vcpkg with: `vcpkg install lunasvg --triplet=x64-windows`. diff --git a/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp b/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp index 503430a6..a78bd5e3 100644 --- a/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp +++ b/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp @@ -6,13 +6,14 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2023/11/13: added support for ImFontConfig::RasterizationDensity field for scaling render density without scaling metrics. +// 2023/08/01: added support for SVG fonts, enable by using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG' (#6591) // 2023/01/04: fixed a packing issue which in some occurrences would prevent large amount of glyphs from being packed correctly. // 2021/08/23: fixed crash when FT_Render_Glyph() fails to render a glyph and returns NULL. // 2021/03/05: added ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bitmap to load bitmap glyphs. // 2021/03/02: set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' to help some backends with deciding of a prefered texture format. // 2021/01/28: added support for color-layered glyphs via ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor (require Freetype 2.10+). -// 2021/01/26: simplified integration by using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE'. -// renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). +// 2021/01/26: simplified integration by using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE'. renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). // 2020/06/04: fix for rare case where FT_Get_Char_Index() succeed but FT_Load_Glyph() fails. // 2019/02/09: added RasterizerFlags::Monochrome flag to disable font anti-aliasing (combine with ::MonoHinting for best results!) // 2019/01/15: added support for imgui allocators + added FreeType only override function SetAllocatorFunctions(). @@ -33,6 +34,8 @@ // FIXME: cfg.OversampleH, OversampleV are not supported (but perhaps not so necessary with this rasterizer). +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_freetype.h" #include "imgui_internal.h" // ImMin,ImMax,ImFontAtlasBuild*, #include @@ -42,6 +45,15 @@ #include FT_GLYPH_H // #include FT_SYNTHESIS_H // +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG +#include FT_OTSVG_H // +#include FT_BBOX_H // +#include +#if !((FREETYPE_MAJOR >= 2) && (FREETYPE_MINOR >= 12)) +#error IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG requires FreeType version >= 2.12 +#endif +#endif + #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (push) #pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) @@ -52,8 +64,10 @@ #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used +#ifndef __clang__ #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsubobject-linkage" // warning: 'xxxx' has a field 'xxxx' whose type uses the anonymous namespace #endif +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Data @@ -68,6 +82,14 @@ static void* (*GImGuiFreeTypeAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = ImGuiFre static void (*GImGuiFreeTypeFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = ImGuiFreeTypeDefaultFreeFunc; static void* GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData = nullptr; +// Lunasvg support +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortInit(FT_Pointer* state); +static void ImGuiLunasvgPortFree(FT_Pointer* state); +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortRender(FT_GlyphSlot slot, FT_Pointer* _state); +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortPresetSlot(FT_GlyphSlot slot, FT_Bool cache, FT_Pointer* _state); +#endif + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Code //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -145,6 +167,8 @@ namespace unsigned int UserFlags; // = ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags FT_Int32 LoadFlags; FT_Render_Mode RenderMode; + float RasterizationDensity; + float InvRasterizationDensity; }; // From SDL_ttf: Handy routines for converting from fixed point @@ -187,6 +211,9 @@ namespace if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor) LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_COLOR; + RasterizationDensity = cfg.RasterizerDensity; + InvRasterizationDensity = 1.0f / RasterizationDensity; + memset(&Info, 0, sizeof(Info)); SetPixelHeight((uint32_t)cfg.SizePixels); @@ -210,19 +237,19 @@ namespace FT_Size_RequestRec req; req.type = (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bitmap) ? FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL : FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM; req.width = 0; - req.height = (uint32_t)pixel_height * 64; + req.height = (uint32_t)(pixel_height * 64 * RasterizationDensity); req.horiResolution = 0; req.vertResolution = 0; FT_Request_Size(Face, &req); // Update font info FT_Size_Metrics metrics = Face->size->metrics; - Info.PixelHeight = (uint32_t)pixel_height; - Info.Ascender = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.ascender); - Info.Descender = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.descender); - Info.LineSpacing = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.height); - Info.LineGap = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.height - metrics.ascender + metrics.descender); - Info.MaxAdvanceWidth = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.max_advance); + Info.PixelHeight = (uint32_t)(pixel_height * InvRasterizationDensity); + Info.Ascender = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.ascender) * InvRasterizationDensity; + Info.Descender = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.descender) * InvRasterizationDensity; + Info.LineSpacing = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.height) * InvRasterizationDensity; + Info.LineGap = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.height - metrics.ascender + metrics.descender) * InvRasterizationDensity; + Info.MaxAdvanceWidth = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.max_advance) * InvRasterizationDensity; } const FT_Glyph_Metrics* FreeTypeFont::LoadGlyph(uint32_t codepoint) @@ -242,7 +269,14 @@ namespace // Need an outline for this to work FT_GlyphSlot slot = Face->glyph; +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + IM_ASSERT(slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE || slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP || slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_SVG); +#else +#if ((FREETYPE_MAJOR >= 2) && (FREETYPE_MINOR >= 12)) + IM_ASSERT(slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_SVG && "The font contains SVG glyphs, you'll need to enable IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG in imconfig.h and install required libraries in order to use this font"); +#endif IM_ASSERT(slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE || slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP); +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG // Apply convenience transform (this is not picking from real "Bold"/"Italic" fonts! Merely applying FreeType helper transform. Oblique == Slanting) if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bold) @@ -403,7 +437,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas); // Clear atlas - atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)nullptr; + atlas->TexID = 0; atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0; atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); @@ -667,15 +701,15 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u const int ty = pack_rect.y + padding; // Register glyph - float x0 = info.OffsetX + font_off_x; - float y0 = info.OffsetY + font_off_y; - float x1 = x0 + info.Width; - float y1 = y0 + info.Height; + float x0 = info.OffsetX * src_tmp.Font.InvRasterizationDensity + font_off_x; + float y0 = info.OffsetY * src_tmp.Font.InvRasterizationDensity + font_off_y; + float x1 = x0 + info.Width * src_tmp.Font.InvRasterizationDensity; + float y1 = y0 + info.Height * src_tmp.Font.InvRasterizationDensity; float u0 = (tx) / (float)atlas->TexWidth; float v0 = (ty) / (float)atlas->TexHeight; float u1 = (tx + info.Width) / (float)atlas->TexWidth; float v1 = (ty + info.Height) / (float)atlas->TexHeight; - dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)src_glyph.Codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, u0, v0, u1, v1, info.AdvanceX); + dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)src_glyph.Codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, u0, v0, u1, v1, info.AdvanceX * src_tmp.Font.InvRasterizationDensity); ImFontGlyph* dst_glyph = &dst_font->Glyphs.back(); IM_ASSERT(dst_glyph->Codepoint == src_glyph.Codepoint); @@ -768,6 +802,14 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeType(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // If you don't call FT_Add_Default_Modules() the rest of code may work, but FreeType won't use our custom allocator. FT_Add_Default_Modules(ft_library); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + // Install svg hooks for FreeType + // https://freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-properties.html#svg-hooks + // https://freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-svg_fonts.html#svg_fonts + SVG_RendererHooks hooks = { ImGuiLunasvgPortInit, ImGuiLunasvgPortFree, ImGuiLunasvgPortRender, ImGuiLunasvgPortPresetSlot }; + FT_Property_Set(ft_library, "ot-svg", "svg-hooks", &hooks); +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + bool ret = ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(ft_library, atlas, atlas->FontBuilderFlags); FT_Done_Library(ft_library); @@ -788,6 +830,115 @@ void ImGuiFreeType::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* u GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData = user_data; } +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG +// For more details, see https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/freetype/freetype-demos/-/blob/master/src/rsvg-port.c +// The original code from the demo is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement (https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/freetype/freetype/-/blob/master/LICENSE.TXT) +struct LunasvgPortState +{ + FT_Error err = FT_Err_Ok; + lunasvg::Matrix matrix; + std::unique_ptr svg = nullptr; +}; + +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortInit(FT_Pointer* _state) +{ + *_state = IM_NEW(LunasvgPortState)(); + return FT_Err_Ok; +} + +static void ImGuiLunasvgPortFree(FT_Pointer* _state) +{ + IM_DELETE(*(LunasvgPortState**)_state); +} + +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortRender(FT_GlyphSlot slot, FT_Pointer* _state) +{ + LunasvgPortState* state = *(LunasvgPortState**)_state; + + // If there was an error while loading the svg in ImGuiLunasvgPortPresetSlot(), the renderer hook still get called, so just returns the error. + if (state->err != FT_Err_Ok) + return state->err; + + // rows is height, pitch (or stride) equals to width * sizeof(int32) + lunasvg::Bitmap bitmap((uint8_t*)slot->bitmap.buffer, slot->bitmap.width, slot->bitmap.rows, slot->bitmap.pitch); + state->svg->setMatrix(state->svg->matrix().identity()); // Reset the svg matrix to the default value + state->svg->render(bitmap, state->matrix); // state->matrix is already scaled and translated + state->err = FT_Err_Ok; + return state->err; +} + +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortPresetSlot(FT_GlyphSlot slot, FT_Bool cache, FT_Pointer* _state) +{ + FT_SVG_Document document = (FT_SVG_Document)slot->other; + LunasvgPortState* state = *(LunasvgPortState**)_state; + FT_Size_Metrics& metrics = document->metrics; + + // This function is called twice, once in the FT_Load_Glyph() and another right before ImGuiLunasvgPortRender(). + // If it's the latter, don't do anything because it's // already done in the former. + if (cache) + return state->err; + + state->svg = lunasvg::Document::loadFromData((const char*)document->svg_document, document->svg_document_length); + if (state->svg == nullptr) + { + state->err = FT_Err_Invalid_SVG_Document; + return state->err; + } + + lunasvg::Box box = state->svg->box(); + double scale = std::min(metrics.x_ppem / box.w, metrics.y_ppem / box.h); + double xx = (double)document->transform.xx / (1 << 16); + double xy = -(double)document->transform.xy / (1 << 16); + double yx = -(double)document->transform.yx / (1 << 16); + double yy = (double)document->transform.yy / (1 << 16); + double x0 = (double)document->delta.x / 64 * box.w / metrics.x_ppem; + double y0 = -(double)document->delta.y / 64 * box.h / metrics.y_ppem; + + // Scale and transform, we don't translate the svg yet + state->matrix.identity(); + state->matrix.scale(scale, scale); + state->matrix.transform(xx, xy, yx, yy, x0, y0); + state->svg->setMatrix(state->matrix); + + // Pre-translate the matrix for the rendering step + state->matrix.translate(-box.x, -box.y); + + // Get the box again after the transformation + box = state->svg->box(); + + // Calculate the bitmap size + slot->bitmap_left = FT_Int(box.x); + slot->bitmap_top = FT_Int(-box.y); + slot->bitmap.rows = (unsigned int)(ImCeil((float)box.h)); + slot->bitmap.width = (unsigned int)(ImCeil((float)box.w)); + slot->bitmap.pitch = slot->bitmap.width * 4; + slot->bitmap.pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA; + + // Compute all the bearings and set them correctly. The outline is scaled already, we just need to use the bounding box. + double metrics_width = box.w; + double metrics_height = box.h; + double horiBearingX = box.x; + double horiBearingY = -box.y; + double vertBearingX = slot->metrics.horiBearingX / 64.0 - slot->metrics.horiAdvance / 64.0 / 2.0; + double vertBearingY = (slot->metrics.vertAdvance / 64.0 - slot->metrics.height / 64.0) / 2.0; + slot->metrics.width = FT_Pos(IM_ROUND(metrics_width * 64.0)); // Using IM_ROUND() assume width and height are positive + slot->metrics.height = FT_Pos(IM_ROUND(metrics_height * 64.0)); + slot->metrics.horiBearingX = FT_Pos(horiBearingX * 64); + slot->metrics.horiBearingY = FT_Pos(horiBearingY * 64); + slot->metrics.vertBearingX = FT_Pos(vertBearingX * 64); + slot->metrics.vertBearingY = FT_Pos(vertBearingY * 64); + + if (slot->metrics.vertAdvance == 0) + slot->metrics.vertAdvance = FT_Pos(metrics_height * 1.2 * 64.0); + + state->err = FT_Err_Ok; + return state->err; +} + +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #ifdef __GNUC__ #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif @@ -795,3 +946,5 @@ void ImGuiFreeType::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* u #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (pop) #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h b/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h index 80a1f95e..b4e1d489 100644 --- a/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h +++ b/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ // (headers) #pragma once - #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE // Forward declarations struct ImFontAtlas; @@ -43,8 +43,9 @@ namespace ImGuiFreeType IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = nullptr); // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) - // Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE' #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - static inline bool BuildFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas, unsigned int flags = 0) { atlas->FontBuilderIO = GetBuilderForFreeType(); atlas->FontBuilderFlags = flags; return atlas->Build(); } + //static inline bool BuildFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas, unsigned int flags = 0) { atlas->FontBuilderIO = GetBuilderForFreeType(); atlas->FontBuilderFlags = flags; return atlas->Build(); } // Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE' #endif } + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE